Zoning Districts, Official Zoning Maps and Uses
2-1.1 ZONING DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED
(A)
Jurisdiction .....All the area within the zoning jurisdiction of the adopting jurisdiction is hereby divided into zoning districts within which the use of land and water areas, the location, height, bulk and use of structures, the provision of parking and loading areas, and other development requirements are regulated as herein provided.
(B)
Designated Districts .....General use districts, special use districts, overlay and special purpose districts, with the symbol designations, general purposes, and other requirements as cited herein, are hereby created.
(C)
Special Use District
(1)
Purpose. .....…The Village of Clemmons Charter authorizes the creation of special use zoning districts proposed by the landowners and customized to the context of a particular development project or land use on a particular site. Each special use zoning district includes reasonable conditions as the Elected Body determines to be desirable in promoting public health, safety, and general welfare.
(2)
Base Standards for Special Use Districts. .....For each general use district, this Ordinance establishes corresponding special use districts that have the same requirements as the general use district, except for MRB-S. Each special use district is intended to accomplish the purposes of the corresponding general use district through the development of identified uses at a specific location in accordance with a site plan acceptable to the Elected Body.
(3)
Conditions and Requirements.
(a)
The approval for each special use district shall specify all conditions of development and use of land that differ from the requirements of the corresponding general use district. Specific conditions may be proposed by the petitioner, by staff, Planning Board, or by the Elected Body, but only those conditions approved by the Elected Body and consented to by the petitioner in writing may be incorporated into the zoning regulations. Such conditions may be stricter than the corresponding general use district. The conditions contained in a special use district permit issued by the Elected Body are reasonable conditions as the Elected Body determines to be desirable in promoting public health, safety, and general welfare. The conditions contained in a special use permit may include:
(i)
Location of proposed use on the property;
(ii)
The number of dwelling units;
(iii)
The location and extent of support facilities such as parking lots, driveways, and access streets;
(iv)
Location and extent of buffer areas and other special purpose areas;
(v)
The timing of development; and
(vi)
Such other matters as the petitioner may propose and the Elected Body may find appropriate.
(b)
The conditions of a special use zoning district may also relax applicable dimensional standards, as long as the uses permitted by the corresponding general use district are not expanded, and the density of overall development is not increased beyond the density allowed in the corresponding general use district. Reductions of dimensional standards are designed to help a proposed project work on a site with physical constraints and to promote infill and redevelopment.
(c)
Dimensional Standards. .....Dimensional standard modifications are adjustments to the dimensional standards of this Ordinance. Dimensional standards may only be modified by request from the petitioner that specifies reasons for the request with supporting evidence. Dimensional standard modifications are limited to:
(i)
Sections in this Ordinance where Alternative Compliance is allowed;
(ii)
Reduction, modification, or elimination of Bufferyard requirements in Section B.3-5 upon information provided by petitioner that (1) they have complied with Bufferyard requirements in Section B.3-5 to the maximum extent practicable and (2) adjoining parcels are similar in use and intensity (e.g., government office zoned RS-15 abutting an office zoned LO).
(iii)
Reductions or modification of minimum setbacks and maximum height requirements in Section B.2-1.1 through B.2-1.5 and B.3-1.1 upon information provided by the petitioner that (1) they have complied with setback and height requirements in applicable sections of this Ordinance to the maximum extent practicable; (2) showing the impact of future roadway improvements to onsite structure(s); (3) adjoining parcels are similar in use and intensity; (4) that reductions or modifications would not reduce sun exposure or cast shadows on adjacent parcels.
(4)
Eligible Uses. .....Uses allowed by right in the general use district are eligible to be considered in the corresponding special use district, as modified by any conditions of approval.
(5)
Relationship to Overlay District Standards. .....Regulations applicable in an overlay zoning district shall apply to a special use district. If the standards governing a special use district expressly conflict with those governing an overlay district, the more restrictive standards shall apply.
(6)
Special Use Zoning District and Written Consent. .....A special use zoning district shall not go into effect until those conditions approved and consented to by both the Elected Body and petitioner are in writing and signed by the petitioner and landowner.
(D)
Purpose Statements .....District purpose statements in this section refer only to general objectives for each zoning district.
(E)
Dimensional Requirements .....The general dimensional requirements for each zoning district cited in this section are subject to additional provisions of this Ordinance as noted in Section B.3-1.
(F)
Growth Management Plan .....The Growth Management Plan of Legacy seeks to guide future development patterns in the community to provide services in a cost effective and efficient manner; allow for urban, suburban, and rural life styles; and preserve environmental and cultural resources. The Growth Management Plan divides the county into five Growth Management Areas as follows:
(1)
City/Town Centers (GMA 1);
(2)
Urban Neighborhoods (GMA 2);
(3)
Suburban Neighborhoods (GMA 3);
(4)
Future Growth (GMA 4); and
(5)
Rural Area (GMA 5).
Goals are identified in Legacy for each of these areas. Zoning districts established by this Ordinance have been designed, in part, to achieve the goals of the Growth Management Areas, the objectives of the Clemmons Community Compass.
( C-UDO-83 , § 6, 6-28-21)
2-1.2 RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following residential zoning districts are established. For Single Family Districts (RS), the suffix number multiplied by one thousand (1,000) indicates the minimum lot size in square feet. For Multifamily Districts (RM), the suffix number indicates the maximum number of dwelling units per acre. [For example, RS-40 requires a minimum lot size of forty thousand (40,000) square feet for a single family dwelling, while RM-8 allows multifamily development at a density of up to eight (8) units per acre.]
Table B.2.1
Residential Zoning Districts
Each residential district is designed and intended to secure for the persons who reside there a comfortable, healthy, safe, and pleasant environment in which to live, protected from incompatible and disruptive activities which more properly belong in nonresidential districts. The districts are also intended to assist the community in meeting the growth management goals of Legacy. When a residential rezoning proposal is considered, the Growth Management Plan and the residential land use goals and locational criteria contained in Legacy and Clemmons Community Compass shall be used as guides, in conjunction with other factors, in determining the appropriateness of the proposed district. Other goals of these residential districts are explained in the remainder of this section.
(A)
YR Yadkin River Conservation District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The YR District is intended primarily to protect the community's main water supply, preserve the historic features of this area, and preserve the natural beauty of a continuous conservation corridor along the Yadkin River. This zoning district is the most restrictive, with low density residential development the primary use allowed. Objectives of the district are the following:
(a)
Protection of water supply;
(b)
Maintenance of rural character;
(c)
Protection of sensitive natural, historical, recreational, and visual resources;
(d)
Retention of natural topography and vegetation;
(e)
Control of sedimentation and other nonpoint source pollution; and,
(f)
Support and encouragement of agricultural activities.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - YR.
1.
Nonconforming lots in the YR District meeting the provisions of Section B.5-3.2(C) must meet the minimum setback requirements of the RS-20 zoning district.
2.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
4.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Boundaries. .....The boundaries of the YR District are defined as a corridor a minimum of two thousand (2,000) feet from the eastern edge of the river channel and including all flood-prone areas up to three thousand (3,000) feet from the edge of the river.
(b)
Development Standards.
(i)
Minimum Lot Size. .....A minimum lot size of three (3) acres shall be required, except for sites developed as planned residential developments. The overall density of a planned residential development may exceed one unit per three (3) acres if a density bonus is received as set forth in the use conditions for planned residential developments in Section B.2-5.58. However, density for planned residential developments shall not exceed two (2) units per acre in developable areas not restricted by floodplain or steep hillsides.
(ii)
Building Setbacks. .....All structures shall be set back at least two hundred (200) feet from the Yadkin River channel, except public utility systems as identified in this section.
(iii)
Stream Buffers. .....To filter pollutants and to trap sediment, undisturbed vegetated buffers shall be maintained along the Yadkin River and along all streams.
[A]
The buffer shall extend horizontally one hundred (100) feet along both sides of the stream channel.
[B]
No land disturbing activity, placement of structures or impervious surface cover, or removal of existing vegetation shall be allowed in the stream buffer, except as permitted under Section B.2-1.2(A)(3)(b)(v).
(iv)
Floodplains. .....No land disturbing activity or placement of structures shall be allowed in the designated floodplains in the YR District except as permitted under Section B.2-1.2(A)(3)(b)(v).
(v)
Uses Permitted in the Stream Buffer and the Floodplain Area. .....The following uses and activities are permitted in YR District stream buffers and floodplains provided the uses and activities are designed to minimize impacts on hydrologic processes, water quality, and wildlife habitat:
[A]
Agricultural uses, except animal feeding operations, with implementation of accepted soil conservation practices of the Soil Conservation Service;
[B]
Forestry operations undertaken on forest land for the production and harvesting of timber and timber products and conducted in accordance with Forest Practice Guidelines Related to Water Quality (best management practices) as adopted by the North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR);
[C]
New and replacement utility systems, including, but not limited to, stormwater management facilities; utility holes and sanitary sewer mains; overhead utility lines; water supply intake structures; and, gas, electric, and telephone systems (including on-site systems), where there is no practical alternative to locating the systems within the floodplain or the stream buffer;
[D]
Streets, bridges, railway lines and associated facilities, where there is no practical alternative to locating them within the stream buffer or floodplain;
[E]
Parks, greenways, horseback riding trails, open spaces, and other similar private and public passive recreational uses;
[F]
Activities ordinarily associated with a residence, such as lawns, gardens, play areas, utility service lines, and similar uses; and,
[G]
Ponds, boat docks, ramps, piers, or similar facilities.
(c)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(B)
AG Agricultural District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The AG District is primarily intended to accommodate uses of an agricultural nature. The district is also intended to accommodate scattered non-farm residences on large tracts of land, but is not intended for residential subdivisions with small lots. The district is intended for application in GMAs 4 and 5, and is established for the following purposes:
(a)
To preserve the rural character of portions of the county and encourage the continued use of land for agricultural, forest, and open space purposes;
(b)
To discourage scattered commercial and industrial land uses;
(c)
To concentrate urban development in and around existing urbanized areas and proposed Metro Activity Centers, thereby preventing premature conversion of farmland into urban uses; and,
(d)
To discourage any use which may create premature public infrastructure and service demands.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - AG.
1.
Nonconforming lots in the AG District meeting the provisions of Section B.5-3.2(C) must meet the minimum setback requirements of the RS-20 zoning district.
2.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
4.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(C)
RS-40 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-40 District is primarily intended to accommodate single family detached dwellings on large lots in areas without access to public water and sewer services. The district is established to promote single family detached residences where environmental features, public service capacities, or soil characteristics necessitate very limited development. This district is intended for application in GMAs 4 and 5 and appropriate protected watershed areas. This district may also be applicable to older, larger lot development in GMAs 2 and 3 developed prior to the effective date of this Ordinance.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-40.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(D)
RS-30 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-30 District is primarily intended to accommodate single family detached dwellings on approximately three-quarter (0.75) acre lots in areas without access to public water and sewer services. This district is intended for application in GMAs 4 and 5. The district may also be applicable to older, larger lot development in GMAs 2 and 3 developed prior to the effective date of this Ordinance.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-30.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(E)
RS-20 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-20 District is primarily intended to accommodate single family detached dwellings in suburban areas and may also be applicable to older, large lot development constructed prior to the effective date of this Ordinance. The district is established to promote orderly development in areas where public water is available. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, and 4.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-20.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(F)
RS-15 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-15 District is primarily intended to accommodate low to moderate density single family detached dwellings in suburban and urban areas. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-15.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(G)
RS-12 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-12 District is primarily intended to accommodate moderate density single family detached dwellings in suburban and urban areas. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-12.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(H)
RS-9 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-9 District is primarily intended to accommodate relatively high density single family detached dwellings in urban areas. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable in Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-9.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(I)
RS-7 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-7 District is primarily intended to accommodate high density single family detached dwellings in urban areas. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for GMA 4 and Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-7.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(J)
RSQ Residential Single Family Quadraplex District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RSQ District is primarily intended to accommodate predominantly single family areas containing a mixture of single family detached dwellings, duplexes, triplexes, and quadraplexes in urban neighborhoods and in areas with adequate infrastructure to support more intense development. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RSQ.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Lot area, lot width and building setbacks for Twin Homes shall be the same as for Duplex in this same chart however the land under units may be sold with no setbacks.
3.
Lot area, lot width and building setbacks for 3 and 4 Unit Town houses shall be the same as for Quadraplex in this same chart however the land under units may be sold with no setbacks.
4.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
5.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Parking in Side or Rear. .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the side or rear of the principal building(s) unless the Planning staff determines that, due to lot size, shape or topographic features, some or all parking cannot be placed to the side or rear. All parking shall be set back at least five (5) feet off the property line. The intervening five (5) feet shall be landscaped to meet the type I bufferyard standards of Section B.3-5. The provisions of this section shall not apply to single family dwellings with lot widths sixty (60) feet wide or greater at the building line. Lots less than sixty (60) feet wide at the building line shall be permitted only one driveway connection to the street with a maximum driveway width of twelve (12) feet measured at the right-of-way.
(b)
Vehicular Use Landscaping Requirements. .....Vehicular use landscaping requirements of Section B.3-4.3 must be met for multifamily developments (triplexes or quadraplexes) where parking is provided at the front of the principal building.
(c)
Landscaped Separation From Building. .....A minimum three (3) foot wide landscaped area shall be provided between any parking area and building wall providing access into the unit(s).
(d)
Bufferyard. .....The bufferyard requirements for multifamily uses in Section B.3-5 shall not apply.
(e)
Roof Pitch. .....A roof having a pitch with a minimum vertical rise of four (4) feet for each twelve (12) feet of horizontal run is required on all buildings.
(f)
Units per lot. .....Only one principal residential building may be erected or placed on a zoning lot, except that two principal buildings existing on a single zoning lot as of the effective date of the Unified Development Ordinances are considered legal and not nonconforming.
(g)
Conversion. .....Conversion of any existing residential building to accommodate more dwelling units must obtain a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment. No exterior alteration which would detract from the single family character of the building shall be permitted. No new stairways to upper floors are permitted on any side of a building which faces a public street.
(h)
HO District. .....In any neighborhood with an Historic Overlay (HO) District, the HO District regulations shall supersede any conflicting RSQ standards.
(i)
Multifamily Use Conditions. .....Multifamily buildings in the RSQ District do not need to comply with the use conditions in Section B.2-5.62.
(K)
RM-5 Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-5 District is primarily intended to accommodate low density, pedestrian-oriented sites and communities containing duplexes, twin homes, multifamily and townhouse residential buildings with three or four units, and similar residential uses at a maximum overall density of five (5) units per acre. This district is intended for GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for GMA 4 and Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-5.
1.
Buildings must be setback minimum of 15' off front and side street right-of-way.
2.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
3.
Buildings must be spaced a minimum of fifteen (15) feet from side to side, fifteen (15) feet from side to rear and thirty (30) feet from rear to rear however the land under units may be sold with no setbacks.
4.
Buildings must be spaced a of minimum twenty (20) feet from side to side, twenty (20) feet from side to rear and forty (40) feet from rear to rear however the land under units may be sold with no setbacks.
5.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
6.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....No multifamily or other residential buildings exceeding four (4) units will be allowed in the RM-5 district.
(4)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(L)
RM-8 Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-8 District is primarily intended to accommodate duplexes, twin homes, townhouses, multifamily, and other low intensity multifamily uses at a maximum overall density of eight (8) units per acre. This district is appropriate for GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-8.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Minimum lot sizes for single family, two family, and multifamily residential buildings on small lots must meet the requirements of Table B.3.3.
(M)
RM-12 Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-12 District is primarily intended to accommodate multifamily uses at a maximum overall density of twelve (12) units per acre. This district is appropriate for GMAs 1, 2, and 3, and may be suitable for GMA 4 and Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-12.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Minimum lot sizes for single family, two family, and multifamily residential buildings on small lots must meet the requirements of Table B.3.3.
(N)
RM-18 Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-18 District is primarily intended to accommodate multifamily uses at a maximum overall density of eighteen (18) units per acre. This district is appropriate for GMAs 1 and 2, and may be suitable for GMA 3 and Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available and the site has direct access to a minor or major thoroughfare.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-18.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Minimum lot sizes for single family, two family, and multifamily residential buildings on small lots must meet the requirements of Table B.3.3.
(O)
RM-U Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-U District is primarily intended to accommodate multifamily uses at unrestricted densities. This district is appropriate for GMAs 1 and 2, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental services, are available and the site has direct access to a minor or major thoroughfare.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-U.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Minimum lot sizes for single family, two family, and multifamily residential buildings on small lots must meet the requirements of Table B.3.3.
(P)
MH Manufactured Housing Development District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The MH District is primarily intended to accommodate manufactured housing developments with a maximum overall density of five (5) units per acre. This district is intended for application in GMA 3 where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - MH. .....The general dimensional requirements for a single home on an individual lot in the MH District are given below. The dimensional requirements for manufactured housing developments are contained in the use conditions for manufactured housing developments, Section B.2-5.47.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
( C-UDO-83 , § §, 6-28-21)
2-1.3 COMMERCIAL ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following commercial districts are established:
Table B.2.2
Commercial Zoning Districts
The purposes of establishing these commercial districts are to provide areas which accommodate the establishment and operation of business and office uses and to assist the community in meeting the growth management goals of Legacy. When a commercial rezoning proposal is considered, the Growth Management Plan and the commercial, office, and industrial land use goals and recommendations contained in Legacy, and the Clemmons Community Compass shall be used as guides, in conjunction with other factors, in determining the appropriateness of the proposed district.
(A)
NO Neighborhood Office District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The NO District is primarily intended to accommodate very low intensity office uses within converted single family detached units. The district is intended to be located on the periphery of established residential areas, along major and minor thoroughfares. The district is established to provide convenient locations for offices, the size and operating characteristics of which require limited parking and which generate little traffic. Standards are designed so that this district may serve as a transitional land use between residential districts and commercial districts. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, and 4.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - NO.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Structures Size. .....New structures in the NO District shall not exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet in gross floor area.
(b)
Parking Requirements.
(i)
Reductions. .....Off-street parking requirements contained in Section B.3-3 are reduced fifteen percent (15%).
(ii)
Location. .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the rear or to the side of the principal structure with the exception of two (2) parking spaces which may be located in front of the structure. The side parking area may be no closer to the street than the principal structure.
(c)
Landscaping, Bufferyard, and Streetyard Standards. .....The following landscaping and bufferyard standards apply in the NO District.
(i)
Front Yard. .....Ten (10) feet of the front yard in the NO District shall be landscaped with plant materials to provide a grassed lawn or other maintained landscaping.
(ii)
Rear Parking. .....Parking area shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, adjacent to residentially zoned property.
(iii)
Side Parking. .....Type I plantings will be provided in the required streetyard. A type II bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, shall be provided if side parking abuts a residentially zoned property.
(d)
Reserved.
(e)
Trash Facilities. .....Dumpsters shall be enclosed on three (3) sides with walls at least eight (8) feet high and constructed of the same material as the principal building on the zoning lot; the fourth side of the enclosure shall be a permanent gate of wood or other opaque material.
(f)
Exterior Lighting. .....Exterior lighting on the property shall not be installed at a height of more than eight (8) feet above the finished grade and shall be so shielded as to cast no direct light upon adjacent property.
(g)
Multifamily Residential Development. .....Multifamily residential development is permitted at a maximum density of four (4) units per acre. Multifamily residential buildings may contain no more than four (4) units per structure.
(B)
LO Limited Office District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The LO District is primarily intended to accommodate moderately intense medical, professional, administrative, and government office uses on small to mid-sized sites, in a suburban setting. The district is typically located near the intersection of a collector street or thoroughfare in areas which are otherwise developed with residences. Standards are designed so this district may serve as a transition between residential districts and commercial districts. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - LO.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Structures in the LO District shall not exceed thirty thousand (30,000) square feet in gross floor area.
(4)
Multifamily Residential Development. .....Multifamily residential development is permitted at a maximum density of twelve (12) units per acre.
(5)
A maximum of five percent (5%) of the gross floor area of development within the LO zoning district may be used for the following uses:
Food or Drug Store
General Merchandise Store
Services, Business A
Services, Personal
Restaurant (without drive-through service)
Retail Store, Specialty and Miscellaneous
(a)
The uses listed above shall be further restricted to the following conditions:
(i)
All non-office uses shall be within the same building as the office development and shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross floor area of said building.
(ii)
All non-office development shall be calculated as a percentage of existing or new office square footage on the same zoning lot.
(iii)
No non-office development shall be occupied until a minimum of seventy-five (75%) of office square footage in the building has been built.
(iv)
A maximum of two thousand (2,000) square feet of non-office uses shall be allowed in any single office structure.
(C)
CPO Corporate Park Office District
(1)
Purpose. .....The CPO District is primarily intended to accommodate office and research and development uses in a planned, campus-like setting compatible with adjacent residential uses. Auxiliary assembly and warehousing activities may be permitted as part of a total project. The district may contain limited commercial uses within employment centers. The district is intended for large sites with direct access to thoroughfares which provide locations for major development in GMAs 1, 2, 3, 4 and Metro Activity Centers.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - CPO.
1.
For outparcels with internal access to the property provided, the minimum lot size is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; the required minimum lot width is reduced to one hundred (100) feet; and the interior rear and side yard requirements are deleted, except that any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall not be less than twelve (12) feet.
2.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
3.
Height of structure above sixty (60) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond minimum required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Limited Industrial Uses Allowed. .....Industrial uses permitted in the LI District which are specifically related to the principal use are permitted to a maximum of thirty percent (30%) of the square footage within each building or of the total building square footage of the zoning lot.
(b)
Limited Commercial Uses Allowed. .....Commercial uses permitted in the LO and LB Districts are limited to a maximum of thirty percent (30%) of the square footage within each building or of the total building square footage of the zoning lot. Noncommercial uses must be developed prior to or concurrent with commercial uses.
(c)
Vehicular Access. .....Vehicular access onto a major or minor thoroughfare or onto a road improved to necessary standards as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.
(D)
GO General Office District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The GO District is primarily intended to accommodate high intensity office uses and supporting services. The district is established to provide locations for employment within GMAs 1 and 2, Metro Activity Centers, and GMA 3 with access to thoroughfares.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - GO.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
The eighty percent (80%) limit applies only to GMAs 3.
3.
There is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of structure above sixty (60) feet may be increased one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond the forty (40) foot minimum required if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(E)
NB Neighborhood Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The NB District is primarily intended to accommodate very low intensity office, retail, and personal service uses close to or within residential areas. The district is established to provide convenient locations for businesses which serve the everyday household needs of nearby residents without disrupting the character of the neighborhood. The district is not intended to accommodate retail uses which attract customers from outside the neighborhood or which primarily cater to motorists. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, 4 and 5.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - NB.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Size and Location. .....Individual NB Districts shall conform to the following requirements:
(i)
Size. .....The district shall comprise not more than one acre of contiguous site area.
(ii)
Proximity to other NB District. .....A NB District shall not be established within one-half mile of another NB District, measured in a straight line from the closest points on the boundary lines of the two (2) districts.
(b)
Floor Area Limitation. .....The following uses are limited to a maximum gross floor area of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet:
(i)
Banking .....Financial Services;
(ii)
Convenience Store;
(iii)
Drug Store;
(iv)
Food Store;
(v)
Government Office;
(vi)
Medical and Surgical Office;
(vii)
Neighborhood Organization Office; and,
(viii)
Professional Offices.
(c)
Prohibited Uses. .....The following uses are not permitted in GMAs 1, 2 and 3:
(i)
Motor Vehicle Repair and Maintenance;
(ii)
Convenience Store with Gasoline Sales;
(iii)
Retail Store Specializing in Automobile Supply;
(iv)
Hardware Store; and,
(v)
Veterinary Service.
(d)
Prohibited Activities.
(i)
No drive-through or in-car service shall be permitted.
(ii)
No gasoline sales shall be permitted in an NB District in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(e)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yard. .....A motor vehicle storage yard with a maximum enclosed storage area of three thousand (3,000) square feet shall be permitted as an accessory use to a motor vehicle repair and maintenance facility, where permitted in accordance with Section B.2-1.3(E)(3)(c). Such yard shall meet all use conditions applicable to motor vehicle storage yards, Section B.2-5.53.
(f)
Automatic Teller Machines. .....Automatic teller machines shall be permitted as an accessory use if not constructed as a drive-through facility.
(g)
Parking Requirements.
(i)
Reductions. .....Off-street parking requirements contained in Section B.3-3.5(D) are reduced thirty percent (30%).
(ii)
Location. .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the rear or to the side of the principal structure with the exception of two (2) parking spaces which may be located in front of the structure. The side parking area may be no closer to the street than the principal structure.
(h)
Landscaping, Bufferyard and Streetyard Standards. .....The following landscaping and bufferyard standards apply in the NB District.
(i)
Front Yard. .....Ten (10) feet of the front yard in the NB District shall be landscaped with plant materials.
(ii)
Rear Parking. .....Parking area shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, adjacent to residentially zoned property.
(iii)
Side Parking. .....Type I plantings will be provided in the required streetyard. A type II bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, shall be provided if side parking abuts residentially zoned property.
(i)
Reserved.
(j)
Trash Facilities. .....Dumpsters shall be enclosed on three (3) sides with walls at least eight (8) feet high and constructed of a material similar to the principal building on the zoning lot; the fourth side of the enclosure may be a permanent gate of wood or other opaque material.
(k)
Exterior Lighting. .....Exterior lighting on the property shall not be installed at a height of more than twenty-five (25) feet above the finished grade and shall be so shielded as to cast no direct light upon adjacent property.
(F)
PB Pedestrian Business District
(1)
Purpose. .....The PB District is primarily intended to accommodate office, retail, service, institutional and high density residential uses which customarily serve community and convenience business needs of smaller communities and urban nodes in the city and county. The district is intended to encourage the development of attractive, identifiable small towns, and to accommodate the pattern of building in the business concentrations surrounding the central core of Winston-Salem, and the central core of other municipalities in the County. The district should demonstrate pedestrian oriented design through elements such as buildings pulled up to the street, on-street parking, street trees, covered arcades, awnings, storefront display windows, public/private outdoor spaces, wide sidewalks, and building entrances facing the street. This district is intended for application in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - PB.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
The maximum height may be increased provided each additional foot height in excess of sixty (60) feet the building footprint shall be set back a minimum of four (4) additional feet from properties zoned RS, RSQ, or H District without an intervening freeway to a maximum height of eighty (80) feet.
(3)
Supplementary District Standards.
(a)
Parking. .....See Section B.3-3.5(D)(1).
(b)
Screening Mechanical Equipment. .....All on-site mechanical equipment shall be screened in accordance with Section B.3-4.5(B).
(c)
Within GMA 1.
(i)
General Dimensional Requirements. .....Except as specified in this section, there are no general dimensional requirements for the PB District within GMA 1, provided that each additional foot of height in excess of sixty (60) feet shall be set back a minimum of four (4) feet from properties zoned RS, RSQ, or H. A minimum forty (40) foot setback from any residential district (except RMU) shall be required in accordance with Section B.3-1.2(J) Supplementary Dimensional Requirements. Under no circumstances shall the heights of structures exceed one hundred fifty (150) feet.
(ii)
Streetyard in PB District. .....See Section B.3-4.3(B)(6).
(d)
Minimum lot sizes for single family residences and multifamily developments must meet the requirements of Table B.3.4.
(e)
Parking. .....Shared parking may be permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section B.3-3.5(B).
(f)
Loading. .....Shared loading may be permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section B.3-3.6(E).
(g)
Building Entrance Orientation. .....All buildings in the PB District shall have at least one principal building entrance oriented to the street. No surface off-street parking or unloading spaces, except a maximum of two (2) spaces in accordance with Section B.3-3.5(D)(1)(b)(i), shall be located between that building wall and the street or an extension of that building wall through the entire street frontage.
(h)
Building Walls With Street Frontage. .....Building walls with street frontage shall emphasize pedestrian-oriented architectural features such as facade articulation, windows, awnings, porticoes and similar features.
(i)
Alternative Compliance (PB-S Districts). .....Alternative site plans which deviate from the strict application of the supplementary district standards in Section B.2- 1.3(F)(3), but which adhere to the PB purpose statement, may be approved through the Special Use District zoning process in Article VI of this Ordinance.
(G)
LB Limited Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The LB District is primarily intended to accommodate moderately intense neighborhood shopping and service centers close to residential areas. The district is established to provide locations for businesses which serve nearby neighborhoods, including smaller business locations up to ten (10) acres in size in rural areas. The district is typically located near the intersection of a collector street or thoroughfare in areas which are otherwise developed with residences. Standards are designed so that this district, in some instances, may serve as a transition between residential districts and other commercial districts. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, 4 and 5.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - LB.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall be not less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements in GMAs 4 and 5.
(a)
On-Street Parking. .....Some on-street parking may be permitted to satisfy off-street parking requirements in accordance with Section B.3-3.5(M).
(b)
Floor Area Limitations. .....The following uses are permitted only in GMAs 4 and 5 and are limited to a maximum zoning lot size of one acre:
(i)
Outdoor Display Retail;
(ii)
Motor Vehicle Repair and Maintenance.
(c)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yard. .....In GMAs 4 and 5, a motor vehicle storage yard with a maximum enclosed storage area of three thousand (3,000) square feet shall be permitted as an accessory use to a motor vehicle repair service. Such yard shall meet all use conditions applicable to motor vehicle storage yards, Section B.2-5.53.
(d)
Reserved.
(e)
Trash Facilities. .....Dumpsters shall be screened on three (3) sides with walls of a material similar to the principal building or with vegetation.
(H)
NSB Neighborhood Shopping Center Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The NSB District is intended to provide for the development of integrated, self-contained shopping and service centers designed to meet the daily retail and service needs of residents in the surrounding area. The district is designed to be compatible with adjacent residential areas by limiting uses and access drives, and by providing substantial setbacks and landscape buffers. The district is intended for application on sites with good road access in GMAs 1, 2 and 3 and Metro Activity Centers. Development in GMA 4 should be considered only where there is a demonstrated need for retail and service uses. The establishment of a neighborhood shopping center district does not establish justification for future commercial zoning in the area.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - NSB.
1.
For outparcels with internal access to the property provided, the minimum lot size is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; the required minimum lot width is reduced to one hundred (100) feet; and the interior rear and side yard requirements are deleted, except that any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall not be less than twelve (12) feet. Negative access along external roads must be provided and on record.
2.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Site Plan. .....A site plan must be submitted for any development within the district in conformance with the site plan requirements of Section B.7.
(b)
Site Size. .....The minimum site size shall be four (4) acres, and the maximum site size shall be fifteen (15) acres.
(c)
Building Square Footage. .....Total building square footage shall be at least thirty-five thousand (35,000) square feet and not more than one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet.
(d)
Access.
(i)
Site Access. .....The site shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(ii)
Internal Access. .....All uses shall access only internally to the site.
(iii)
Access Driveways. .....The location and number of driveways shall be limited to assure safe access and circulation and to promote compatibility with surrounding residential areas. In reviewing site plans, the following conditions may be required by the Director of Planning or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.
[A]
Turn Lanes and Signals . Ingress turn lanes and traffic signals provided at all access driveways.
[B]
Pedestrian Access . Safe pedestrian access from adjacent residential areas.
Other site plan requirements related to access include the following:
[A]
Width of Driveways . Access driveways meeting City or State standards.
[B]
Driveway Alignment . Access driveways shall be aligned with other existing and planned intersections and/or streets, including, but not limited to, streets identified in the Transportation Plan.
[C]
Minimum Number of Driveways . A minimum of two (2) access driveways shall be provided unless approved by the City or the State.
[D]
Maximum Number of Driveways . No more than two (2) access driveways per road frontage shall be permitted, unless approved by the City or the State. The City or the State may approve up to a total of three (3) access driveways per road frontage.
[E]
Parking Aisles . Parking spaces shall not be located along the first forty (40) feet of the access driveway aisles.
[F]
Pedestrian Access . Safe pedestrian access shall be provided internally.
(iv)
Bus Shelters. .....Sites on current or planned Winston-Salem Transit Authority bus routes shall provide at least one bus shelter, as determined by the Winston-Salem Transit Authority.
(e)
Right-of-Way Dedication. .....Land shall be dedicated for public right-of-way to meet projected needs for roads shown on the Transportation Plan, or for other roads as determined by the City, Town, or North Carolina Department of Transportation.
(f)
Loading Areas .....Docks.
(g)
Stormwater Management. .....In the City of Winston-Salem, a stormwater management plan shall be submitted to and approved by the City Engineering Department. Outside the City of Winston-Salem, the developer shall demonstrate adequate provision for control of stormwater runoff.
(h)
Signs. .....Signs shall meet the requirements of Section B.3-2.
(i)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yard. .....A motor vehicle storage yard with a maximum enclosed storage area of three thousand (3,000) square feet shall be permitted as an accessory use to a motor vehicle repair service. Such yard shall meet all use conditions applicable to motor vehicle storage yards, Section B.2-5.53.
(j)
Other Department Requirements. .....All site plan requirements of departments reviewing the project shall be met.
(I)
HB Highway Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The HB District is primarily intended to accommodate retail service and distributive uses. The district is established to provide locations for establishments which require high visibility and good road access, or which cater primarily to passing motorists. However, the district is not intended to encourage or accommodate strip commercial development. Developments in this district generally have substantial front setbacks. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, and 4.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - HB.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall be not less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard.
(J)
GB General Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The GB District is primarily intended to accommodate a wide range of retail, service, and office uses located along thoroughfares in areas which have developed with minimal front setbacks. However, the district is not intended to encourage or accommodate strip commercial development. The district would accommodate destination retail and service uses, characterized by either a larger single business use or the consolidation of numerous uses in a building or planned development, with consolidated access. This district is intended for application in GMAs 1, 2 and 3 and Metro Activity Centers.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - GB.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
There is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of structure above sixty (60) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond the forty (40) foot minimum required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(K)
CB Central Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The CB District is intended for application in GMA 1. The district is established to encourage high intensity, compact urban development. The district is intended to accommodate a wide range of uses, including office, retail, service, and institutional developments in a pedestrian-oriented setting. The district also accommodates high density residential development. These uses may be mixed on the same tract or within the same structure.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements. .....Except as specified in this section, there are no general dimensional requirements for the CB District.
(3)
Streetyard. .....Please refer to Section B.3-4.3(B)(5) for streetyard requirements applicable in the CB District.
(4)
Setbacks from Residential Districts. .....Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(L)
Major Retail and Business District (MRB-S)
(1)
Purpose. .....The purpose of the MRB-S District Section is to ensure that major retail projects are adequately analyzed through site plan review and supplemental criteria in order to determine their compatibility with the surrounding community. This district is characterized by large sized destination shopping in a single structure, or as part of a large shopping center. The potential individual and cumulative impact upon the community as a result of the large-scale retail development shall receive a comprehensive review under the established criteria. The establishment of a Major Retail & Business District does not establish justification for future large-scale retail zoning in the area. Therefore the community's natural, physical, economic and fiscal resources, and their adequacy to accommodate the impact of such developments, both individually and cumulatively shall be fully evaluated. This District is intended for application in GMAs 1, 2 and 3, and within a designated Metro Activity Center, and shall be applied as a Special Use District.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - MRB-S.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
As per Section B.3-12.1 and which shall apply to all development done within the MRB-S District and which shall be reflected in the site plan required as part of the rezoning application.
3.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall not be less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard. This does not include the required bufferyard.
4.
This does not include the required bufferyard.
(3)
Special Use District Standards.
(a)
Site Plan. .....A site plan and building elevations for any development within the district in conformance with the site plan requirements of Section B.3-12.1, and which shall be submitted as part of the rezoning application.
(b)
Multifamily, office and mixed-uses allowed. .....In order to promote mixed use developments, which offer living and working opportunities with little reliance upon the automobile, and/or which are located in a designated Metro or Community Activity Center as identified in Legacy or an adopted Small Area Plan, the following shall apply:
(i)
Residential Uses, when ten (10) or more units are proposed there shall be:
[A]
No residential density calculation;
[B]
No parking requirement;
[C]
A maximum height limit of seventy-five (75) feet for the structure(s) containing the residential uses;
[D]
Bufferyard Alternative Compliance, as per Section B.3-5.2(C); and
[E]
An increase in the maximum allowed impervious coverage of the site from eighty-five percent (85%) to all overall maximum of ninety percent (90%) for the subject site, unless the restrictions of an overlay district are greater.
(ii)
Office uses of at least five thousand (5,000) gross square footage when constructed as upper stories to a first floor retail space shall have:
[A]
No parking requirement;
[B]
A maximum height limit of seventy-five (75) feet for the structure(s) containing the office uses;
[C]
Bufferyard Alternative Compliance, as per Section B.3-5.2(C); and
[D]
An increase in the maximum allowed impervious coverage of the site from eighty-five percent (85%) to all overall maximum of ninety percent (90%) for the subject site, unless the restrictions of an overlay district are greater.
(iii)
Office uses of at least five thousand (5,000) gross square footage when constructed as a stand alone structure and/or when occupying the first floor of any structure, shall have:
[A]
A fifty percent (50%) parking reduction;
[B]
Bufferyard Alternative Compliance, as per Section B.3-5.2(C); and
[C]
An increase in the maximum allowed impervious coverage of the site from eighty-five percent (85%) to all overall maximum of ninety percent (90%) for the subject site, unless the restrictions of an overlay district are greater.
(iv)
Developments located in a Metro or Community Activity Center as identified in Legacy or an adopted Small Area Plan, shall have:
[A]
Up to a fifty percent (50%) parking reduction;
[B]
Bufferyard Alternative Compliance, as per Section B.3-5.2(C);
[C]
An increased height allowance to seventy-five (75) feet; and
[D]
An increase in the maximum allowed impervious coverage of the site from eighty-five percent (85%) to all overall maximum of ninety percent (90%) for the subject site, unless the restrictions of an overlay district are greater.
(c)
Site Size. .....The minimum site size shall be ten (10) acres.
(d)
Signage. .....The HB zone district sign allowances, as per Section B.3-2, shall apply, unless further restricted through an approved and attached site plan.
(e)
Bufferyard Standards. .....Due to the twenty-four (24) hour nature of the loading docks and storage areas of this scale of retail development, this district shall be considered an Industrial (IND) Zoning Type (Type IV) as per Section B.3-5. When adjacent to a low density residentially zoned property the bufferyard shall be no less than forty (40) feet and include three (3) deciduous trees and eighteen (18) primary evergreen plants per one hundred (100) linear feet of bufferyard. Additionally, the elected body may require a larger bufferyard and/or a bufferyard with more plantings, berm(s) and fences, in order to provide a more effective transitional buffer between users.
(f)
Applicability.
(i)
New construction equal to or exceeding one hundred twenty-five thousand (125,000) gross square feet of single plate ground floor area and serving a single tenant as a stand-alone retail structure or as part of a multi-tenant shopping center;
(ii)
Twenty-five thousand (25,000) square foot or more additions to an existing one hundred thousand (100,000) + gross square feet single plate ground floor space serving a single tenant, or an addition that results in a single plate ground floor tenant of at least one hundred twenty-five thousand (125,000) gross square feet or more after the addition; and
(iii)
Pad sites with structures that are associated with the primary development and which are included in the original subdivision and/or master plan of the overall development.
(g)
Decision. .....Upon thorough review of required information pertinent to the major retail development, the application may be approved, approved with conditions, or denied. Such additional reasonable conditions and safeguards, as it may deem necessary to implement the purposes of this section and other code regulations may be included in the decision.
(h)
Three (3) year time period. .....An MRB-S District that is approved in connection with this section shall become invalid unless the work or action authorized under it shall commence within three years after the date of issuance. Completion of all work or action authorized there under shall occur within two (2) years of the date of issuance unless an extension of time not to exceed one year is approved in advance after public hearing by the Planning Board.
(C-UDO-48, § 1, 7-13-09; C-UDO-50, § 1, 4-26-10; C-UDO-83 , §§ 8, 9, 6-28-21; C-UDO-89 , 5-8-23)
2-1.3.1 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL ZONING DISTRICTS
General Design Requirements. All general design requirements shall be reviewed and approved by the Village of Clemmons Planning Staff prior to City/County inspections approval of zoning permits. The Village of Clemmons Planning Staff shall provide written notification of approval or denial to the inspections division of approval within five days of plan receipt.
(A)
Façade and Building Elevations. .....All new and redeveloped sites/structures as defined in by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide windows and doors arranged so that forty percent (40%) of the length of the first floor building elevation facing the street meet this requirement. Multi-story structures shall provide windows arranged so that twenty percent (20%) of the length of the secondary stories has the said treatment. Windows shall not be constructed of a reflective material. Blank walls shall not be greater than twenty (20) feet on any elevation.
1.
Architectural Features. .....Building design shall incorporate material to convey permanence, substance, timelessness with low maintenance. Each building shall be constructed of one or more of the following materials consisting of at least fifty percent (50%) of the exterior materials. Any exterior building wall visible from the corridor shall be constructed of one or more of the following (minimum fifty percent (50%)):
a.
Clay or masonry brick.
b.
Customized concrete masonry with striated, scored or broken faced brick type units (sealed) with color consistent with design theme.
c.
Poured in place, tilt-up, or precast concrete. .....Poured in place and tilt-up walls shall have a finish of stone, a texture or coating.
d.
Architectural flat metal panels or glass curtain walls.
e.
Stucco or EIFS.
f.
Natural and synthetic stone.
g.
Vinyl siding provided that buildings are enhanced by the application or brick, decorative masonry or decorative stucco surface in combinations with decorative fascia, overhangs and trim.
h.
Additional materials may be approved by the Village of Clemmons Planning Staff provided that the substituted or additional material meets the purpose and intent of this chapter and is similar in nature to those specified above.
2.
Non-decorative exposed concrete block buildings are prohibited.
3.
Building entrances, excluding emergency exits, shall be designed as focal points and shall be enhanced through the use of elements such as canopies, peaked roofs, paving materials, planters, landscaping features and outdoor seating areas.
4.
To assist with interpretation the Village of Clemmons Planning Department will catalog all approved building designs and materials as well as provide sketches as a reference.
5.
Roofs. .....All roofs shall be pitched or provide a parapet wall to hide all equipment from the ground level of the building.
(B)
Sidewalk. .....All new and redeveloped site/structures as defined by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide a minimum of a five (5) foot sidewalk along the entirety of the property frontage.
(C)
Planting Strip. .....In place of the required streetyard tree planting requirements set forth in Chapter B, 3-4.3 (B) all new and redeveloped sites/structures as defined by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide a minimum of an eight (8) foot planting strip from the back of curb to the sidewalk frontage. All other applicable streetyard requirements apply.
(1)
Number and Spacing of Trees. .....The planting strip shall contain four (4) large variety deciduous or evergreen trees per fifty (50) linear feet, excluding points of motor vehicle ingress or egress. In no case shall any planting strip contain less than one tree. Required trees must be a minimum of eight (8) feet in height at the installation and shall be at least two (2) inches in diameter measured six (6) inches above ground level.
(D)
Multi-building or Mixed Use projects.
1.
Prior to the issuance of a building permit on a multi-building development, the applicant shall submit plans that demonstrate the use of consistent design elements throughout the project. Subsequent building permits shall conform to the design elements presented.
2.
Multi-building developments shall include prominent focal points, which shall include, but not be limited to architectural structures, art, historical and/or landscape features. These features shall be located at or visible from, vehicular and pedestrian entrances to the site.
E.
Lighting.
1.
Pedestrian scaled lighting fixtures shall be provided in areas designed for pedestrian activity (walkways, plazas, outdoor seating areas).
2.
Lighting fixtures shall coordinate and complement the general architectural style of development.
3.
All lighting fixtures shall be cut-off or shoebox style that only disperses ½ candle determined by a photometric lighting plan.
(C-UDO-50, § 1, 4-26-10; C-UDO-73, § 1, 1-11-16)
2-1.4 INDUSTRIAL ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following industrial districts are established:
Table B.2.3
Industrial Zoning Districts
These industrial districts are established to accommodate enterprises engaged in the manufacturing, processing, or assembling of goods, merchandise, or equipment. The standards established for these districts are designed to promote industrial development and to protect nearby residential areas from undesirable aspects of industrial development. Whenever possible, these districts should be separated from residential districts by natural or structural boundaries, such as streams, topographic features, vegetation, major streets, or similar features. When an industrial rezoning proposal is considered, the Growth Management Plan and the industrial land use goals and recommendations in Legacy and the Clemmons Community Compass shall be used as guides, in conjunction with other factors, in determining the appropriateness of the proposed district.
(A)
LI Limited Industrial District
(1)
Purpose. .....The LI District is primarily intended to accommodate limited manufacturing, wholesaling, warehousing, research and development, and related commercial and service activities which, in their normal operations, have little or no adverse effect upon adjoining properties. The district is established to provide locations for industrial development in GMAs 1, 2, 3 and 4 and Metro Activity Centers.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - LI.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall be not less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard.
3.
There is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of the structure above seventy (70) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback above the minimum required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Retail uses, including but not limited to show rooms and employee services, shall be permitted as accessory uses. Said accessory uses shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the floor area of the principal industrial building, except restaurant uses permitted under Section B.2-6.2, in which case the provisions of that section shall apply. All such retail use shall be conducted within the principal industrial building.
(B)
CPI Corporate Park Industrial District
(1)
Purpose. .....The CPI District is intended to accommodate a wide range of assembling, fabricating, and light manufacturing activities, and such ancillary industrial activities as warehousing and distribution. Commercial uses are also permitted accessory to industrial development. The district is established to provide locations for industrial development which have little or no impact on adjoining properties. The district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, 4, Metro Activity Centers, and other large sites with direct access to thoroughfares, which are included in the inventory of prime industrial sites referenced in Legacy.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - CPI.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
For outparcels with internal access to the property provided, the minimum lot size is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; the required minimum lot width is reduced to one hundred (100) feet; and the interior rear and side yard requirements are deleted, except that any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall not be less than twelve (12) feet. Negative access along external roads must be provided and on record.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Limited Commercial Uses Allowed. .....Commercial uses permitted in the LO and LB Districts are permitted in the CPI District and limited to fifteen percent (15%) of the total building square footage of the zoning lot.
(b)
Bufferyard. .....A minimum forty (40) foot wide type IV bufferyard shall be required wherever the CPI District abuts RM or RS Districts, as required in Section B.3-5.
(c)
Size. .....CPI Districts shall equal thirty (30) acres or more of contiguous area with a minimum of two hundred (200) feet of frontage along a major or minor thoroughfare.
(d)
Driveway Access. .....Driveway access to public streets shall be a minimum of two hundred (200) feet apart.
(e)
Vehicular Access. .....Vehicular access onto a major or minor thoroughfare or onto a road improved to necessary standards as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.
(C)
GI General Industrial District
(1)
Purpose. .....The GI District is primarily intended to accommodate a wide range of assembling, fabricating, and manufacturing activities. The district is established for the purpose of designating appropriate locations and establishing development regulations for uses which may have significant environmental impacts or which require special measures to ensure compatibility with adjoining properties. The district is established to provide locations for major developments in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - GI.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall be not less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard.
3.
There is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of the structure above seventy (70) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond the minimum required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Retail uses, including but not limited to show rooms and employee services, shall be permitted as accessory uses. Said accessory uses shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the floor area of the principal industrial building. All such retail use shall be conducted within the principal industrial building.
(D)
CI Central Industrial District
(1)
Purpose. .....The CI District is intended to accommodate assembly, fabrication, and manufacturing activities within GMAs 1 and 2. The central areas of the City of Winston-Salem and Town of Kernersville contain a variety of industrial land uses. These uses provide a substantial non-office employment base, as well as meeting certain needs in the community for industrial type goods. The CI District is intended to encourage and permit the continuation of a significant non-office employment base in the central area of these two (2) communities and to enable the development of new industrial uses compatible with the goals of Legacy and Clemmons Community Compass for these areas.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements. .....Except as specified in this section, there are no general dimensional requirements for the CI District.
(3)
Setbacks from Residential Districts. .....Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(4)
Streetyard. .....Please refer to Section B.3-4.3(B)(5) for streetyard requirements applicable in the CI District.
( C-UDO-83 , §§ 10, 11, 6-28-21)
2-1.5 INSTITUTIONAL AND MIXED USE ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following institutional and mixed use districts are established:
Table B.2.4
Institutional and Mixed Use Zoning Districts
The purpose of establishing these districts is to accommodate institutional and major mixed- use developments in compliance with the Growth Management Plan of Legacy and the Clemmons Community Compass. The intent is to provide a pedestrian friendly environment, aesthetically pleasing structures, and appropriate urban tree canopy through general design standards.
(A)
IP Institutional and Public District
(1)
Purpose. .....The IP District is intended to accommodate public and institutional uses which have a limited land use impact or traffic generation potential upon surrounding uses. The district is intended to accommodate smaller, less intensive public and institutional uses which have concentrated service areas and are located in or near residential areas, or larger, less intensive recreational or institutional facilities in rural areas.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - IP.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(B)
C Campus District
(1)
Purpose. .....The C District is intended to accommodate medium to large-sized public, semi-public, and institutional uses which have a major land use impact or traffic generation potential upon surrounding uses. The district is intended to accommodate larger, more intensive public and institutional uses which have extensive service areas and are centrally located.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - C.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
In GMAs 1 and 2, there is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of structure above sixty (60) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond the minimum forty (40) foot required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), or H. If structure is set back at least one hundred twenty (120) feet from property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG or H, there is no height limit.
3.
In GMAs 3, 4 and 5, the maximum height is forty (40) feet. However, the maximum permitted height of any structure may be increased by one foot for every additional five (5) feet of setback beyond the minimum setbacks required, up to a maximum building height of seventy-five (75) feet.
4.
There is no impervious surface coverage limit in GMAs 1 and 2.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Site Plan. .....A site plan must be submitted for any development within the district in conformance with the site plan requirements of Section B.7.
(b)
Access. .....Vehicular access onto a major or minor thoroughfare or onto a road improved to necessary standards as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.
(c)
Automatic Teller Machine. .....Automatic teller machines shall be permitted as an accessory use.
(C)
MX, Mixed Use District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The Mixed Use District (MX) is established, consistent with the policies of the comprehensive plan, to provide innovative opportunities for integrating diverse but compatible uses into a single development that is unified by distinguishable design features. The Mixed Use District is intended to provide an alternative to the predominant development pattern in Clemmons characterized by unconnected, uncoordinated commercial development along thoroughfares and limited access residential developments isolated from places to work and shop. MX may also be used to replicate the historic urban development pattern in redevelopment areas. In addition to a mixture of compatible uses, developments in this district shall provide amenities and walkways to increase pedestrian activity, decrease reliance on individual vehicles, foster transit usage, enhance the environmental quality and attractiveness of the Village of Clemmons, improve the overall quality of life, and provide for the welfare of the citizens. In the event of conflict between regulations for mixed use developments and those in other sections of the Unified Development Ordinance, the mixed use regulations shall supersede unless specifically stated otherwise.
(2)
Mixture of Uses.
(a)
Uses may be mixed within a building or within the development.
(b)
Mixed use developments on sites greater than fifteen (15) acres shall contain a minimum twenty (20) percent residential use.
(c)
No more than seventy-five (75) percent of the required residential component may be located in a single-family detached residential development.
(d)
Residential mixed use developments shall be allowed to contain three (3) or more uses as described in (e)(i) below.
(e)
The mixed use development must always contain at least three (3) of the following use categories:
(i)
Residential (any of the uses below shall account for one use category).
[A]
Single family
[B]
Single Family Quadraplex
[C]
Residential Multi-family RM-5
[D]
RM-8-RM-U
(ii)
Office.
(iii)
Commercial.
(iv)
Institutional and Public.
(f)
For mixed use developments containing three (3) use categories, each use shall occupy a minimum of twenty (20) percent of the floor area or gross acreage of the project. The developer may choose the use mix measurement but each project shall only use one of the use mix measurements (floor area or gross acreage).
For projects with four (4) or more use categories, the twenty (20) percent minimum is waived for all categories [except] residential, however, no use may occupy more than sixty (60) percent and no two (2) uses combined shall occupy more than eighty (80) percent of the floor area or gross acreage.
For phased projects, during construction of any phase prior to project completion or six (6) years from the initial foundation inspection, whichever is first, no single use shall exceed sixty (60) percent and no two (2) uses shall exceed ninety (90) percent.
Residential uses may occupy as much as seventy-five (75) percent floor area or gross acreage, if that which is over sixty (60) percent is located in a mixed-use building and located over first floor commercial use.
(g)
For MX projects developed in phases, each phase shall be able to function as a stand-alone development and the project shall contain the required common space at all times during the phases of construction. All MX projects shall meet the minimum mix of uses requirements according to the following schedule:
If the mixture of uses is not provided in this time, no certificates of occupancy will be issued for any part of the project other than single-family detached residential developments and townhouse residential developments, not exceeding four (4) units per building until the mixture is provided.
All structures with a certificate of occupancy or at least foundations and footings may be considered part of the mix. Single-family detached residential developments and townhouse residential developments not exceeding four (4) units per building in MX projects of one hundred (100) acres or more may have up to six (6) years from the first foundation inspection approval before certificates of occupancy will be withheld for failure to provide the required mix of uses.
The Village Council may grant a one-year extension for a total of five (5) years if the property owner can provide evidence that a mix will be provided by the end of the additional year. The evidence may include but is not limited to tenant contracts, leases or other legal construction agreements with specific deadlines.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions regarding the initial 60-30-10 mix, in the event that the developer has provided either the Village or the North Carolina Department of Transportation, whichever is applicable, with financial guarantees in a form suitable to the relevant entity to cover all offsite improvements related to uses other than residential and twenty percent (20%) of the project's common space has been fully constructed and is accessible, then the developer's failure to provide the nonresidential component of the initial 60-30-10 mix, within the applicable time periods set forth in the schedules above shall not preclude the issuance of certificates of occupancy for the residential portions of the project, provided all other conditions for obtaining the certificates of occupancy have been met.
(3)
General Regulations.
(a)
Minimum site size: .....The minimum gross tract size for initial zoning shall be five (5) contiguous acres. Contiguous additions may be made in increments of any size. Additions, when combined with any existing MX area, shall meet all ordinance requirements as a unified development.
(b)
Building height: .....No buildings shall exceed sixty (60) feet in height, including mezzanine levels. Floors for parking facilities shall not be included in the maximum height calculation.
Buildings with height greater than four (4) floors should be located in the center of the site but may be permitted on site perimeters if the adjacent property has a building four (4) floors or greater and is not zoned single family residential.
(c)
Thoroughfare requirements: .....All mixed use developments on sites larger than fifteen (15) acres shall have at least one direct access to and from an existing major or minor thoroughfare as indicated in the Village Transportation Plan. Interconnection to other road classifications may be required.
The Village Council may approve mixed use developments without direct access to a thoroughfare if a traffic impact analysis performed and approved according to the Village Code, demonstrates:
(i)
The impact of the project will not cause surrounding roadways to operate above capacity. The Village Council shall consider the impact of undeveloped land in the area when approving mixed use developments without access to thoroughfares; or
(ii)
The impact of the project will be less than or equal to the impact of a typical project developed under existing zoning. The typical project shall be determined by reviewing at least three (3) recent comparable projects developed within five (5) years of the project in the same zoning designation and shall not be a best case or worst case scenario. The list of comparable projects must be approved by Village staff.
(d)
Fringe use areas: .....To insure compatibility with adjoining land uses a fringe use area two hundred (200) feet in width, shall be established along the exterior property lines of the MX District where the exterior property lines of the MX District are adjacent to single family residential uses or platted single family residential lots.
(i)
If the exterior property line of the MX District is not adjacent to residential uses or platted residential lots, then no fringe use area will be required.
(ii)
If a fringe use area is required, only residential uses or open space shall be permitted within that fringe area.
(iii)
The maximum building height within the fringe use area shall be three (3) stories.
(iv)
There shall be no accessory structures or parking located within the part of the setback adjacent to residential districts.
(v)
In all instances, lighting shall be directed away from the adjacent residential use and a photometric plan shall be submitted to provide that no more than one-half (½) foot candle of light be dispersed on the adjacent property.
(e)
Building setbacks and separations: .....Buildings located on the periphery of the MX District shall be set back a minimum of twenty (20) feet from the MX District boundary. All buildings shall be set back at least fifty (50) feet from US and NC numbered highways and major thoroughfares.
No building shall encroach upon the right-of-way of a proposed road improvement as noted in the Village of Clemmons Transportation Plan. There shall be no minimum interior setbacks and separation requirements.
All internal non-residential buildings are encouraged to be located within ten (10) feet of street rights-of-way to enhance the pedestrian orientation of the development. Buildings set back large distances from roads and pedestrian trails are strongly discouraged. However, all structures shall meet state building code requirements and all other requirements to protect the health, safety and welfare of occupants.
(f)
Unified control/ownership of the site: .....Mixed used developments shall be under single ownership or unified control or under the management and supervision of a central authority or otherwise subject to such supervisory lease or ownership control as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this ordinance. The entire MX site, including all phases and subdivided lots, shall be fully integrated through common design themes and pedestrian and vehicular connections. A unified mixed use development is required regardless of whether the development is phased or subdivided.
(g)
Community property owner's association and/or a Homeowners Association: .....A community property owner's association shall be established.
(h)
Underground utilities: .....All electric, cable television and telephone facilities, fire alarm conduits, street lighting wiring, and other wiring conduits and similar facilities shall be placed underground by the developer or the appropriate utility company.
(i)
Minimum landscaping: .....Any individual, large retail buildings with a footprint of twenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet or more shall be subject to the landscaping requirements for large-scale retail development.
Street trees are required along all streets and shall be a minimum three (3) inch caliper and shall be located at a minimum fifty (50) feet on center. The technical review committee (TRC) may permit alternatives to strict conformance with the required landscaping under the following conditions. In all cases, however; mixed-use developments shall provide at least the minimum square feet of landscaped area and number of trees required by B.3-4. Only the location of required landscaping may vary.
a.
Minimum landscape standards.
b.
Additional landscaping in key areas.
c.
Provision of low impact developments. Landscaping necessary to accommodate the provision of low impact developments as described in the density bonus section may be substituted for strict conformance with minimum requirements.
(j)
Street and parking design:
(i)
A general grid street system with multiple external road connections is encouraged. Multiple internal road connections are required.
(ii)
Road connections to adjacent roads and developments:
[A]
Multiple connections are encouraged to limit the impact on any one street.
[B]
Each MX project shall have sufficient external connections so that no one site entrance that will carry more than fifty percent (50%) of the average daily trips to or from the site. This requirement may be waived if a site has insufficient frontage to be granted multiple driveway permits from the North Carolina Department of Transportation or the Village and adjacent site conditions prevent connections on other perimeters.
[C]
A traffic impact analysis and street design plan shall be required to make the determination of adequate connectivity. The traffic impact analysis is required at the time of site plan submittal. The interconnectivity requirements of this section shall be met for each phase of a mixed use development.
[D]
Connections to existing local roads shall not be direct through street access from collectors or arterials. Connections to local roads shall include landscaped islands, roundabouts or other features designed to calm traffic as it enters the existing neighborhood.
[E]
Public amenities are encouraged to be located next to adjacent neighborhood connection points.
(iii)
Pedestrian scale, tree lined streets with on street parking are encouraged for both public and private streets. Local public streets shall be required to provide sidewalks, street trees and bike accommodations.
(iv)
Parking lots shall be located behind or to the side of buildings. Clearly defined rear building entrances are encouraged where parking is located behind buildings. The majority of parking is encouraged to be on street parking to reduce large parking lots.
(v)
Parking garages are discouraged on primary activity or collector streets. If a parking garage is located on a primary activity or collector street, the majority of the facade shall have a non-parking use.
(vi)
Alleys are encouraged.
(vii)
Mixed use developments may be required to provide street or driveway stubs and reciprocal access easements to promote efficient circulation between uses and properties, and promote connectivity and dispersal of traffic.
[A]
The technical review committee may permit alternatives to the Village's technical standards for street and parking design under any one of the following conditions:
[1]
Safe and adequate access to and within the site is provided. All interior drives shall be designed so as to provide adequate access for emergency service vehicles, mass transit and solid waste pick up.
[2]
Low impact development elements such as bioretention in parking lots, minimization of curb and gutter in appropriate locations and impervious asphalts
[3]
Greater than fifty percent (50%) of the total parking is on-street parking.
[4]
Angled parking may be permitted on streets with speed limits of twenty (20) miles per hour or less.
(k)
General site design: .....The following characteristics are essential for a quality mixed use development. Each of these components shall be included in mixed use developments. Each component in this section includes both required and optional site design elements and is intended to allow for flexibility. The site plan shall include a narrative describing how the project will incorporate these characteristics. All mixed use developments shall contain a minimum fifty percent (50%) of the encouraged optional elements of this section.
(i)
Pedestrian accessibility .....concentration of development (critical mass) in a compact, walkable area.
[A]
Uses are encouraged to be sufficiently concentrated to promote convenient pedestrian access. Larger projects are encouraged to concentrate uses in multiple nodes. Concentration within a fifteen hundred (1,500) foot perimeter is preferred.
[B]
Pedestrian circulation shall be clearly defined and shall connect all uses.
[C]
Bicycle and pedestrian access to adjacent developments is strongly encouraged in areas where vehicular access is not provided.
[D]
Sidewalks are required on each side of rights-of-way or private streets throughout the development and are encouraged to be located in front of businesses and houses and not concentrated in parking areas.
[E]
With the exception of exclusively single family areas, separated, single use pods are prohibited. Strip commercial development characterized by single story uncoordinated, unconnected buildings with large street frontage parking lots is specifically prohibited. Strip malls with uncoordinated, unconnected out parcels are prohibited. All structures shall be fully integrated into the mixed use project through common design themes (including but not limited to lighting, benches, landscaping, and other decorative features but not necessarily building design), integration with a variety of uses, non-linear arrangement, common spaces, pedestrian walkways, vehicular access connections and other features.
(ii)
Clearly defined common spaces for gathering .....interaction and fostering a sense of community. Plazas, courtyards and other areas are necessary to provide for public gathering and interaction. Amenities, such as benches, planters, lighting, fountains, art and landscaping that further the design theme of the project and encourage interaction are required. Specific requirements are described in the common space and open space section of this article.
(iii)
Integrated design of the project. Common architectural theme: Mixed use projects require special attention to building design because of the intermixing of land uses in close proximity. Functional integration of residential and commercial uses shall be considered during design of mixed use projects. The following standards are intended to guide development of mixed use projects:
[A]
Physical integration of uses: All mixed use developments shall be designed and developed to provide an appropriate interrelationship between the various uses and structures within the development.
[B]
Residential and commercial uses may be located within the same or adjoining structures providing appropriate health and safety regulations are followed.
[C]
Design: Structures should provide architectural relief and interest, with emphasis at building entrances and along sidewalks, to promote and enhance a comfortable pedestrian scale and orientation. Structures shall have consistent scale and massing to create a unified project. Compatibility with the immediate context is required. However, gradual transitions in scale and massing are permitted.
[1]
Blank walls shall be avoided by including ground floor windows, recesses, extensions and breaks in roof elevation.
[2]
Design should provide differentiation between ground-level spaces and upper stories. For example, bays or balconies for upper levels, and awnings, canopies or other similar treatments for lower levels can provide differentiation. Variation in building materials, trim, paint, ornamentation, windows, or other features such as public art, may also be used.
[3]
Design shall ensure privacy in residential developments through effective window placement, sound-proofing, landscape screening or orientation of outdoor living areas (e.g. balconies, porches, patios and etc.). Opposite facing windows at close distances should be offset vertically or horizontally, or employ appropriate materials (e.g. glazed, tinted and etc.) to protect privacy.
(iv)
Housing diversity (size, type and cost).
[A]
Mixed use projects should include attached and detached residential components with a range of prices and sizes.
[B]
Single-family lot sizes shall be varied to provide a mixture of lot sizes.
(v)
Preservation of natural features and open space. Permitted flexibility in lot sizes, setbacks, street widths and landscaping shall be utilized to preserve natural features and provide open space consistent with the policies of the comprehensive plan. Specific requirements are described in the common space and open space section of the mixed use ordinance.
(vi)
Connection to the surrounding community. Mixed use developments shall not be gated and shall be interconnected to surrounding developments. Mixed use projects shall be designed as an integral part of the surrounding community and not as an isolated development.
(4)
Density.
(a)
Mixed Use Density.
(i)
The base density permitted for areas designated mixed use within the mixed use commercial, highway commercial, employment areas and large-scale retail land use categories shall be 0.20 floor area ratio.
(ii)
The base density permitted for areas designated mixed use within the mixed-use office, village-scale retail .....office, institutional and mixed use commercial land use categories shall be 0.15 floor area ratio.
(iii)
The base density permitted for areas designated mixed use in the watershed categories shall be 0.10 floor area ratio.
(iv)
Maximum density for areas designated mixed use shall be determined by adding the base density to any density bonuses. Density bonuses shall be determined by application of performance measures described in the density bonus section below.
Floor area ratio (FAR) equals the gross floor area of all buildings in areas designated mixed use divided by the mixed use area (FAR = gross floor area\mixed use area).
(b)
Residential Density.
(i)
The base density permitted for areas designated residential areas in this district shall be seven (7) dwelling units per acre for single family and twelve (12) units per acre for multi-family projects.
(ii)
Maximum density for areas designated residential shall be determined by adding base density to density bonuses. Density bonuses shall be determined by application of performance measures described in this ordinance.
(c)
Density calculations. .....Density shall be calculated using land use categories (mixed use or exclusively residential).
(i)
Mixed use density shall be calculated using only the gross area identified as mixed use (including streets, parking, common space .....open space and other features in the mixed use area).
(ii)
Residential density shall be calculated using only the gross area identified as residential (including streets, parking, common space .....open space and other features in the residential area).
(iii)
Maximum density shall be calculated for each land classification area within the project. Development in that area shall not exceed the density permitted in the underlying land classification category except for bonuses permitted in this ordinance. Density shall not be aggregated over the entire site except through the procedures defined in section (d) below.
(iv)
If the applicant designates areas classified resource protection or conservation as not to be developed, the density calculation for the more intense land classification category may be applied to the entire mixed use or residential area.
(v)
Land preserved for the purpose described in section (iv) above shall only be eligible for full credit towards the minimum open space requirement if it is an integral part of the development. If the entire preserved area is located on the periphery of the development, the area shall only be credited for a maximum fifty percent (50%) of the required open space. The purpose of this limit is to ensure open space is not isolated but is an integral part of the development.
(d)
Density bonuses: .....In reviewing a final plan/site plan for a mixed use development, the technical review committee (TRC) shall make a recommendation to the planning board and council if the applicant meets the requirements for receiving bonuses.
The increases in density shall be subject to the following procedures:
The density bonus for providing any individual shall be one-half (½) floor area ratio or two and one-half (2.5) dwelling units per acre for single family residential and unlimited for multi-family development. The bonus shall not be split between floor area ratio and dwelling units per acre. The following performance measures shall be adhered to the following requirements:
(i)
The developer shall choose one density bonus option from [A] and three (3) options from options [B] through [D] below.
[A]
Environmental. Bonus items:
[1]
The inclusion of fifty percent (50%) of the total parking of the proposed development to be of impervious nature.
[2]
The use of landscape island as stormwater management BMP's.
[3]
Bonus item: Increasing the amount of open space provided by a minimum of five (5) percent over the minimum required amount. The additional five (5) percent shall be integral to the development and located in a central area. Sites shall be a minimum twenty-five (25) acres to qualify for the bonus.
[4]
Bonus item: Preserve at least one-half (½) acre of wetlands or unique habitats as defined by the North Carolina Heritage Program that are not required to be protected by any provisions of the Village or other regulatory agencies
[B]
Community design standards
[1]
The inclusion of eighty percent (80%) adherence of the Village Point Design Guidelines based on the proposed developed
[2]
Adherence to the Village of Clemmons Large Retail Establishments for any building over twenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet in size as described in Article 3-12.
[C]
Mixed Use Buildings
[1]
Bonus item: Inclusion of at least one building that is designated for commercial use on at least the first floor and with at least one floor of residential units above. Residential square feet shall be greater than the commercial square feet in the building.
[2]
Bonus item: Inclusion of at least two (2) buildings that are designated for retail use on at least the first floor and with at least one floor of offices above.
[D]
Pedestrian facilities. Bonus item: Provision of an internal network of sidewalks in addition to those located along streets and buildings. These facilities shall be in addition to minimum requirements and shall be at least one thousand five hundred (1,500) linear feet. These additional facilities shall be walking trails in residential areas, trails connecting residential areas to open space and mixed use areas or non-invasive trails through environmental preserve areas.
(5)
Common space and open space.
(a)
Purpose: .....It is intended that MX developments be identifiable by functional common spaces and open space, including but not limited to: natural wetlands, forested areas, atriums, parks, internal courtyards, plazas, or other undisturbed or improved spaces. Common spaces shall shape the design and character of the project through a connecting system of pedestrian areas that create a relationship among the various components of the built environment. The pedestrian spaces may include artwork, sculpture and water features to improve their appeal. These spaces shall be designed to create interaction among workers, residents and shoppers.
The spaces shall also attempt to provide a pleasant gathering place for transit usage.
Open spaces can be natural or recreational. Natural open spaces are intended to protect the natural environment, protect water quality and provide habitat for wildlife. Recreation open spaces are intended to provide outdoor active recreation facilities and other activity areas for within residential areas and linkages to all uses associated within the development.
Overlap between spaces considered common space and open space is possible. The definitions are not mutually exclusive.
Each MX project shall contain a ten percent (10%) common space and a minimum five percent (5%) open space. The developer can propose the allocation of land to these categories. However, common space shall be primarily area for social interaction and have more impervious surface. Open space shall be essentially unimproved pervious area with limited modifications.
(i)
Common space: .....At least ten percent (10%) of the acreage of the site shall be devoted to common spaces.
[A]
Common space includes areas where the public is directly or indirectly invited to gather, browse, sit, interact or congregate. Common spaces do not have to be publicly owned. Common areas may include walking paths, bicycle paths, courtyards, plazas and other similar areas. Unimproved natural areas shall not be counted as common space.
[B]
Common spaces shall be arranged as community spaces with open areas, landscaping, seating facilities and lighting fixtures which provide for safety and visual effects.
[C]
Common spaces are intended to be places for social interaction and may include impervious surfaces.
[1]
Common space amenities shall include at least three (3) of the following:
[a]
Sidewalks with substantial ornamental treatments (e.g. brick pavers; change in materials, color or texture; use of pervious materials when with Americans with Disabilities Act).
[b]
Sidewalk planters. Planters may be constructed to provide seating around the perimeter.
[c]
Public art (e.g. sculpture, fountain, clock, mural, etc.).
[d]
Street trees of a caliper fifty percent (50%) wider than required by this chapter (may include preservation of healthy mature trees adjacent to sidewalks).
[2]
Amenities should be visible and accessible to the general public from an improved street. Access to pocket parks, plazas and sidewalks shall be provided via a right-of-way or a public access easement.
[3]
The size or capacity of pedestrian amenities should be proportional to their expected use, including use by employees, customers, residents, and other visitors.
[4]
Amenities should be consistent with the character and scale of surrounding developments. For example, similarity in awning height, bench style, planter materials, street trees and pavers is recommended to foster continuity in the design of pedestrian areas. Materials should be suitable for outdoor use, easily maintained and have a reasonably long life cycle (e.g. ten (10) years before replacement).
(ii)
Open space: .....A minimum five percent (5%) open space shall be provided.
[A]
Open space is any area of land or water essentially unimproved and set aside, dedicated, designated, or reserved for public or private use or enjoyment. Open space may include active recreational facilities such as swimming pools, tot lots, ball fields and picnic tables (recreation open space). However, improved recreational facilities, including golf courses, shall not exceed four (4) percent of the minimum required open space.
[B]
No more than fifty percent (50%) of the open space shall be covered by water unless approved by the technical review committee as part of an active recreation area or regional stormwater facility. Standard stormwater retention facilities that meet only minimum Village requirements shall not be counted as open space.
[C]
The Village Council may remove the open space requirements to an additional five percent (5%) of common space when equivalent land area or property value for community facilities is provided to the Village. Community facilities dedicated to the Village including but not limited to parks, recreation buildings or restoration of historic sites shall be eligible for open space credit.
[D]
Construction of greenways shall be mandatory and shall count for the total amount of open space required if trail connections are equitable dispersed throughout the entire development whenever the project includes or is adjacent to trails identified on a previously adopted greenway plan.
[E]
Access to open space: All residential lots or units created within the development shall have direct access to all open space and recreational facilities, as provided, by means of public streets or dedicated walkways or by the fact of physical contiguity to other public land or lands in common ownership of all residents. The developer shall not place age, race, creed, sex or economic restrictions (other than maintenance assessments) upon lot or unit owners for the use of said open space. Land which is restricted in any way so as to be for the use, benefit or enjoyment of a select group within the development shall not qualify as open space.
[F]
Open space provisions: The developer shall file a declaration of covenants and restrictions running with the land that will govern the open space. This declaration shall be submitted prior to final plat approval. When a property owners association or other such non-profit ownership is established, the declaration shall include but not be limited to the following:
[1]
The homeowners association or the non-profit organization shall be established before any lots are sold;
[2]
Membership shall be mandatory for each lot buyer and successive buyer;
[3]
The association shall provide for liability insurance, any taxes and the maintenance of all grounds and facilities;
[4]
Any sums levied by the association that remain unpaid shall become a lien upon the lot owner's property.
(C-UDO-50, § 1, 4-26-10; C-UDO-68, §§ 1, 3, 4-22-13; C-UDO-73, § 1, 1-11-16; C-UDO83 , § 12, 6-28-21)
2-1.5.1 General Design Requirements for Institutional and Mixed Use Zoning Districts
General Design Requirements. All general design requirements shall be reviewed and approved by the Village of Clemmons Planning Staff prior to City/County inspections approval of zoning permits. The Village of Clemmons Planning Staff shall provide written notification of approval or denial to the inspections division of approval within five (5) days of plan receipt.
A.
Façade and Building Elevations. .....All new and redeveloped sites/structures as defined in by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide windows and doors arranged so that forty percent (40%) of the length of the first floor building elevation facing the street meets this requirement. Multi-story structures shall provide windows arranged so that twenty percent (20%) of the length of the secondary stories has the said treatment. Windows shall not be constructed of a reflective material. Blank walls shall not be greater than twenty (20) feet on any elevation.
1.
Architectural Features. .....Building design shall incorporate material to convey permanence, substance, timelessness with low maintenance. Each building shall be constructed of one or more of the following materials consisting of at least fifty percent (50%) of the exterior materials. Any exterior building wall visible from the corridor shall be constructed of one or more of the following (minimum fifty percent (50%)):
i.
Clay or masonry brick
ii.
Customized concrete masonry with striated, scored or broken faced brick type units (sealed) with color consistent with design theme
iii.
Poured in place, tilt-up, or precast concrete. .....Poured in place and tilt-up walls shall have a finish of stone, a texture or coating
iv.
Architectural flat metal panels or glass curtain walls
v.
Stucco or EIFS
vi.
Natural and synthetic stone
vii.
Vinyl siding provided that buildings are enhanced by the application or brick, decorative masonry or decorative stucco surface in combinations with decorative fascia, overhangs and trim
viii.
Additional materials may be approved by the Village of Clemmons Planning Staff provided that the substituted or additional material meets the purpose and intent of this chapter and is similar in nature to those specified above
2.
Non-decorative exposed concrete block buildings are prohibited.
3.
Building entrances, excluding emergency exits, shall be designed as focal points and shall be enhanced through the use of elements such as canopies, peaked roofs, paving materials, planters, landscaping features and outdoor seating areas.
4.
To assist with interpretation the Village of Clemmons Planning Department will catalog all approved building designs and materials as well as provide sketches as a reference.
5.
Roofs. .....All roofs shall be pitched or provide a parapet wall to hide all equipment from the ground level of the building.
B.
Sidewalk. .....All new and redeveloped site/structures as defined by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide a minimum of a five (5) foot sidewalk along the entirety of the property frontage.
C.
Planting Strip. .....In place of the required streetyard tree planting requirements set forth in Chapter B, 3-4.3 (B) all new and redeveloped sites/structures as defined by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide a minimum of an eight (8) foot planting strip from the back of curb to the sidewalk frontage. All other applicable streetyard requirements apply.
(1)
Number and Spacing of Trees. .....The planting strip shall contain 4 large variety deciduous or evergreen trees per fifty (50) linear feet, excluding points of motor vehicle ingress or egress. In no case shall any planting strip contain less than one tree. Required trees must be a minimum of eight (8) feet in height at the installation and shall be at least two (2) inches in diameter measured six (6) inches above ground level.
D.
Multi-building or Mixed Use projects.
1.
Prior to the issuance of a building permit on a multi-building development, the applicant shall submit plans that demonstrate the use of consistent design elements throughout the project. Subsequent building permits shall conform to the design elements presented.
2.
Multi-building developments shall include prominent focal points, which shall include, but not be limited to architectural structures, art, historical and/or landscape features. These features shall be located at or visible from, vehicular and pedestrian entrances to the site.
E.
Lighting.
1.
Pedestrian scaled lighting fixtures shall be provided in areas designed for pedestrian activity (walkways, plazas, outdoor seating areas).
2.
Lighting fixtures shall coordinate and complement the general architectural style of development.
3.
All lighting fixtures shall be cut-off or shoebox style that only disperses ½ candle determined by a photometric lighting plan.
(C-UDO-50, § 1, 4-26-10; C-UDO-73, § 1, 1-11-16)
2-1.6 OVERLAY AND SPECIAL PURPOSE ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following overlay and special purpose zoning districts are established:
Table B.2.5
Special Purpose Zoning Districts
The purpose of establishing these districts is to assist the community in meeting the recommendations of Legacy and to meet requirements of State and federal law. When a rezoning proposal for one of these districts is considered, historic preservation, watershed protection, and other applicable goals and recommendations contained in Legacy and the Clemmons Community Compass shall be used as guides, in conjunction with other factors, in determining the appropriateness of the proposed district.
(A)
NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District
(1)
Purpose. .....The NCO District is intended:
(a)
To preserve and enhance the appearance and special character of certain older neighborhoods by encouraging reuse of existing buildings and new infill development which respects the context of the existing built and natural characteristics;
(b)
To recognize these characteristics as a major part of the community's identity and positive image, and thereby enhance the visual quality of the community;
(c)
To stabilize and improve property values; and,
(d)
To reduce conflicts between new construction and existing development.
(2)
NCO District Requirements.
(a)
Applicability.
(i)
New Development. .....The regulations of the NCO District shall apply to all new development within the boundaries of the NCO District except as specifically exempted by the provision of this section.
(ii)
Existing Development. .....A structure existing at the time an NCO District is approved shall not be deemed a nonconformity because of the NCO District regulations.
(iii)
Work by Local Governments and Utility Companies. .....The regulations of the NCO District shall apply to changes in appearance made by local governments or utility companies to street paving, sidewalks, trees, utility installations, walls, lighting, fences, structures and buildings on public property, easements, or streets.
(b)
Exemptions. .....The following types of activities are exempt from the provisions of this section:
(i)
Replacement of existing structures with a like structure.
(ii)
Interior alterations.
(iii)
Remodeling or other alterations which do not create additional building floor area, and/or to which the conservation standards are not applicable.
(iv)
Routine maintenance or repair of any structure or site feature.
(v)
Routine maintenance or repair of streets, sidewalks, pavement markings, utility service lines, street signs, traffic signals, and/or replacement of street light fixtures.
(vi)
The construction, reconstruction, alteration, restoration, moving, or demolition of any structure or site feature which the Zoning Officer determines is required to protect the public safety because of an unsafe or dangerous condition.
(c)
Development Review Process.
(i)
Site Plan Requirement. .....Except for projects as specifically exempted herein, no building, grading, or demolition permit shall be issued within the NCO District prior to the submittal and approval of plans by the Director of Planning. The plans shall meet the requirements of Section B.7.
(ii)
Compliance Required. .....No site plan or subdivision plat shall be approved which does not demonstrate compliance with the provisions of this section and the conservation standards of the applicable design study.
(iii)
Appeals. .....Any aggrieved party may take an appeal from the actions of the Director of Planning to the Board of Adjustment, whether the site plan was approved or disapproved.
(d)
Standards for Development Within the NCO District.
(i)
Conservation Standards. .....All development within the NCO District shall be subject to the conservation standards contained in the applicable Neighborhood Design Study. These conservation standards may be more stringent or less stringent than the regulations of the underlying zone; in the event of any conflict, the neighborhood conservation standard shall apply. However, the conservation standards shall be objective standards and may regulate only the following: Dimensional requirements, natural and constructed landscape and bufferyard features, parking requirements, signage, lighting, vehicular access, location of exterior entrances and stairways, roof shape, building orientation and scale, outdoor storage, location and screening of utilities.
(ii)
Demolition. .....A demolition permit may not be denied within an NCO District; however, the effective date of such certificate may be delayed not more than ninety (90) calendar days from the date of approval. During the period of delay, the Zoning Officer, in consultation with the Director of Planning, may conduct efforts to preserve the building. If the Zoning Officer, in consultation with the Director of Planning, finds that the building has no particular significant value toward maintaining the character of the district, he/she may waive all or part of such period and authorize earlier demolition or removal.
(3)
Zoning Applications. .....Except for applications filed by the City or County, the Planning Board shall not accept applications for zoning property to an NCO District unless the application meets all of the following criteria:
(a)
The area to be zoned shall contain at least fifteen (15) contiguous acres or shall be an expansion of an existing NCO District.
(b)
The area to be zoned is an area whose development began at least twenty-five (25) years prior to the application for zoning to the NCO District.
(c)
A Neighborhood Design Study which outlines the conservation standards for the area has been adopted by the Elected Body.
(4)
Neighborhood Design Study.
(a)
The Neighborhood Design Study shall include at least the following elements:
(i)
A determination that the area meets the size and age of development criteria.
(ii)
An inventory and description of the distinctive natural and built features of the area.
(iii)
A listing of the conservation standards to be met within the area if NCO District zoning is adopted.
(iv)
A listing of voluntary conservation guidelines for the area.
(b)
The Neighborhood Design Study shall be submitted to the Planning Board for review and recommendation prior to submission to the Elected Body for adoption.
(c)
When an NCO District is approved, the conservation standards contained in the applicable Neighborhood Design Study are adopted by reference and become a part of the Zoning Ordinance.
(B)
TO Thoroughfare Overlay District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The TO District is intended to:
(a)
Encourage development and redevelopment which preserves the visual quality and functional operation of major roadways;
(b)
Enhance the visual image of the community;
(c)
Promote traffic safety;
(d)
Preserve property values; and,
(e)
Implement the goals, policies, and objectives of Legacy and Clemmons Community Compass.
(2)
Overlay District Requirements.
(a)
Applicability. .....Within a TO District, every use of a building or land hereafter established, including demolition and reconstruction of new uses, shall meet the requirements of this section unless otherwise exempted below.
(b)
Exemptions.
(i)
New Residential Development. .....New single family, duplex, or twin home development shall be exempt from all of the provisions of this section.
(ii)
Reuse or Redevelopment. .....Reuse, remodeling, repairs, or other redevelopment which do not create additional building floor area or parking spaces shall be exempt from the provisions of this section.
(iii)
Expansions. .....Building additions, parking lot expansions or other redevelopment that creates additional building floor area or parking spaces not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the floor area or parking spaces existing on the site on the effective date of this Ordinance shall be exempt from the provisions of this section, except no expansion may occur within a required setback area. There shall be only one such expansion.
(iv)
Shallow Lots. .....Vacant lots of record existing as of the effective date of this Ordinance in GMAs 1, 2 or 3 with less than one hundred fifty (150) feet of depth, or in GMAs 4 or 5 with less than two hundred (200) feet of depth shall be exempt from the provisions of this section, except that these lots are required to meet the ten (10) foot setback for parking off right-of-way and streetyard planting.
(v)
Streetyard. .....If existing structures or parking areas are located within a landscaped streetyard area required pursuant to this section on the effective date of this Ordinance, reduction in streetyard width is permitted as provided in Section B.3-4.3(A)(3)(b).
(c)
Applicable Roads and Boundaries. .....The TO District shall consist of the public right-of-way and those lands within one hundred (100) feet of either side of the right-of-way, including access ramps of all freeways and expressways and roads in the Interstate System. Additional roads may be included in a TO District pursuant to Section B.2-1.6(B)(3). The TO District does not include land lying underneath bridges or elevated portions of roadways.
(d)
Development Review. .....No building or zoning permit or subdivision plat shall be approved which does not demonstrate compliance with the provisions of this section.
(e)
Standards for Development Within the TO District. .....All development within the TO District shall be subject to the site development standards of the underlying district, in addition to the following:
(i)
Enclosed Facilities. .....All manufacturing, storage, offices, wholesale, retail sales, or similar uses, other than display areas for motor vehicle sales and plant nurseries, shall be conducted within an enclosed building, except as otherwise provided below.
(ii)
Outside Storage. .....Outside storage shall be permitted only if screened from view from the thoroughfare. The outside storage shall not occupy an area larger than one-half of the area covered by the principal building.
(iii)
Loading and Garage Bays. .....All loading areas and entrances to motor vehicle repair bays shall be screened from view from the thoroughfare.
(iv)
Shielding On-Site Utilities. .....All public utilities and related facilities, heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) units, including on-ground and rooftop mechanical systems, and dumpsters, shall be so located and/or shielded so as to not be visible from the public right-of-way.
(v)
Utilities. .....All utilities providing direct service to individual buildings shall be placed underground. All distribution lines running parallel to the roadway within the TO District and installed or relocated in conjunction with construction of a new thoroughfare or widening of an existing thoroughfare which involves the relocation of power lines and poles shall be located underground, unless required to be placed above ground by the applicable utility provider.
(vi)
Setback. .....Any new structure or vehicular use area, including parking lots, loading areas, and driveways, and any addition to an existing structure or vehicular use area shall be set back a minimum distance from the right-of-way line as indicated below:
(vii)
Landscaped Streetyard. .....Within the setback area, the landscaped streetyard requirements of Section B.3-4 shall be met. Use of existing vegetation to meet the requirements is encouraged.
(3)
Establishment of Other Designated TO Districts.
(a)
Along segments of existing and proposed major and minor thoroughfares designated on the adopted Transportation Plan, a TO District may be established following the preparation of a corridor study and plan to protect and enhance the appearance and/or functioning of the roadway, consistent with the purpose of the TO District.
(b)
The corridor study and plan shall describe the conditions and boundaries of the segment of thoroughfare being studied, and may make recommendations in regard to setbacks, landscaping, right-of-way plantings, shielding utilities, access, enclosing facilities, outdoor storage, loading and garage bay provisions, underground utilities, or other areas as deemed appropriate.
(c)
The study and plan shall be submitted to the Planning Board for review and recommendation prior to submission to the Elected Body for adoption.
(d)
The boundaries and recommendations of each corridor plan shall be adopted as a separate and distinct TO District. The development standards contained in the applicable TO District are adopted by reference and become a part of the Zoning Ordinance.
(4)
Variance. .....Applications for variances from the setback and landscaping requirements of the TO District may be approved by the Board of Adjustment in accordance with the procedures in Article VI of this Ordinance. Approval of a variance shall include the determination that there are practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships in the way of carrying out the strict letter of the Ordinance because of one or more of the following conditions:
(a)
Narrow. .....Unusually narrow sections of land available for planting within the back and/or side yards because of existing permanent structures, existing paving, or natural features such as rock outcroppings.
(b)
Elevation Change. .....Elevation change of more than twelve (12) feet within the area where screening would be located.
(c)
Public Safety. .....Specialized land uses such as public utilities, airports, etc. where strict adherence to the screening standard would significantly interfere with the function of that use and would create a public safety problem.
(d)
Public Agency. .....Actions of a public agency.
(e)
Platting or Deeding. .....Difficulties arising from the recorded platting or deeding of land prior to the adoption of this Ordinance.
(C)
H Historic District .....Please refer to Section B.4.
(D)
HO Historic Overlay District .....Please refer to Section B.4.
(E)
Lewisville Clemmons Road (South Overlay District)
(1)
Vision .....The Lewisville-Clemmons Road Corridor Overlay District is to facilitate implementation of the general intent of the Lewisville-Clemmons Road Strategic Area (south) to promote the redevelopment of the area into a mixed use commercial/office/residential. It is intended to foster development that improves traffic/safety, intensifies land use and economic value, to promote a mix of uses, to enhance the livability of the area, to enhance pedestrian connections, parking conditions, and to foster high-quality buildings and public spaces that help create and sustain long-term economic vitality.
(2)
Intent. .....Lewisville-Clemmons Road is expected to continue carrying significant traffic volumes making development along the corridor highly visible to the traveling public. Therefore, the main objectives of this proposed district is to:
(a)
Develop visible interconnected alternate traveling routes to provide the motoring public choices in trip destination.
(b)
Strategically close some driveways along the corridor for safety measures and develop cross access opportunities where appropriate.
(c)
Establish high standards for buildings and landscaping improvements with a cohesive street tree plan and consistent standards for building design.
(d)
Establish a safe pedestrian network for residents and visitors to access numerous sites by foot.
(e)
Promote businesses along the corridor by the development of a wayfinding signage program and other applications.
Geographic Boundary
The proposed geographic boundary begins at the interchange (I-40/Lewisville-Clemmons Road) and continues south to the intersection of Lewisville-Clemmons Road and Middlebrook. The map shown below provides the specific geographic boundaries by parcel lines.
(3)
Application and Exemptions.
(a)
These standards apply to sites (including principal and accessory buildings) that are within the Lewisville-Clemmons Road Corridor Overlay district unless otherwise specified herein, and apply to all permitted uses allowed within the district.
(b)
Farm uses are exempt from these requirements provided they meet the base zoning district requirements.
(c)
Existing single family units are exempt from these requirements provided they meet the base zoning district requirements.
(d)
Expansions to buildings that exist on the date the Ordinance from which this section is derived is adopted are exempt from the requirements of this section.
(e)
New development, building expansions and demolition .....rebuilds that are twenty-five percent (25%) or greater or cumulative additions twenty-five percent (25%) or greater of the original building footprint shall conform to all requirements of this section. All other requirements noted in this section shall apply to the twenty-five (25%) or great building expansion requirements unless specified below.
(f)
The streetyard requirements as identified in Section B.3-4.3(B):
(i)
Additions to existing sites that are equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the sites' existing building square footage or the addition of one-thousand (1,000) square feet or more of building; or,
(ii)
When ten (10) or more parking spaces are added to a site with no building; or,
(iii)
Façade changes to ten (10) percent or more of any building wall facing a vehicular way intended for public travel regardless of ownership (e.g. adding or eliminating doors, windows, closings, openings or increased wall area).
(g)
Right-of-way shall be required to be recorded as shown in "Exhibit A" with a zoning change of use permit as shown in Exhibit A.
(h)
Any new roadway connectors as shown in "Exhibit A" shall be required with new development and/or by the Village of Clemmons, NC.
(i)
Driveway Closures. .....Reserved.
(j)
Newly created sidewalks as shown in "Exhibit A" shall be required under the same requirements of Section E above.
(4)
Permitted Uses .....The overlay district provisions apply to any base zoning district set forth in this chapter that exists within the defined overlay area. The following permitted uses are allowed for this proposed geographic area by use category:
(a)
Residential Uses. .....Single Family, Townhomes, Multi-Family, Congregate Care Facility, Family Group Care Facilities, A, B, and C, Life Care Community
(b)
Retail and Wholesale Trade. .....ABC Store, Arts and Crafts Studio, Building Materials Supply, Convenience Store, Food/Drug Store, Furniture Store, General Merchandise Store, Hardware Store, Implement Sales and Service, Motorcycle Dealer, Nursery/Lawn/Garden Retail Store, Restaurants (with and without drive-through service), Retail Developments larger than ninety thousand (90,000) square feet (use big box standards for this use), Retail Misc., Whole Trade A
(c)
Business and Personal Services. .....Banking and Financial Services, Bed and Breakfast, Building Contractors General, Car Wash, Funeral Home, Health Services Misc., Hotel/Motel, Kennel, Medical Lab, Medical Offices, Motor Vehicle, Leasing/Rental, Repair/Maintenance, Body/Paint Shop, Office Misc., Professional Office, Service Personal, Services, Business A/B, Veterinary Services
(d)
Recreational Services. .....Recreation Services, Indoor and Outdoor, Public Recreation Services, Swimming Pool, Private, Theater, Indoor
(e)
Institutional and Public Uses. .....Academic Medical Center, Adult Day Care, Adult Day Care Center, Child Care Facilities, Religious Institutions, Club or Lodge, College/University, Government Offices, Group Care Facilities, Hospital or Health Center, Library, Museum/Art Gallery, Neighborhood Care Institution, Police/Fire Station, Post Office, School
(5)
Standards.
(a)
Pedestrian Accommodations.
(i)
All new development shall provide pedestrian walkways between the building and entrance .....exits and parking areas, and within parking areas to designated walking areas especially where there is a need to connect dispersed buildings with parking areas.
(ii)
All pedestrian amenities in "Exhibit A" shall meet Section B.2-1.6(E)(5)(a) requirements for construction.
c.
All new development shall provide canopy shade trees, landscape features and seating or other pedestrian amenities near colonnades, storefronts, and pedestrian routes.
(b)
Cross Access and Right-of-Ways.
(i)
Cross access easements between properties are encouraged, however the Village of Clemmons will proactively rank cross access priorities and negotiate with properties outlined in "Exhibit A" to make cross access requirements.
(ii)
Public rights-of-way are required to be dedicated as noted in "Applications and Exemptions" (G). The Village of Clemmons shall make necessary improvements to the public right-of-way from a priority list as property owners voluntarily dedicate outside of the development review process. The priority list shall be kept in the Village of Clemmons Planning Office.
(c)
Landscaping .....As noted in "Exhibit A" landscaping as defined in Section B.3-4(B) is required to form cohesion to the existing corridor and to delineate connectivity routes.
(d)
Driveway modifications. .....Reserved.
(e)
Zoning Setbacks. .....Reserved.
(6)
Reserved.
(C-UDO-72, § 1, 10-26-15; C-UDO-76 , § 9, 9-11-17; C-UDO83 , § 13—15, 6-28-21)
2-2.1 OFFICIAL ZONING MAPS
(A)
Designation and Description of Official Zoning Maps .....There shall be maps known and designated as the Official Zoning Maps which shall show the boundaries of all zoning districts within the planning jurisdiction of the adopting jurisdiction. The Official Zoning Maps as dated upon adoption are made part of this Ordinance as fully as if set forth herein in detail.
(B)
Location of Official Zoning Maps .....The Official Zoning Maps shall be located in the office of the Village Clerk. True copies of the Official Zoning Maps are on file in the office of the Zoning Officer.
(C)
Revision and Replacement of Official Zoning Maps
(1)
Planning Staff Authorization. .....The Planning staff shall control access to the zoning information contained in the Forsyth County Land Records Information System and is authorized to revise the Official Zoning Maps when amended by the Elected Body. No unauthorized person may alter or modify the Official Zoning Maps.
(2)
Amended Map. .....When an Official Zoning Map is amended by the Elected Body, the Planning staff shall revise the appropriate data in the Forsyth County Land Records System and create a new Official Zoning Map reflecting the change.
(3)
Replacement Map. .....In the event that an Official Zoning Map becomes damaged, destroyed, lost, or difficult to interpret because of the nature or number of changes or additions, the Planning staff may create a new Official Zoning Map. The new Official Zoning Map may be revised to correct drafting or other errors or omissions in the prior Official Zoning Map, but no such corrections shall have the effect of amending the designation or boundaries of any zoning districts on the original Official Zoning Maps or any subsequent amendment thereof.
(D)
Amendments to Official Zoning Maps
(1)
Procedures. .....The Official Zoning Maps may be amended under the procedures set forth in Article VI of this Ordinance.
(2)
Updates. .....The Planning staff shall update amended Official Zoning Maps in a timely manner after amendments adopted by the Elected Body. Upon entering any such amendment on a map, the Planning staff shall change the date of the map to indicate the map's latest revision.
(3)
Records. .....The Planning Board shall keep copies of superseded prints of the zoning map for historical reference.
( C-UDO-83 , § 16, 6-28-21)
2-2.2 ZONING DISTRICT BOUNDARIES
(A)
Location of District Boundaries .....Zoning district boundaries shall follow property lines identified in the City/County Geographic Information System unless otherwise defined by a field survey or computed description based on 1983 North American Datum which defines a closed polygon, or located along centerlines of streets, alleys, railroad rights of way, or extensions thereof. Any street, alley, or railroad right-of-way shall be deemed to be in the same district as the abutting property; provided that where the centerline of a street, alley, or railroad right-of-way serves as a district boundary, each half of the right-of-way shall be deemed to be in the same district as the property abutting upon that side of the street, alley, or railroad right-of-way.
(B)
Uncertainty Concerning District Boundaries .....Where uncertainty exists concerning boundaries of districts as shown on the Official Zoning Maps, the following guidelines shall be used:
(1)
Boundary Line is Within a Street. .....In cases where a boundary line is within a street, alley, or easement, the boundary line shall be deemed to be the centerline of such right-of-way;
(2)
Actual Location Varies from Map Illustration. .....If the actual location of a street, alley, or easement varies from the location as shown on the Official Zoning Maps, then the actual location shall control.
(3)
Boundary Line Defined by Proximity to Right-of-Way. .....In cases where a boundary line is shown as being located a specific distance from a street right-of-way line or other physical feature, such distance shall control.
(4)
Water Areas. .....All water areas and the land beneath them are controlled by the applicable zoning district regulations within which they are located.
(C)
Lot Divided by District Boundary Line .....Where a district boundary line divides a lot created by recorded deed, map, plat, or court proceeding, and existing as of the date establishing nonconformity in Section B.5-2.1(A), such boundary shall be presumed to lie on the nearest property line to which it is parallel or most nearly parallel, provided that the district boundary line shown on the Official Zoning Maps is found by the Zoning Officer to be not more than fifty (50) feet, at any point, from said property line. Where a district boundary line is shown on the Official Zoning Maps to be not within fifty (50) feet, at all points, of such property line, then such district boundary line shall be as shown on the Official Zoning Maps, and the exact location thereof shall be as determined by the Zoning Officer through reference to the scale or to notation on the Official Zoning Maps.
(D)
Split Jurisdiction .....If a parcel of land lies within the planning and development regulation jurisdiction of more than one local government, for the purposes of this Chapter, the local governments may, by mutual agreement pursuant to Article 20 of Chapter 160A of the General Statutes and with the written consent of the landowner, assign exclusive planning and development regulation jurisdiction under this Chapter for the entire parcel to any one of those local governments. Such a mutual agreement shall only be applicable to development regulations and shall not affect taxation or other nonregulatory matters. The mutual agreement shall be evidenced by a resolution formally adopted by each Elected Body and recorded with the register of deeds in the county where the property is located within fourteen (14) days of the adoption of the last required resolution.
( C-UDO-83 , § 16, 6-28-21)
2-3.1 MINIMUM STANDARDS
The regulations established by this Ordinance within each district shall be the minimum standards and shall apply uniformly to each class or kind of structure or land, except as hereinafter provided.
Land may be used and buildings may be erected, altered, enlarged or used only for one or more of the uses permitted in the applicable zone as indicated in Table B.2.6 subject to the dimensional and other requirements of this Ordinance.
No part of a yard, lot area, off-street parking area, or loading area required in connection with any building or use for the purpose of complying with this Ordinance, shall be included as part of a yard, lot area, off-street parking area, or loading area similarly required for any other building or use, except as otherwise provided in this Ordinance.
No yard or lot existing at the time of passage of this Ordinance shall be reduced in dimension or area below the minimum requirements set forth in Section B.3-1, except as otherwise provided in this Ordinance.
2-4.1 TABLE B.2.6
Table B.2.6 displays the principal uses allowed in each zoning district and references use conditions. Table B.2.6 should be read in conjunction with the definitions of principal uses and other terms in Section A.2. Land, buildings, and structures shall only be used in accordance with the districts shown on the Official Zoning Maps, and subject to all requirements and conditions specified in this Ordinance.
2-4.2 ESTABLISHED NONCONFORMING USES
Nonconforming uses as regulated in Section B.5-2 shall be permitted.
2-4.3 NEW OR UNLISTED USES OF SIMILAR NATURE
When a use is not listed in Table B.2.6, the Zoning Officer shall classify the use with that use in the schedule most similar and enforce the requirements of the similar listed use.
2-4.4 APPLICATION OF TABLE B.2.6
(A)
Zoning Permit from Zoning Officer .....Uses identified in a particular district column with a Z require only issuance of a zoning permit by the Zoning Officer and shall be allowed in such district with such conditions as referenced in the Conditions column, subject to all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance.
(B)
Site Plan Approval by Planning Board .....Uses identified in a particular district column with a P shall be permitted in such district upon approval by the Planning Board of a site plan meeting such conditions as referenced in the Conditions column, subject to all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance as identified in Section B.2-4.5.
(C)
Special Use Permit Approval by Board of Adjustment .....Uses identified in a particular district column with an A shall be permitted in such district upon approval of a special use permit by the Board of Adjustment with such conditions as referenced in the Conditions column, subject to all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance as identified in Section B.2-4.5.
(D)
Special Use Permit Approval by Elected Body .....Uses identified in a particular district column with an E shall be permitted in such district upon approval of a special use permit by the Elected Body with such conditions as referenced in the Conditions column, subject to all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance as identified in Section B.2-4.5.
(E)
ConditionsColumn .....The number in the Conditions column references the subsection of Section B.2-5 (i.e., condition 23 refers to Section B.2-5.23).
2-4.5 OTHER DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE ZONING ORDINANCE
(A)
Additional Development Requirements .....In addition to the regulation of uses pursuant to Section B.2-4 and the use conditions of Section B.2-5, the following additional development requirements of this Ordinance may apply to specific properties and situations.
(B)
Site Plan Review Conditions .....For uses which require review by the Planning Board, the Board of Adjustment, and/or the Elected Body, or for special use district rezoning requests, additional conditions may be recommended or placed on the use pursuant to Sections B.6-1.3, B.6-1.4, B.6-1.5, and B.6-2.2.
(C-UDO-65, § 2, 9-10-12; C-UDO-68, § 2, 4-22-13; C-UDO-74, § 1, 6-13-16; C-UDO-75 , 9-26-16; C-UDO-81 , § 2, 5-13-18; C-UDO83 , § 17, 6-28-21; C-UDO-87 , § 2, 7-25-22; C-UDO-89 , 5-8-23)
2-5.1 ACCESS EASEMENT, PRIVATE OFF-SITE
(A)
Applicability .....No access easement or private street shall be established except within a zoning district permitting the use to be served, or as part of and within the general boundaries of an approved subdivision, planned residential development or multifamily development; without a special use permit issued in accordance with Section B.6.
(B)
Special Use District Zoning .....Notwithstanding the requirements of Section B.2-5.1(A), a private access easement established pursuant to Section B.6 may serve more than one zoning lot or special use district zones.
(C)
Standards .....Private access easements requiring the issuance of a special use permit in Section B.2-5.1(A) must be designed in conformity with the accepted criteria established for public streets of equivalent width, grade, curvature, intersection locations, and other safety features.
(A)
As an Accessory Use .....This use is permitted as an accessory use operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and also within buildings used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Space Requirements .....At least fifty (50) square feet of heated space per person enrolled, or sufficient space to meet State requirements, whichever is greater, shall be provided.
(C)
Hours of Outdoor Activities .....Outdoor activities shall be limited to between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading and unloading space separate from the parking area shall be provided for every twenty (20) persons enrolled, plus adequate turnaround.
(E)
Certification .....Certification by the State is required.
(A)
Location .....This use is permitted only in a private residence occupied by the operator or as an accessory use operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Space Requirements .....At least fifty (50) square feet of heated space per person enrolled or space sufficient to meet State standards, whichever is greater, shall be provided.
(C)
Hours of Outdoor Activities .....Outdoor activities shall be limited to between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Operating Hours .....Operating hours shall be limited to between 6:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(E)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading and unloading space separate from the parking area, plus adequate turnaround area, shall be provided.
(F)
Certification .....Certification by the State is required.
(A)
Location .....No activities permitted under State law shall be conducted in adult establishments in the following locations:
(1)
Residential Districts. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of one thousand (1,000) feet from any RM or RS District;
(2)
School. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of one thousand (1,000) feet from any public or private school;
(3)
Child Day Care Center. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of one thousand (1,000) feet from any child day care center;
(4)
Other Adult Establishment. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of one thousand (1,000) feet from any other adult establishment.
(5)
Church or Religious Institution. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of five hundred (500) feet from any Church or Religious Institution, Neighborhood or Church or Religious Institution, Community.
(6)
Park. .....Adult establishment may not be located within a distance of five hundred (500) feet from any Recreation Services, Outdoor; and Recreation Facility, Public.
(B)
Measurements .....All measurements shall be made by drawing straight lines from the nearest point of the lot line where the proposed adult establishment is to be located to the nearest point of the lot line or boundary of the closest RM or RS District; elementary, secondary or private school; or adult establishment.
(C)
Signs .....Except for business signs permitted by Section B.3-2, signs, pictures or promotional materials shall not be visible to the public from sidewalks, walkways, parking areas or streets (private or public).
(A)
As an Accessory Use .....In the AG, YR, RS-40 and RS-30 Districts, a private airport is permitted as an accessory use. All dimensional and other requirements of this section must be observed.
(B)
Standards and Permits .....All federal and State standards must be met, and the respective approvals obtained.
(C)
Landing Strip Setbacks .....The landing strip must be set back at least two hundred (200) feet from any adjacent property zoned AG, YR, RS or RM.
(D)
Dimensional Requirements .....Hangars and other structures must observe the dimensional requirements for principal buildings in the zoning district.
(E)
Repair and Maintenance Facilities .....Repair and maintenance facilities are limited to those necessary for the aircraft using the private airport. All such facilities, except fuel storage and pumps, must be located within the hangar.
2-5.6 ANIMAL FEEDING OPERATION
(A)
Size .....The minimum site size for an animal feeding operation is three (3) acres.
(B)
Setbacks .....All structures, buildings or enclosed areas used for housing of poultry, hogs, cattle, or other livestock, shall be a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from all property lines.
The following shall apply to all bed and breakfasts in the RS zones:
(A)
Parking to the Rear .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the rear or to the side of the principal structure. The side parking area may be no closer to the street than the principal structure.
(B)
Buffer Around Parking Area
(1)
Rear Parking Areas. .....All rear parking areas shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, from adjacent residentially zoned property.
(2)
Side Parking Areas. .....Type I plantings will be provided in the required streetyard. A type II bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, shall be provided if side parking abuts residentially zoned property.
2-5.8 BOARDING OR ROOMING HOUSE
In RM Districts, the minimum lot area shall be determined based on the minimum lot area required for a two-unit dwelling in the district, as shown in Table B.3.3.
(A)
Prohibited in RS zones in GMA 1, 2, 3 .....Except as permitted below in subdivisions, borrow sites shall not be permitted in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2, and 3.
(B)
Subdivisions .....Borrow sites operated by a developer or builder in conjunction with active development of section(s) of a subdivision within five (5) years of final plat approval, including land grading, removal, or filling within the subdivision where the fill material is placed on sites within said section(s) of a subdivision, are exempt from the use conditions of this section and the Special Use Permit requirements specified in Table B.2.6.
(C)
Easements .....No excavation shall take place within easements for underground transmission lines for oil, natural gas, or other potentially hazardous material.
(D)
Fencing .....Any excavation to a depth greater than five (5) feet shall be fenced. However, no fencing shall be required on any property where such fencing would be impracticable, as determined by the Zoning Officer.
(E)
Hours of Operation .....Except in cases of emergency involving safety on the site, borrow sites shall not be operated on Sunday and may not be operated earlier than 7:00 a.m. nor later than 6:00 p.m. on any other day.
(F)
Access .....The borrow site shall have direct access onto a major or minor thoroughfare unless the site is located in GMAs 4 or 5.
(G)
Grading Permit .....A grading permit must be issued for any borrow site ten thousand (10,000) square feet or more.
(H)
Operational Statement .....The petitioner will file an operational statement with the Inspections Division which shall include the following:
(1)
The approximately date to begin operation and its expected duration.
(2)
Estimated type and volume of extraction.
(3)
Description of method of operation, including the disposition of topsoil, overburden, and by-products.
(4)
Description of equipment to be used in the extraction process.
(5)
Any phasing of the operation and the relationship of the various phases.
(I)
Temporary or Permanent Discontinuance of Operations .....Notice of intent to discontinue temporarily a borrow site shall be filed with the Zoning Officer in advance of such temporary discontinuance. Notice of intent to discontinue permanently a borrow site shall be filed with the Zoning Officer.
(J)
Maintenance .....During any period that a borrow site is discontinued temporarily, the site, along with all structures, machinery, and fencing, shall be properly maintained in a safe and orderly condition.
(K)
Reuse or Rehabilitation of Site .....Notice of permanent discontinuance of a borrow site shall include a plan for reuse or rehabilitation of the site. Except where redevelopment for another permitted use is in progress on the site of a discontinued borrow site, the last operator shall perform the following within one year, except that ground vegetation and revegetation of slopes shall comply with the deadlines contained in Section C.4-7.3(A).
(1)
Buildings and Equipment. .....All buildings and equipment shall be removed;
(2)
Materials. .....All nonregulated waste piles, overburden, and other materials shall be graded so that the material assumes it nature angle of repose. These materials shall be planted with vegetation so as to prevent erosion;
(3)
Water Collection and Drainage. .....Any excavation shall be so graded as to provide for natural drainage; if the collection of water in an excavation is unavoidable, the area shall be fenced.
(L)
Other Requirements .....The operator of any borrow site shall file with the Zoning Officer, in addition to any exhibits required elsewhere in this Ordinance, evidence of ownership or control of property, plans for rehabilitation, and notices of intent, as required herein. The Zoning Officer shall inspect the premises annually to determine that all specific conditions are being met. Violation of the requirements herein shall make the operator liable to the penalties set forth in this Ordinance."
The following conditions shall apply to all car wash facilities:
(A)
Vacuum Facilities .....Vacuum facilities shall meet setbacks of the applicable zoning district.
(B)
Vehicle Stacking .....The facility shall provide for off-street stacking space for five (5) times the number of vehicles which can be accommodated at one time in the facility.
(C)
Traffic Flow .....The facility shall be designed to allow adequate traffic flow for cars to enter and exit the facility safely. No portion of an exit or an entrance shall be less than fifty (50) feet from the right-of-way of an intersection.
(D)
Dry Down Area
(1)
Single Bay or Self-Service Facilities. Single bay facilities with automated brushes and multiple bay self-service facilities shall provide space for the parking of one car per bay to be used as a dry down area.
(2)
Conveyors or Chain Drag Systems. Facilities utilizing a conveyor or chain drag system for moving motor vehicles through the washing area shall provide adequate space at the building exit to allow for a dry down area of three (3) times the number of vehicles which can be accommodated at one time within the structure.
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Licensed cemeteries shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Requirements .....Licensed cemeteries shall meet all licensing requirements of State law.
(C)
Building Setbacks .....Any building, except a gate house, shall be set back not less than one hundred (100) feet from any exterior property line.
(D)
Grave or Burial Plot Setbacks .....Any grave or burial plot shall be set back not less than fifty (50) feet from any exterior property line, except that any grave or burial plot shall be set back not less than three (3) feet from any property line of an adjacent licensed or unlicensed cemetery.
(E)
Required Yards .....All required yards shall be landscaped with a type I bufferyard and adequately maintained.
(F)
Access .....Licensed cemeteries shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(G)
Subdivision .....Licensed cemeteries shall meet the platting and other requirements of the Subdivision Ordinance.
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Except as otherwise permitted herein, unlicensed cemeteries shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Building Setbacks .....Any building, except a gate house, shall be set back not less than one hundred (100) feet from any exterior property line.
(C)
Grave or Burial Plot Setbacks .....Any grave or burial plot shall be set back not less than fifty (50) feet from any exterior property line, except that any grave or burial plot shall be set back not less than three (3) feet from any property line of an adjacent licensed or unlicensed cemetery.
(D)
Required Yards .....All required yards shall be landscaped with a type I bufferyard and adequately maintained.
(E)
Access .....Municipal and animal cemeteries containing more than five (5) acres shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(F)
Subdivision .....Unlicensed cemeteries shall meet the platting and other requirements of the Subdivision Ordinance. Unlicensed cemeteries existing at the time of adoption of this Ordinance which have not been platted shall be recorded prior to the issuance of any permit for the property, except cemeteries accessory to and located on the main campus of churches.
(G)
Entrance and Internal Roads .....The entrance to and access within the unlicensed cemetery shall be maintained by the property owner.
(H)
Religious Institutions .....Unlicensed cemeteries are permitted as an accessory use to religious institutions in all districts where religious institutions are permitted.
(I)
Prohibitions .....Unlicensed cemeteries are not permitted as accessory uses to residential uses, or on lots less than one acre in size.
(A)
As a Principal or Accessory Use .....The use is permitted as a principal use in the zoning districts indicated in Table B.2.6, and as an accessory use operated by a religious institution or school on the same zoning lot and within the same buildings also used for religious or educational activities.
(B)
Indoor Space .....At least twenty-five (25) square feet of space of inside space shall be provided for each child (based on permitted capacity) if outdoor space is provided as indicated in Section B.2-5.13(C). If less or no outdoor space is provided, at least thirty-five (35) square feet of inside space shall be provided for each child (based on permitted capacity).
(C)
Outdoor Space .....If outdoor play area is provided, it shall be enclosed by a minimum four (4) foot tall security fence. A minimum of one hundred (100) square feet for each child (based on permitted capacity) must be provided to reduce the indoor space requirements in Section B.2-5.13(B).
(D)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
(A)
Site Size .....The following minimum site sizes shall apply:
(1)
Five (5) acres for twenty-five (25) to seventy-five (75) children;
(2)
Ten (10) acres for seventy-six (76) to one hundred twenty-five (125) children;
(3)
Fifteen (15) acres for one hundred twenty-six (126) to one hundred seventy-five (175) children; and,
(4)
Twenty (20) acres for one hundred seventy-six (176) or more children.
(B)
Setback .....No building, dumpster, or recreation area shall be less than one hundred (100) feet from any property line adjacent to property zoned residential.
(C)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
(D)
Regulations .....Facilities must conform to all State and local building, fire, and health codes which apply to such facilities.
2-5.15 CHILD CARE (SICK CHILDREN)
(A)
As Principal or Accessory Use .....The use is permitted as a principal use in the zoning districts indicated in Table B.2.6, and as an accessory use for internal service (care provided by an employer to its employees).
(B)
Indoor Space .....At least forty-five (45) square feet if inside space shall be provided for each child (based on permitted capacity).
(C)
Medical Care .....Sufficient medical and nursing coverage with due regard to communicable disease control shall be provided and approved by the State.
(D)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
(A)
As an Accessory Use .....A Child Day Care Center is permitted as an accessory use with a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment as follows:
(1)
Church or Religious Institutions. .....In all zoning districts permitting churches or religious institutions when operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities.
(2)
Public or Private Schools. .....In all zoning districts permitting public or private schools when operated by the school on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for school activities.
(3)
In CI and GI Districts. .....In the CI and GI Districts when operated solely for the benefit of the employees of the principal use on the same zoning lot.
(B)
Conditions .....Child Day Care Centers must meet the following conditions in all districts when operated as a principal or an accessory use:
(1)
Indoor Space. .....At least twenty-five (25) square feet of inside space shall be provided for each child enrolled.
(2)
Outdoor Space. .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each child enrolled, with four thousand (4,000) square feet minimum, shall be provided, except that in the CB, CB-S, PB, and PB-S Districts the outdoor play area requirements shall be the same as that required by the North Carolina Day Care Licensing Bureau; such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum four (4) foot tall security fence. Outdoor activities are limited to the fenced area between 8:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(3)
Passenger Loading Space. .....At least one off-street passenger loading/unloading space separate from parking shall be provided for each twenty (20) children enrolled, plus adequate turnaround area. The loading/unloading spaces and turnaround areas are required in all districts, including the CB and CI Districts.
(4)
Safety. .....The review and approval of site plans by the staff and approving authorities should give special consideration to internal traffic circulation and safety of the children on the site.
(5)
Licensing. .....Licensing by the State is required.
2-5.17 CHILD DAY CARE (LARGE HOME)
(A)
As a Principal or Accessory Use .....This use is permitted only in a private residence occupied by the licensed operator in RS and RM Districts, or as an accessory use operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Indoor Space .....At least twenty-five (25) square feet of heated inside space shall be provided for each child enrolled.
(C)
Outdoor Space .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each child enrolled, with a two thousand (2,000) square foot minimum, shall be provided. Such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum four (4) foot tall security fence. Outdoor activities shall be limited to the fenced area between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading or unloading space separate from parking shall be provided, plus adequate turnaround area. The loading/unloading spaces and turnaround area are required in all districts, including the CB District.
(E)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
2-5.18 CHILD DAY CARE (SMALL HOME)
(A)
Location .....This use is permitted only in a private residence occupied by the licensed operator or as an accessory use operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Indoor Space .....At least twenty-five (25) square feet of inside space shall be provided for each child enrolled.
(C)
Outdoor Space .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each child enrolled, with an eight hundred (800) square feet minimum, shall be provided; such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum four (4) foot tall security fence. Outdoor activities shall be limited to the fenced area between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Registration .....Registration with the State is required.
2-5.19 CHURCH OR RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION, COMMUNITY SCALE
(A)
Access .....The site shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare or a collector street.
(B)
Impervious Surface Cover .....In RS Districts, impervious surface cover for all church or religious institution property within the block of the principal building shall not exceed sixty percent (60%), however impervious surface cover in the RS and IP Districts may be increased to seventy-five percent (75%) with staff approval of a landscaping plan which demonstrates greater tree canopy coverage of parking area by doubling the planting ratio of Section B.3-4.3(C)(4) and reducing by at least one-half the spacing requirements of Section B.3-4.3(C)(5). In other districts, churches are subject to the impervious surface cover requirements of the underlying zone.
(C)
Bufferyard .....All buildings and parking areas on site shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as described in Section B.3-5, from adjacent residentially zoned property.
(D)
Parking .....Off-site parking may be used to meet up to fifty percent (50%) of on-site parking requirements upon recommendation of the City Department of Transportation regarding the safety of potential on-street parking. A special use permit from the Board of Adjustment is required.
2-5.20 CHURCH OR RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION, NEIGHBORHOOD SCALE
(A)
Impervious Surface Cover .....In RS Districts, impervious surface cover for all church or religious institution property within the block of the principal building shall not exceed sixty percent (60%), however impervious surface cover in the RS and IP Districts may be increased to seventy-five percent (75%) with staff approval of a landscaping plan which demonstrates greater tree canopy coverage of parking areas by doubling the planting ratio of Section B.3-4.3(C)(4) and reducing by at least one-half the spacing requirements of Section B.3-4.3(C)(5). In other districts, churches are subject to the impervious surface cover requirements of the underlying zone.
(B)
Buffering of Parking Areas .....All parking areas on site shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as described in Section B.3-5, from adjacent residentially zoned property.
(C)
Parking .....Off-site parking may be used to meet up to fifty percent (50%) of on-site parking requirements, upon recommendation of the City Department of Transportation regarding the safety of potential on-street parking. A special use permit from the Board of Adjustment is required.
The following conditions apply in the IP District:
(A)
Minimum size .....The minimum site size shall be one acre.
(B)
Access .....The site shall have direct access to a collector street, or major or minor thoroughfare.
(C)
Setbacks .....No structure or outdoor recreation area shall be located less than forty (40) feet from any property line adjacent to residentially zoned property.
(D)
Public Address Systems .....Public address systems shall not be permitted except within a building.
(A)
Dwelling Unit Location .....No dwelling unit(s) shall be located at ground level fronting the street.
(B)
NO and NB Districts .....In the NO and NB Districts a maximum of two (2) residential dwelling units per building are permitted.
(C)
CI District .....Combined Uses proposed in the CI District shall meet the following review requirements:
(1)
Historic Properties Commission. .....The Historic Properties Commission shall review and comment on the plans for all combined uses proposed for structures 50 years of age or older. A petitioner shall contact the Historic Properties Commission to schedule a review appointment which shall be held at a regular monthly Commission meeting;
(2)
Community Appearance Commission. .....The Community Appearance Commission shall review and comment on all combined uses proposed on properties which have been divested by a public entity within the previous three (3) years.
A Petitioner shall contact the Community Appearance Commission to schedule through the standard Technical Advisory and Project Review process a review appointment which shall be held at a regular monthly Commission meeting.
2-5.23 CONGREGATE CARE FACILITY
(A)
Conditions .....The use conditions for Residential Building, Multifamily, Section 2-5.62, shall apply to Congregate Care Facilities.
(B)
Density .....Density shall conform to the limitations of the applicable zoning district.
2-5.24 CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION
In CB and CI Districts, additional setbacks may be required to preserve important view corridors and/or create open space, at the discretion of the Director of Planning.
(A)
Prohibited in RS zones in GMA 1, 2, 3 .....Dirt storage shall not be permitted in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2, and 3.
(B)
Subdivisions .....Dirt storage areas operated by a developer or builder in conjunction with active development of section(s) of a subdivision within five (5) years of final plat approval, including land grading, removal, filling, or storage within the subdivision where the fill material is placed on sites within said section(s) of a subdivision, are exempt from the use conditions of this section and the Special Use Permit requirements specified in Table B.2.6.
(C)
Access .....Access to the dirt storage area shall be controlled with security fencing or other barrier to vehicular access.
(D)
Fencing .....Dirt storage sites which are residentially zoned and lie within one hundred (100) feet of an adjacent property shall be completely enclosed with security fencing of a minimum six (6) feet in height. Any existing natural or constructed barrier approved by the Zoning Officer may be used in place of part of the fencing.
(E)
Bufferyard and Landscaping .....No bufferyard landscaping according to Section B.3-5 is required if a permit for dirt storage is granted for less than six (6) months, and the site remains at least one hundred (100) feet off the property line and the intervening area is left undisturbed. Where a bufferyard is required, a dirt storage site is considered a high intensity use. Streetyard landscaping meeting the standards of Section B.3-4 shall be installed on the outside of the security fencing along any adjacent public street right-of-way.
(F)
Permit Duration and Renewals .....The Board of Adjustment shall issue permit approvals for dirt storage sites which shall be valid for a maximum of three (3) years, after which time renewals may be granted for up to three (3) years at a time.
(G)
Rehabilitation/Reuse Plan .....A rehabilitation/reuse plan shall accompany the permit or site plan application, and shall be implemented by the owner of the site within the deadlines for establishing ground cover and slope revegetation contained in Section C.4-7.3(A).
(H)
Temporary Discontinuance .....Notice of intent to discontinue temporarily a dirt storage site shall be filed with the Zoning Officer in advance of such temporary discontinuance. Notice of intent to discontinue permanently a dirt storage operation shall be filed with the Zoning Officer.
(I)
Maintenance .....During any period that a dirt storage operation is temporarily discontinued, the site, along with all structures, machinery, and fencing, shall be properly maintained in a safe and orderly condition.
2-5.25.2 ELECTRONIC SWEEPSTAKES OPERATION
(A)
Electronic Sweepstakes Operations shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in any zoning district within the Village of Clemmons.
( C-UDO-81 , § 3, 5-13-19)
2-5.26 FAMILY GROUP HOME A, FAMILY GROUP HOME B
(A)
Management .....If not State licensed, the Family Group Home A or B shall have written operating procedures or manuals, established goals and objectives for persons receiving therapy or treatment, a structured system of management with a Board of Directors, and on-premises management
(B)
Minimum Lot Area .....In RM Districts, the minimum lot area of a Family Group Home B shall be determined based on the minimum lot area required for a two (2) unit dwelling in the district, as shown in Table B.3.3.
(A)
Management .....If not State licensed, the Family Group Home C shall have written operating procedures or manuals, established goals and objectives for persons receiving treatment or therapy, a structured system of management with a Board of Directors, and on-premises management
(B)
Minimum Lot Area .....In RM-12, RM-18, and RM-U Districts, the minimum lot area shall be based on Table B.3.3 with four (4) residents equal to one dwelling unit. In the IP District, the minimum lot area shall be calculated in the same manner based on the requirements of the RM-8 District.
(C)
Heated Building Area .....One hundred (100) square feet of heated building shall be provided per resident.
(D)
Spacing Requirement .....A Family Group Home C may not be located within a distance of two thousand five hundred (2,500) feet from any other Family Group Home C. All measurements shall be made by drawing straight lines from the nearest point of the lot line where the proposed Family Group Home is to be located to the nearest point of the lot line of another Family Group Home.
In the AG, RS-40, RS-30, RS-20, RS-15, and YR Districts, the following conditions shall apply:
(A)
Setbacks .....No building or fishing area shall be located less than one hundred (100) feet from any property line.
(B)
Parking Areas .....Parking areas shall be located not less than one hundred (100) feet from the right-of-way of any public street or other property line.
The following conditions apply in the RM Districts:
(A)
Minimum Site Size .....The minimum site size shall be one-half acre.
(B)
Setbacks .....No structure, or outdoor gathering or recreation area shall be located less than forty (40) feet from any property line adjacent to property zoned for residential use.
(C)
Public Address Systems .....Public address systems shall not be permitted, except within buildings.
(A)
Setbacks .....No building shall be nearer to any property line than one hundred (100) feet.
(B)
Hours of Operation .....In RS and RM Districts, hours of operation shall be limited to between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(C)
Lighting .....In RS and RM Districts, no lighting is permitted for nighttime outdoor operations, including accessory golf driving ranges.
(D)
YR District .....In the YR District, best management practices for the protection of water quality shall be utilized in golf course design and operation.
(A)
Dimensions .....The depth of a driving range along the driving axis shall be not less than three hundred fifty (350) yards measured from the location of the tees and the breadth not less than two hundred (200) yards at a distance of three hundred fifty (350) yards from the tees. The depth of the driving range may be reduced to three hundred (300) yards if a fence designed to stop rolling balls is installed at the far end of the driving axis.

Golf Driving Range Dimensions
(B)
Lighting .....Any lighting shall be oriented away from adjacent residential properties.
2-5.32 GROUP CARE FACILITY A, GROUP CARE FACILITY B
(A)
Management .....If not State licensed, the Group Care Facility A or B shall have written operating procedures or manuals, established goals and objectives for persons receiving therapy or treatment, a structured system of management with a Board of Directors, on-premises management/supervisory personnel, and admission standards that allow only residents that have a commitment and desire to adjust to society and are not dangerous to others as defined in State law.
(B)
Minimum Lot Area .....In RM-12, RM-18, and RM-U Districts, the minimum lot area shall be based on Table B.3.3 with four (4) residents equal to one dwelling unit.
(C)
Heated Building Area .....One hundred (100) square feet of heated building shall be provided per resident.
(D)
Limits on Accessory Production Activities .....Accessory production of goods shall occur only within the principal structure. The area used for production activities shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross floor area of the principal structure.
(E)
Spacing Requirement .....A Group Care Facility may not be located within a distance of two thousand five hundred (2,500) feet from any other Group Care Facility. All measurements shall be made by drawing straight lines from the nearest point of the lot line where the proposed Group Care Facility is to be located to the nearest point of the lot line of another Group Care Facility.
(F)
Display of Goods .....No outside or inside display of any goods or products is allowed on the property.
(G)
Prohibition on Retail Sales .....No retail sales shall take place in the facility.
(H)
Signage .....Only one sign with a maximum of one square foot of copy area may be erected on the property.
2-5.33 HABILITATION FACILITY A
(A)
As an Accessory Use .....This use is permitted as an accessory use operated by a church or religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Inside Space .....At least one hundred (100) square feet of heated space shall be provided for each person enrolled.
(C)
Outdoor Play Area .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each person enrolled, with a four thousand (4,000) square foot minimum shall be provided. Such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum five (5) foot high security fence if the facility provides services for children under the age of eighteen (18) years old. Fencing of said play area is optional if the facility does not provide services for children under the age of eighteen (18) years old. Outdoor activities shall be limited to the fenced area between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading or unloading space separate from the parking area shall be provided, plus adequate turn around.
(E)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
2-5.34 HABILITATION FACILITY B OR C
(A)
Permitted as an Accessory Use .....This use is permitted as an accessory use operated by a church or religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Inside Space .....At least one hundred (100) square feet of heated space shall be provided for each person enrolled.
(C)
Outdoor Play Area .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each person enrolled with a four thousand (4,000) square foot minimum shall be provided. Such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum five (5) foot high security fence if the facility provides services for children under the age of eighteen (18) years old. Fencing of said play area is optional if the facility does not provide services for children under the age of eighteen (18) years old.
(D)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading or unloading space separate from parking shall be provided for each twenty (20) persons enrolled, plus adequate turn around. The loading/ unloading spaces and turnarounds are required in all districts, including the CB District.
(E)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
2-5.35 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY
Approval of a special use permit by the Elected Body shall be subject to the following:
(A)
Use Conditions
(1)
Compliance with Applicable Laws. .....The establishment and operation of any hazardous waste management facility must comply with all applicable federal and State laws.
(2)
Size. .....The minimum site size shall be ten (10) acres.
(3)
Setbacks. .....All facilities, including internal roads, shall be located at least two hundred (200) feet from any exterior property line and at least one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet from any residential or institutional district.
(4)
Floodplains or Wetlands. .....All storage and handling of hazardous waste shall occur at least five hundred (500) feet from a designated floodplain or wetland area.
(5)
Storage of Hazardous Waste. .....Storage of hazardous waste shall be above ground and in a manner consistent with applicable State or federal regulations covering each specific stored waste.
(6)
Surface Water and Groundwater. .....All surface water and groundwater on the property will be protected so as to minimize to the greatest possible extent, using the best technology available, the probability of contamination by hazardous waste.
(7)
Water Supply Watersheds. .....No hazardous waste management facility shall be located within a public surface water supply watershed as designated by the North Carolina Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources and the Public Health Department.
(8)
Public Sewer and Stormwater Systems. .....All public sewer and stormwater management systems on the property will be protected so as to minimize to the greatest possible extent using the best available technology, the probability of contamination by hazardous waste.
(9)
Fences. .....A chain link security fence, minimum six (6) feet in height, shall enclose all facilities for the storage and handling of hazardous waste.
(10)
Landscaping. .....Streetyard landscaping meeting the standards of Section B.3-4 shall be installed outside the required fencing along any adjacent public street right-of-way.
(11)
Access. .....Vehicular access to the facility will be provided on a major or minor thoroughfare or on a road improved to necessary industrial capacity as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation for Forsyth County.
(12)
Governmental Certification. .....A certification from the appropriate local, State, and/or federal agencies that the use for the proposed site is in compliance with the appropriate local, State, and/or federal regulations governing air quality, water quality, and wastewater discharge shall be required.
(A)
Standards and Requirements .....All heliports and helistops will meet the standards and requirements imposed by the Federal Aviation Administration and all other federal, State, or local agencies having jurisdiction.
(B)
Site Size .....The minimum site size of helicopter terminal facilities shall be:
(1)
Helistops. .....One hundred (100) feet in width by one hundred (100) feet in length for a rectangular area, or one hundred twenty (120) feet in diameter for a circular area.
(2)
Heliports. .....Two hundred (200) feet in width by four hundred (400) feet in length for a rectangular area, or three hundred twenty-five (325) feet in diameter for a circular area.
(C)
Hours of Operation .....Nonemergency use of heliports and helistops between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Is prohibited. Emergencies excepted are for public safety or medical purposes.
(D)
Setbacks .....Landing pads for on-grade helistops and heliports shall be set back a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from any property line and four hundred (400) feet from any building used for residential purposes, public or private schools, hospitals, or public parks.
(E)
Location .....Heliports shall be located a minimum one thousand (1,000) feet from other heliports or on-ground helistops and fifty (50) feet from the easements for high voltage transmission lines.
(F)
Access .....An on-ground helistop or heliport shall be surrounded by a fence or other barrier which prohibits access except at a controlled access point. Adequate access for fire and other emergency vehicles shall be provided to on-ground sites.
(G)
Design Standards .....Federal Aviation Administration standards for design of helicopter landing pads, taxiways, parking positions, and pavement grades shall be met. The helistop or heliport landing area shall be constructed of a material free of dust and loose particles which may be blown about by the down blast of the helicopter rotor. Adequate drainage shall be provided for the site and approved by the local jurisdiction.
(H)
Lighting .....Lighting for helistops or heliports is to be provided according to Federal Aviation Administration requirements and is to be oriented as much as possible away from adjacent uses.
(I)
Approach Surfaces .....Approach surfaces and transitional surfaces for landings and take-offs must be sufficiently clear of obstructions to meet Federal Aviation Administration slope standards. If necessary, a curved approach may be used. The landing area shall be aligned to give maximum into-the-wind operation.
(J)
Location on Structures .....Heliports may not be located on structures. Helistops located on structures require certification of the structure's integrity by an engineer.
(K)
Setback Adjustments .....All setback and distance requirements for elevated helistops may be reduced one foot for each one foot of the elevation above ground level.
(L)
Operation at an Airport .....A heliport or helistop may be operated at an airport facility with the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration and airport administration.
(A)
Location and Setbacks .....Indoor kennel services may be permitted in attached buildings or in freestanding buildings; however any portion of the building or any freestanding building containing such use must be set back at least twenty (20) feet from any side lot line and forty (40) feet from any rear lot line. Any portion of a building containing such a use abutting a residential district shall be set back not less than one-hundred (100) feet from any residential boundary. These setbacks may be reduced through an approved special use rezoning process as noted in Article VI of this Ordinance with the petitioner providing the equivalent of an additional Type III fifteen (15) foot bufferyard.
(B)
Lot Size .....Indoor Kennels not defined under use condition 2-5.72, Veterinary Services shall be required to own a minimum of five (5) contiguous acres around the facility.
(C)
Outdoor Enclosures .....The Elected Body may approve the use of outdoor enclosures for the purpose of exercise through the special use rezoning process upon the following conditions:
(1)
Size. .....Shall be a minimum of four (4) feet by ten (10) feet.
(2)
Hours of Use. .....Any outdoor enclosures shall be limited to hours between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. and all other outdoor activity for animals or pets shall require a leash. Any use of the outdoor enclosures for animals or pets during this time must be supervised by a person or persons, with animal waste being managed daily as per applicable sanitation codes.
(3)
Fencing. .....The perimeter of areas where outdoor enclosure(s) exist on the site shall be enclosed with an opaque fence at least five (5) feet high.
(4)
Setbacks. .....Outdoor Enclosure(s) shall be setback from any property line no less than the required setback for the building containing the accompanying Kennel, Indoor use. The Elected Body may require increased setbacks of a kennel outdoor enclosure beyond minimum UDO standards. These setbacks shall be applied on a case-by-case basis where such setbacks will facilitate better integration of the proposed use and existing development.
(D)
Air Exchange. .....The kennel shall be conditioned as defined by the North Carolina State Building Code.
(E)
The facility shall maintain a total of twenty-five (25) square feet of kennel area per animal.
(F)
Construction. .....The building shall be of masonry construction or any other material which will permit the washing of animal waste from the interior. Building materials which are porous or permeable which could not absorb or permit the escape of animal urine or other wastes are not permitted. To provide sound insulation from animals inside, the building shall be constructed with at least six (6) inch masonry block wall plastered on either sides or any other construction with comparable sound insulating characteristics.
( C-UDO-83 , § 18, 6-28-21)
2-5.38 LANDFILL, CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Construction and demolition landfills shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Compliance with State and Federal Laws .....The establishment and operation of any landfill must comply with all applicable federal and State laws.
(C)
Watersheds, Floodplains, and Wetlands .....No landfill disposal areas shall be located in a designated water supply watershed, floodplain, or wetland area, or block a natural drainage way so that water is impounded.
(D)
Bufferyard .....A minimum one hundred (100) foot bufferyard area is required along all property lines and public rights-of-way. No landfill activities, including parking, access roads, buildings, or disposal shall occur in the bufferyard area. Roads for access to the site may cross the one hundred (100) foot area and monitoring wells may be located within the one hundred (100) foot area. All existing trees within the bufferyard area shall be preserved, except to allow for construction of necessary road crossings and monitoring wells.
(E)
Landscape Plantings .....Landscape plantings meeting the standards of the type IV bufferyard, defined in Section B.3-5, are required in the bufferyard area along all property lines and public rights-of-way regardless of the adjacent zoning. Existing plant material may be included in the computation of the required plantings with approval of the Zoning Officer.
(F)
Fencing .....A chain link security fence, minimum six (6) feet in height, shall enclose the entire site. The fence may be placed inside the one hundred (100) foot bufferyard area with approval of the Zoning Officer.
(G)
Access .....Vehicular access to the landfill site shall be provided on a major or minor thoroughfare or on a road improved to necessary industrial capacity as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation for Forsyth County.
(H)
Reclamation Plan .....Developer shall file in the office of the Register of Deeds, prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, a reclamation plan for the reuse of the site. Such plan shall indicate that the developer, or other entity approved by the Elected Body, shall remain the owner and be liable for the site forever or until the Elected Body approval is given to release this requirement.
2-5.39 LANDFILL, LAND CLEARING AND INERT DEBRIS
(A)
State Law .....Land clearing and inert debris landfills (LCID) shall comply with State law.
(B)
Exemption
(1)
Beneficial Fill. .....Land clearing and inert debris landfills which affect areas ten thousand (10,000) square feet or less and in which the fill material consists only of inert debris strictly limited to concrete, brick, concrete block, uncontaminated soil, rock, gravel, and asphalt, shall be exempt from the use conditions of this section and either the Planning Board Review or Board of Adjustment Special Use Permit requirements specified in Table B.2.6.
(2)
Within Subdivisions. .....Land clearing and inert debris landfills operated by a developer or builder in conjunction with active development of section(s) of a subdivision within five (5) years of final plat approval, including land grading, removal or filling within the subdivision where the fill material is placed on sites within said section(s) of a subdivision, are exempt from the use conditions of this section and the Special Use Permit requirements specified in Table B.2.6.
(C)
Access .....Access to the land clearing and inert debris landfill area shall be controlled with security fencing or other barrier to vehicular access.
(D)
Fencing .....Land clearing and inert debris landfills which are residentially zoned and lie within a block in which at least fifty percent (50%) of the lots are developed, or where either of the adjacent lots are developed, shall be completely enclosed with security fencing of a minimum six (6) feet in height. Any existing natural or constructed barrier approved by the Zoning Officer may be used in place of part of the fencing.
(E)
Bufferyard and Landscaping .....No bufferyard landscaping according to Section B.3-5 is required if a permit for the land clearing and inert debris landfill is granted for less than six (6) months, or the land clearing and inert debris landfill site remains at least one hundred (100) feet off the property line, and the intervening area is left undisturbed. Where a bufferyard is required, a land clearing and inert debris landfill is considered a high intensity use. Streetyard landscaping meeting the standards of Section B.3-4 shall be installed on the outside of the security fencing along any adjacent public street right-of-way.
(F)
Permit Duration and Renewals .....Any land clearing and inert debris landfills which received approval from the State of North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) and were established prior to December 31, 1994, and for which a valid State permit has been continuously maintained shall not be required to obtain a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment. All other land clearing and inert debris landfills must obtain a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment. Said permit shall be valid for a maximum of three (3) years, after which time renewals may be granted for up to three (3) years at a time.
(G)
State Permit Approval .....No permits or site plans for land clearing and inert debris landfills shall be approved until all plans, including plans for rehabilitation of sites, have been reviewed and approved by the North Carolina Department of Environment, Health, and Natural Resources.
(H)
Rehabilitation/Reuse Plan .....and a rehabilitation/reuse plan for the site, prior to the issuance of a zoning or grading permit. Said plan shall be implemented by the owner of the site within six (6) months of discontinuance of the land clearing and inert debris landfill operation or expiration of the permit.
(I)
Temporary Discontinuance .....Notice of intent to discontinue temporarily a land clearing and inert debris landfill shall be filed with the Zoning Officer in advance of such temporary discontinuance. Notice of intent to discontinue permanently a land clearing and inert debris landfill operation shall be filed with the Zoning Officer not less than three (3) months in advance.
(J)
Maintenance .....During any period that a land clearing and inert debris landfill operation is temporarily discontinued, the site, along with all structures, machinery, and fencing shall be properly maintained in a safe and orderly condition.
(K)
Schedule for Improvements .....All land clearing and inert debris landfills existing as of the effective date of this Ordinance shall comply with all requirements of this section within two (2) years of the effective date of this Ordinance.
(L)
Siting Criteria .....The siting criteria for land clearing and inert debris landfills, found in Solid Waste Management Rules, 15 A NCAC 138, Section .0564, shall be followed.
(M)
Accessory Uses .....The Zoning Board of Adjustment may issue a permit for the separation, processing, storage, or wholesale sale of materials received through lawful operation of the land clearing and inert debris (LCID) landfill on the site as an accessory use on the site of an LCID, provided such activities occur within the original boundaries of the State-approved LCID landfill and are conducted at least one hundred feet from any adjacent zoning lot zoned RS or RM.
(N)
Hours of Operation .....In RS and RM Districts, the hours of operation shall be limited to between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.
Approval of a special use permit by the Elected Body shall be subject to the following conditions:
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Landfills, sanitary, shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Compliance with State and Federal Laws .....The establishment and operation of any landfill must comply with all applicable federal and State laws.
(C)
Watersheds, Floodplains, and Wetlands .....No landfill disposal areas shall be located in a floodplain or wetland area, nor block a natural drainage way so that water is impounded. No new landfills shall be located in a designated water supply watershed. Expansion of legally existing landfills in water supply watersheds shall be permitted. The expansion is limited to contiguous land area and must be in accordance with North Carolina Solid Waste Rules and other provisions of this Ordinance.
(D)
Bufferyard .....A minimum one hundred (100) foot bufferyard area is required along all property lines and public rights-of-way. No landfill activities, including parking, access roads, buildings, or disposal shall occur in the bufferyard area. Roads for access to the site may cross the one hundred (100) foot area and monitoring wells may be located within the one hundred (100) foot area. All existing trees within the bufferyard area shall be preserved, except to allow for construction of necessary road crossings and monitoring wells.
(E)
Landscape Plantings .....Landscape plantings meeting the standards of the type IV bufferyard, defined in Section B.3-5, are required in the bufferyard area along all property lines and public rights-of-way regardless of the adjacent zoning. Existing plant material may be included in the computation of the required plantings with approval of the Zoning Officer.
(F)
Fencing .....A chain link security fence, minimum six (6) feet in height, shall enclose the entire site. The fence may be placed inside the one hundred (100) foot bufferyard area with approval of the Zoning Officer.
(G)
Access .....Vehicular access to the landfill site shall be provided on a major or minor thoroughfare or on a road improved to necessary industrial capacity as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation for Forsyth County.
(H)
Reclamation Plan .....Developer shall file in the office of the Register of Deeds, prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, a reclamation plan for the reuse of the site. Such plan shall indicate that the developer, or other entity approved by the Elected Body, shall remain the owner and be liable for the site forever or until the Elected Body approval is given to release this requirement.
The following conditions apply in the RS and RM Districts:
(A)
Access .....The site shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(B)
Building Size .....The building square footage shall not exceed ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
(C)
Site Size .....The maximum site size shall be five (5) acres.
Use conditions and approval requirements for a planned residential development shall apply to a Life Care Community except in Institutional and Public Zoning.
(A)
Purpose .....The purpose of Life Care Communities within Institutional and Public Zoning districts is to provide the opportunity for transitional residency and care of persons aged fifty-five (55) years or older and/or handicapped as opportunities arise to add to existing senior living facilities under current or separate ownership.
(B)
Size .....The property shall be contiguous and contain a minimum of fifteen (15) acres of either Life Care Community, nursing care institution or congregate care facilities by use under the IP Zoning District.
(C)
Maximum Density .....Senior Independent living facilities within a Life Care Community shall have a maximum density of eighteen (18) units per acre and shall only be allowed as part of a special use rezoning application.
(D)
Development Standards
1.
All senior living facilities shall not be greater than three-stories except when adjacent to single family residential zoning where units shall not be greater than two (2) stories. Building elevations shall be residentially scaled.
2.
Future facilities shall provide direct pedestrian access to all existing facilities and if possible from topography perspective provide vehicular access connections. If a site cannot provide vehicular access the developer shall provide a certified letter from a licensed engineer on why the connection cannot be completed.
3.
The development shall provide twenty-five percent (25%) of the total parcel as common open space.
4.
Development adjacent to single family residential shall provide forty (40) feet undisturbed buffer along any property line that abuts without an intervening public right-of-way.
5.
Development shall be required plantings that meet Type II bufferyard requirements in addition to any undisturbed requirements to single family residential development not included as part of the Life Care Community.
6.
Any development proposed shall be limited seventy percent (70%) impervious coverage.
7.
The developer shall submit a traffic impact analysis as part of the special use rezoning district request.
8.
All other unified development standards shall apply.
(C-UDO-74, § 1, 6-13-16)
(A)
Consistent with Neighborhood .....The use shall be conducted within an existing building or a building with a scale and massing consistent with the structures in the neighborhood in which the building is located.
(B)
Dimensional Requirements .....Any structure shall comply with all dimensional requirements of the applicable district. If applicable, the older neighborhood provisions of Section B.3-8 may apply.
(C)
Student Housing .....In buildings used for student housing, a minimum of two hundred fifty (250) square feet of gross floor area shall be provided for each student resident.
(D)
Impervious Surface Cover .....Impervious surface cover of the lot shall not exceed sixty percent (60%).
(E)
Proximity to Campus District .....The use must be conducted within a structure which is entirely within five hundred (500) feet of the C District.
(F)
Access .....The limited campus use must be located on a major or minor thoroughfare unless the lot is adjacent to land zoned C (Campus District).
(G)
Bufferyards .....A type I bufferyard shall be installed adjacent to residential zoning at the discretion of the Planning Board.
(H)
Off-Street Parking .....All off-street parking shall be to the rear of the structure.
2-5.44 MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS A
Each Class A manufactured home shall meet the following criteria in all districts in which it is permitted, except the MH District:
(A)
Orientation .....The longest axis shall be oriented parallel or within a ten (10) degree deflection of being parallel to the lot frontage, unless other orientation is permitted by the Board of Adjustment following a public hearing.
(B)
Foundation .....The manufactured home shall be set up in accordance with the standards established by the North Carolina Department of Insurance. In addition, a continuous, permanent, masonry foundation or masonry curtain wall constructed in accordance with the standards of the State Residential Building Code, unpierced except for required ventilation and access, shall be installed under the perimeter. Per G.S. 160D-910(g), in situations where the manufactured home is located on land leased to the homeowner, masonry foundation or masonry curtain wall is not required and the following shall apply:
(1)
Material. .....Skirting shall be of noncombustible material or material that will not support combustion. Skirting material shall be durable and suitable for exterior exposures.
(2)
Wood Framing. .....Any wood framing used to support the skirting shall be of approved moisture resistant treated wood.
(3)
Venting. .....The skirting shall be vented in accordance with State requirements.
(4)
Installation. .....Skirting manufactured specifically for this purpose shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
(5)
Within Sixty (60) Days. .....Skirting shall be installed no later than sixty (60) days after the setup of the home.
(6)
Maintenance. .....Skirting shall be properly maintained.
(C)
Entrances .....Stairs, porches, entrance platforms, ramps, and other means of entrance and exit shall be installed or constructed in accordance with the standards set by the State Building Code, attached firmly to the primary structure. Wood stairs shall only be used in conjunction with a porch or entrance platform with a minimum of twenty-four (24) square feet.
( C-UDO-86 , § 2, 3-28-22)
2-5.45 MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS B OR CLASS C
(A)
Set Up .....Each Class B or Class C manufactured home shall be set up in accordance with the standards established by the North Carolina Department of Insurance.
(B)
Skirting .....Each Class B or Class C manufactured home shall have skirting installed in accordance with the following requirements:
(1)
Material. .....Skirting shall be of noncombustible material or material that will not support combustion. Skirting material shall be durable and suitable for exterior exposures.
(2)
Wood Framing. .....Any wood framing used to support the skirting shall be of approved moisture resistant treated wood.
(3)
Venting. .....The skirting shall be vented in accordance with State requirements.
(4)
Installation. .....Skirting manufactured specifically for this purpose shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
(5)
Within Sixty (60) Days. .....Skirting shall be installed no later than sixty (60) days after the set up of the home.
(6)
Maintenance. .....Skirting shall be properly maintained.
(C)
Previously Approved Class B or C Manufactured Home .....Any Class B or C manufactured home permitted through the Board of Adjustment prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, but which is no longer permitted under Table B.2.6 may request a renewal of the permit from the Board of Adjustment according Article VI of this Ordinance.
( C-UDO-83 , § 19, 6-28-21)
2-5.46 MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS D
(A)
Temporary Use .....A Class D manufactured home is allowed as a temporary use in conformance with Section B.2-7.2(H).
(B)
Existing Manufactured Home .....Class D manufactured homes lawfully existing at the time of adoption of this Ordinance may remain, but if removed, may only be replaced with a Class A, B or C manufactured home or other use permitted in that zoning district.
2-5.47 MANUFACTURED HOUSING DEVELOPMENT
(A)
Site Size and Dimensional Requirements
(1)
Minimum Size. .....The minimum size of a zoning lot to be used as a manufactured housing development shall be four (4) acres for initial development.
(2)
Minimum Width. .....The minimum width of a zoning lot to be used as a new manufactured housing development shall be two hundred fifty (250) feet. The site width shall be measured at the manufactured home space closest to the front lot line of the development.
(3)
Lot Size. .....Each manufactured home space shall have a minimum area of four thousand (4,000) square feet with a minimum width of forty (40) feet for singlewide homes and a minimum area of five thousand (5,000) square feet with a minimum width of fifty (50) feet for multisectional units.
(4)
Setbacks. .....Each manufactured home space shall meet the following setback requirements:
(a)
Front Yard. .....The minimum front yard shall be twenty (20) feet.
(b)
Rear Yard. .....The minimum rear yard shall be ten (10) feet.
(c)
Side Yard. .....The minimum side yard shall be five (5) feet, with a combined width of both side yards of fifteen (15) feet.
(B)
Minimum Number of Spaces .....A manufactured home development shall contain no fewer than ten (10) manufactured home spaces for initial development.
(C)
Density .....The maximum density of a manufactured housing development shall not exceed five (5) spaces per gross acre; with the exception that the maximum density may be increased to five and one-half (5.5) manufactured home spaces per gross acre when at least twelve percent (12%) of the gross site area is in common recreation area.
(D)
Utilities
(1)
Location. .....All utilities within a manufactured home development shall be located underground.
(2)
Water. .....Connection to a public water system and installation of fire hydrants meeting the standards of the appropriate jurisdiction are required.
(3)
Sewer. .....Connection to a public sewer system or installation of an approved package treatment plant is required.
(E)
Bufferyards .....A type II bufferyard of a minimum width of thirty (30) feet shall be established along each exterior property line, except where adjacent to a private street or public right-of-way not internal to the development. Along external private streets or public rights-of-way, a type II bufferyard of a minimum of fifty (50) feet shall be established.
(F)
Access
(1)
External Access. .....No manufactured home space shall have direct vehicular access to a public or private street outside the development.
(2)
Internal Access. .....Each manufactured home space shall have direct vehicular access to an internal private access easement and street.
(G)
Common Recreation Area .....A minimum of four thousand (4,000) square feet or one hundred (100) square feet per manufactured home, whichever is greater, of common recreation area shall be provided in accordance with the standards of Section B.3-6.
(H)
Manufactured Home Spaces
(1)
Construction. .....Each manufactured home space shall be constructed in compliance with the North Carolina Manufactured Home Code.
(2)
Patio or Deck Area. .....A patio or deck area, constructed of concrete, brick, flagstone, wood, or other hard surface material and being a minimum of one hundred forty-four (144) square feet in area, shall be constructed within each space.
(3)
Walkway. .....A hard surface walkway, being a minimum of two (2) feet wide, leading from the major entrance of the manufactured home to its parking spaces or to the street shall be constructed.
(4)
Solid Waste. .....Each space shall have a minimum of one solid waste container with a tight fitting cover and a capacity of not less than thirty-two (32) gallons, or dumpsters of adequate capacity may be substituted. If dumpsters are provided, each such container shall be located on a concrete slab and screened on three (3) sides by an opaque fence at least eight (8) feet in height.
(I)
Manufactured Homes
(1)
Class D. .....Class D manufactured homes shall not be permitted in new manufactured housing developments or expansions of existing manufactured housing developments. Existing Class D manufactured homes located in a manufactured housing development in operation at the time of adoption of this Ordinance are allowed to remain, but if removed, shall be replaced with a Class A, B, or C manufactured home.
(2)
Setup. .....Each manufactured home shall meet the setup requirements of the North Carolina Manufactured Home Code.
(3)
Skirting. .....Each manufactured home shall have skirting installed in accordance with the following requirements:
(a)
Skirting shall be of noncombustible material or material that will not support combustion. Skirting material shall be durable and suitable for exterior exposures;
(b)
Any wood framing used to support the skirting shall be of approved moisture resistant treated wood;
(c)
The skirting shall be vented in accordance with State requirements;
(d)
Skirting manufactured specifically for this purpose shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications;
(e)
Skirting shall be installed no later than sixty (60) days after the set up of the home; and,
(f)
Skirting shall be properly maintained.
(4)
Additions. .....Prefabricated structures built by a manufacturer of manufactured home extensions meeting United States Department of Housing and Urban Development standards and any other additions meeting the State Residential Building Code may be added to any manufactured home provided that setbacks within the space can be met and a building permit is obtained.
(5)
Vacant Manufactured Homes. .....No storage of unoccupied and/or damaged manufactured homes is permitted.
(J)
Accessory Structures and Uses .....Accessory structures and uses permitted in manufactured housing developments shall meet standards in Sections B.2-6 and B.3-1.2(F) and (G).
(K)
Site Plans
(1)
Site Plan Review by Planning Board. .....Prior to approval of a zoning permit by the Zoning Officer for the construction of a new or expansion of an existing manufactured housing development, a site plan shall be reviewed by the Planning Board. Said site plan shall meet the site plan requirements found in Section B.7.
(2)
Conditions. .....In approving the site plans for manufactured housing developments, the Planning Board shall determine that adequate provision is made for the following:
(a)
Vehicular traffic to and from the development, and traffic internal to the development, including adequate access for emergency vehicle and personnel, postal service, delivery service, and other public and private services and individuals who would require access to the premises.
(b)
Pedestrian traffic to and from the proposed manufactured home sites, common facilities, and parking areas on the premises.
(c)
Adequate types of common recreation areas, including any needed screening or landscaping.
(3)
Final Development Plan. .....Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, a final development plan indicating each manufactured home space and prepared in conformance with the Subdivision Ordinance shall be approved by the Planning staff and recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds. In addition, the corners of all manufactured home spaces shall be clearly marked on the ground with iron stakes.
(L)
Existing Manufactured Housing Developments
(1)
Schedule for Improvements. .....Manufactured housing developments lawfully existing as of December 31, 1994, shall be required to meet the following standards of this section by July 1, 2001:
(a)
Bufferyards. .....Section B.2-5.47(E) with the following exceptions:
(i)
No bufferyards shall be required where existing structures or manufactured homes interfere with installation of the bufferyard to the extent that there is less than a ten (10) foot area to plant a type II bufferyard; or,
(ii)
No bufferyards shall be required where all existing structures or manufactured homes are more than one hundred (100) feet from any public right-of-way or any adjoining property line; or,
(iii)
No bufferyards shall be required where existing utilities or septic fields interfere with installation of the bufferyard.
(b)
Solid Waste. .....Section B.2-5.47(H)(4), with the following exceptions regarding the screening of dumpsters:
(i)
No screening shall be required if the dumpster is located at least two hundred (200) feet off any public right-of-way or is screened from view of any public right-of-way by existing structures or manufactured homes or natural topographic feature; and,
(ii)
No screening shall be required if the dumpster is located at least fifty (50) feet from any adjoining property line or is screened from view of any adjoining property line by existing structures or manufactured homes or natural topographic feature.
(c)
Skirting. .....Section B.2-5.47(I)(3).
(d)
Utilities. .....Section B.2-5.47(D), with the following exceptions:
(i)
No undergrounding of utilities shall be required;
(ii)
No connection to public water and/or sewer shall be required if public water and/or sewer lines are located more than two hundred (200) feet from the manufactured housing development, or if there is no public health or safety problems with the existing water or sewer systems on the property as determined by the Forsyth County Department of Public Health.
(e)
Streets. .....Streets shall have a minimum of four (4) inches of gravel and be well maintained.
(2)
Expansion of Nonconforming Manufactured Housing Developments. .....No expansion of a nonconforming manufactured housing development shall be permitted unless all units in the development, both pre-existing and additional, have vertical skirting or a similar structural enclosure around the entire base of the unit between the outer walls and the ground or paved surface, and are anchored to the ground in accordance with the regulations set forth by the State of North Carolina for manufactured and modular housing units.
(A)
Setbacks .....No portion of a building or other enclosure to be used for retention of animals or processing of animal products shall be located less than three hundred (300) feet from property zoned RS, RM, IP or C.
(B)
Building Design and Construction .....Building design and construction must comply with requirements of the North Carolina Board of Health and the Public Health Department. Any rendering of animal products is expressly prohibited except to produce lard.
(C)
Septic Tank/Sewerage System .....All animal solid and liquid byproducts and waste shall be disposed of daily in an adequate septic tank or public sewerage system approved under the requirements of Section B.3-10.
2-5.49 MEDICAL OR SURGICAL OFFICES
(A)
C District .....Medical or Surgical Offices are only permitted in the Campus District if adjacent to a "Hospital or Health Center" in a Campus District.
2-5.50 MINING, QUARRY, OR EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRY
(A)
Operations Affected by Regulations .....Mining operations which affect more than one acre of land, including borrow pits which disturb more than one acre of land at any one time, shall meet the following regulations.
(B)
Dimensional Requirements .....Dimensional requirements for mining operations are specified below. Buildings shall meet the setback and other dimensional requirements of the underlying zoning district.
Table B.2.7
Dimensional Requirements for Mining Operations
Required Minimum Distance from any Public Right-of-Way
or from Property that is Adjacent to:
(C)
Easements .....No excavation shall take place within easements for underground transmission lines for oil, natural gas, or other potentially hazardous material.
(D)
Fencing .....Any excavation to a depth greater than five (5) feet shall be fenced. However, no fencing shall be required on any property where such fencing would be impracticable, as determined by the Zoning Officer, by reason of the location of such property in a floodplain.
(E)
Hours of Operation .....Quarries and other mining sites, except in cases of emergency involving safety on the site, shall not be operated on Sunday and may not be operated earlier than 7:00 a.m. nor later than 6:00 p.m. on any other day.
(F)
Access .....The site of the mining operation shall have direct access onto a major or minor thoroughfare unless the site is located in GMAs 4 or 5. Any road which the mining operation accesses may be required to be improved to necessary industrial capacity as a condition of approval.
(G)
Spillage and Effluent .....The loading of trucks shall be accomplished in such a way as to prevent spillage on roads. The effluent of extraction or processing going into streams must comply with requirements of State law.
(H)
Flooding .....Whenever a mining operation would in the course of its operation create a flooding hazard, the operator, before commencing any such excavation, and at such other times during the excavation as may be necessary, shall erect such dikes, barriers, or other structures as will afford the same protection as if no excavation were made. No mining operation shall impede the flow of any watercourse.
(I)
Operational Statement .....The petitioner will file an operational statement with the Inspections Division which shall include the following:
(1)
The approximate date to begin operation and its expected duration.
(2)
Estimated type and volume of extraction.
(3)
Description of method of operation, including the disposition of topsoil, overburden, and by-products.
(4)
Description of equipment to be used in the extraction process.
(5)
Any phasing of the operation and the relationship of the various phases.
(J)
Temporary or Permanent Discontinuance of Operations .....Notice of intent to discontinue temporarily a mining operation shall be filed with the Zoning Officer in advance of such temporary discontinuance. Notice of intent to discontinue permanently a mining operation shall be filed with the Zoning Officer not less than three (3) months in advance.
(K)
Maintenance .....During any period that a mining operation is discontinued temporarily, the site, along with all structures, machinery, and fencing, shall be properly maintained in a safe and orderly condition.
(L)
Reuse or Rehabilitation of Site .....Notice of permanent discontinuance of mining operation shall include a plan for reuse or rehabilitation of the site. Except where redevelopment for another permitted use is in progress on the site of a discontinued mining operation, the last operator shall perform the following within one year:
(1)
Buildings and Equipment. .....All buildings and equipment shall be removed;
(2)
Materials. .....All nonregulated waste piles, overburden, and other materials shall be graded so that the material assumes its natural angle of repose. These materials shall be planted with vegetation so as to prevent erosion;
(3)
Walls. .....Any quarry walls shall be cleared of loose materials;
(4)
Water Collection and Drainage. .....Any excavation shall be so graded as to provide for natural drainage; if the collection of water in an excavation is unavoidable, the area shall be fenced.
(M)
Other Requirements .....The operator of any mining operation shall file with the Zoning Officer, in addition to any exhibits required elsewhere in this Ordinance, evidence of ownership or control of property, plans for rehabilitation, and notices of intent, as required herein. The Zoning Officer shall inspect the premises annually to determine that all specific conditions are being met. Violation of the requirements herein shall make the operator liable to the penalties set forth in this Ordinance.
(N)
Sand Dredging Operations .....In addition to complying with the applicable provisions of this section, sand dredging operations shall be conducted in a manner which does not result in the erosion of the banks of a stream. The use of drag lines or other devices which remove vegetation and sediment from the banks of a stream are specifically prohibited.
2-5.51 MOTOR VEHICLE DISMANTLING AND WRECKING YARD
(A)
Within the GI District .....All motor vehicle dismantling operations located in the GI District shall comply with the following:
(1)
Fencing.
(a)
Location. .....An opaque fence or wall shall be erected along any property line which is adjacent to any street, road, or highway; and all business activity, including storage of vehicles or other materials, shall be conducted within the fence. Fencing requirements shall be one of the following:
(i)
Within Fifty (50) Feet of Right-of-Way. .....An eight (8) foot high opaque fence is required if located within fifty (50) feet of the right-of-way boundary; or,
(ii)
More than Fifty (50) Feet from Right-of-Way. .....A six (6) foot high opaque fence is required if located more than one hundred (100) feet from the right-of-way boundary.
(b)
Conditions. .....Such fencing shall meet the following conditions:
(i)
Construction. .....The fence and screening shall be constructed of materials manufactured, sold and used exclusively as fencing materials with consistent height, materials, and color;
(ii)
Maintenance. .....All fences shall be maintained in sound condition at all times;
(iii)
Advertising. .....Fences shall not contain advertising or other lettering other than lettering or a sign which identifies the operation carried on within the enclosure.
(c)
Parking. .....Customers of the business may park their personal vehicles outside the fence, but not within the right-of-way of the street, provided the vehicles of customers are not parked in such a manner as to impair the view of motorists using the street.
(d)
Bufferyards. .....In addition to the bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5, a type I bufferyard shall be provided along side and rear lot lines adjacent to property zoned for commercial or industrial use.
(e)
Effective Date. .....Automobile dismantling operations lawfully existing on the effective date of this Ordinance shall install fencing and buffering, as herein specified, within a period of three (3) years after the effective date of this Ordinance.
(2)
Open Burning. .....Open burning is prohibited.
(3)
Abandoned Vehicles. .....In the event that wrecked automobiles or other materials are abandoned or appear to be abandoned upon any property, the real property owner and/or occupant shall, upon notification, remove or cause the removal of such automobiles or other materials, or conduct the operation in full compliance with the requirements of this Ordinance, provided that such use is permitted.
(4)
Hours of Operation. .....No dismantling, disassembling, salvaging, wrecking, or processing operation on the premises shall be carried on between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
(5)
Hazardous Materials. .....Any gasoline, oil, or other materials spilled or collected on the site shall be contained and disposed of in accordance with State and federal laws.
(B)
Outside the GI District
(1)
Fencing.
(a)
Location. .....An opaque fence or wall shall be erected along any property line which is adjacent to any street, road, or highway; and all business activity, including storage of vehicles or other materials, shall be conducted within the fence. Fencing requirements shall be one of the following:
(i)
Within Fifty (50) Feet of Right-of-Way. .....An eight (8) foot high opaque fence is required if located within fifty (50) feet of the right-of-way boundary; or,
(ii)
Within Fifty (50) to One Hundred (100) Feet from Right-of-Way. .....A six (6) foot high opaque fence is required if located fifty (50) feet or more from the right-of-way boundary.
(iii)
More than One Hundred (100) Feet from Right-of-Way. .....A five (5) foot high opaque fence is required if located more than one hundred (100) feet from the right-of-way boundary.
(b)
Conditions. .....Such fencing shall meet the following conditions:
(i)
Construction. .....The fence shall be constructed of materials sold and used as fencing materials with consistent height, materials, and color;
(ii)
Maintenance. .....All fences shall be maintained in sound condition at all times; and,
(iii)
Advertising. .....Fences shall not contain advertising or other lettering other than lettering or a sign which identifies the operation carried on within the enclosure.
(c)
Parking. .....Customers of the business may park their personal vehicles outside the fence but not within the right-of-way of the street; provided the vehicles of customers are not parked in such a manner as to impair the view of motorists using the street.
(d)
Screening Requirements. .....Screening requirements along side and rear property lines shall be one or both of the following:
(i)
Material Stored up to Property Line. .....A six (6) foot high opaque fence may be installed along the side and rear property lines. Storage of motor vehicles or materials is permitted up to the fence line. Said fence shall have the same requirements as Section B.2-5.51(A)(1); and/or
(ii)
Material Stored Ten (10) Feet off Property Line. .....A type I bufferyard shall be installed along the side or rear property lines. Storage of motor vehicles or materials is permitted up to the bufferyard line which is ten (10) feet off the property line.
(e)
Nonconforming Use Status. .....All operators of this use must certify to the Zoning Officer's satisfaction that the use is legally nonconforming as specified in Section B.5 before an application may be accepted by the Planning Board for a site plan review.
(f)
Effective Date. .....Any motor vehicle dismantling operation existing as a legal nonconforming use on the effective date of this Ordinance shall install fencing and buffering, as herein specified, within a period of one year after the effective date of this Ordinance.
(2)
Open Burning. .....Open burning is prohibited.
(3)
Abandoned Vehicles. .....In the event that wrecked motor vehicles or other materials are abandoned or appear to be abandoned upon any property, the real property owner and/or occupant shall, upon notification, remove or cause the removal of such motor vehicles or other materials, or conduct the operation in full compliance with the requirements of this Ordinance, provided that such use is permitted.
(4)
Hours of Operation. .....No dismantling, disassembling, salvaging, wrecking, or processing operation on the premises shall be carried on between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
(5)
Hazardous Materials. .....Any gasoline, oil, or other materials spilled or collected on the site shall be contained and disposed of in accordance with State and federal laws.
2-5.52 MOTOR VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE, AND MOTOR VEHICLE BODY OR PAINT SHOP
(A)
LB District .....Motor Vehicle Repair and Maintenance is permitted in the LB District only in GMAs 4 and 5 and limited to a maximum zoning lot size of one acre, Section B.2-1.3(G)(3)(b).
(B)
Compliance with Motor Vehicle Storage Yard Requirements .....A legally established motor vehicle repair and maintenance facility or motor vehicle body or paint shop which has inoperative motor vehicles on site shall store such vehicles in an enclosed building or in a motor vehicle storage yard which meets the requirements of Section B.2-5.53; except that the requirements of Section B.2-5.53 shall not be required for two (2) inoperative vehicles per service bay, up to ten (10) inoperative motor vehicles maximum at motor vehicle repair and maintenance facilities. Excluded from consideration as an inoperative motor vehicle for purposes of this section shall be any vehicle whose sole reason for otherwise being considered inoperative is a North Carolina Vehicle Inspection Certificate less than four (4) months out of compliance at motor vehicle repair and maintenance facilities authorized to do NC Inspection Certificates.
2-5.53 MOTOR VEHICLE STORAGE YARD
(A)
Maximum Size .....A motor vehicle storage yard created or expanded after the adoption date of this Ordinance shall have an enclosed storage area which shall not exceed the following area requirements for the zoning district in which the yard is located:
Accessory motor vehicle storage yards in the LB and PB Districts shall have a maximum size of three thousand (3,000) square feet.
(B)
Repair Work or Sale of Vehicles .....No repair work shall be done on motor vehicles while stored in the storage yard. No parts or other articles may be removed from the vehicles except for security purposes, nor shall any parts or articles be sold. The sale of whole vehicles shall be permitted only to satisfy a mechanics lien or by order of a law enforcement agency.
(C)
Right-of-Way Screening and Access - New or Expanded Storage Yards .....A Motor Vehicle Storage Yard or expansion of an existing storage yard created after the effective date of this Ordinance shall meet the following:
(1)
Outdoor Storage Area Standards. .....A motor vehicle storage yard not screened by an intervening building from any public or private street, whether or not such streets provide access to the site, shall meet the outdoor storage area screening standards of Section B.3-4.5.
(a)
If the fencing option of Section B.3-4.5(B)(1) is selected, streetyard plantings as specified in Sections B.3-4.3(B)(3) and (4) are required on the outside of the fence;
(b)
If the planting option of Section B.3-4.5(B)(2) is selected and chain link fencing is installed in conjunction with the plantings, said fencing shall be a minimum six (6) feet in height and black or dark green in color. The plantings may be installed within a minimum five (5) foot strip either on the exterior of the fence or on the property owner's side of the fencing, in which case wheel stops shall be placed a minimum seven (7) feet from the fence.
(2)
Visibility. .....Fencing and plantings must not obstruct traffic visibility at driveways.
(3)
Maintenance. .....Fencing and vegetation shall be maintained in good condition throughout the life of the use.
(4)
Topographic Irregularities. .....Where topographic irregularities require a different location to meet the intent of this section, the location of the landscaping or fencing may be varied with approval of the Director of Inspections.
(5)
Fencing Setback. .....Fencing shall be set back a minimum five (5) feet from the public right-of-way or private street easement.
(6)
Access. .....The maximum number of access points to a motor vehicle storage yard shall be two (2).
(D)
Right-of-Way Screening and Access - Existing Storage Yards .....Motor vehicle storage yards existing prior to the adoption date of this Ordinance shall meet the following:
(1)
Outdoor Storage Area Standards.
(a)
The requirements of Section B.2-5.53(C)(1) shall be met; or,
(b)
Chain link fencing with wood, metal, or vinyl slats of a single color shall be installed. No other plastic or fiberglass cloth or other sheeting materials is permitted unless said material is constructed of materials manufactured, sold and used exclusively as fencing materials with consistent height, materials, and color; or
(c)
Streetyard landscaping area in accordance with Section B.3-4.3(B).
(2)
Other Requirements. .....The additional provisions of Sections B.2-2.53(C)(2)—(6) shall be met.
(E)
Bufferyard Requirements - New or Expanded Storage Yards
(1)
Bufferyard Standards. .....A motor vehicle storage yard or expansion of an existing storage yard created after the effective date of this Ordinance shall meet the requirements of Section B.3-5. In addition, a type I bufferyard shall be provided adjacent to property designated as High Intensity Commercial (HIC) or Industrial (IND).
(2)
Intervening Building. .....No bufferyard is required where the motor vehicle storage yard is screened from view of an adjacent zoning lot by an intervening building.
(3)
Buffering Internal to the Zoning Lot. .....No bufferyard is required along an edge of the motor vehicle storage yard internal to the same zoning lot, unless such edge is clearly visible from a street or an adjacent zoning lot.
(F)
Bufferyard Requirements - Existing Storage Yards
(1)
Bufferyard Standards and Alternatives. .....Motor vehicle storage yards existing prior to the adoption date of this Ordinance shall select one of the following alternative buffer requirements:
(a)
The bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5, in addition providing a type I bufferyard shall be provided adjacent to property designated as High Intensity Commercial (HIC) or Industrial (IND).
(b)
An opaque fence at least six (6) feet in height.
(c)
A chain link fence at least six (6) feet in height with wood, metal, or vinyl slats of a single color. No other plastic or fiberglass cloth or other sheeting material is permitted.
(2)
Intervening Building. .....No bufferyard is required where the motor vehicle storage yard is screened from view of an adjacent zoning lot by an intervening building.
(3)
Buffering Internal to the Zoning Lot. .....No bufferyard is required along an edge of the motor vehicle storage yard internal to the same zoning lot, unless such edge is clearly visible from a street or an adjacent zoning lot.
(G)
Vertical Stacking .....Vertical stacking of motor vehicles is prohibited.
(H)
Hazardous Substance
(1)
Containment. .....Any gasoline, oil, or other materials spilled or collected on site shall be contained and disposed of in accordance with State and federal laws.
(2)
Storage of Vehicles Carrying Hazardous Substances. .....Tractor trailers, tankers and/or any vehicle carrying a hazardous material shall be stored only in motor vehicle storage yards located in the HB, LI, or GI Districts. A motor vehicle storage yard which stores a tanker which has contained a hazardous substance shall be enclosed by a minimum six (6) foot high fence which shall be locked during nonoperating hours. In addition, a spill containment structure certified by a registered professional engineer as being adequate for spill containment is required. No tanker shall be stored closer than two hundred (200) feet from any residential zoning district.
(I)
Schedule for Improvements .....Such uses shall meet all requirements of this section by January 1, 2001.
2-5.54 NURSING CARE INSTITUTION
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Nursing Care Institutions shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Minimum Site Size .....Minimum site size shall be: two (2) acres in the AG and RS-40 Districts; one acre in RS-20 and RS-30 Districts. In RM-8, RM-12, RM-18, and RM-U, the minimum site size shall be based on Table B.3.3 with three (3) beds equal to one dwelling unit. In the IP District, the minimum site size shall be calculated in the same manner based on the requirements of the RM-8 District.
(C)
Access .....In the AG, RS, and IP Districts, the site shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(D)
Permitted Density in RS Districts .....In the RS Districts, the maximum density shall be eighteen (18) beds per acre.
(E)
Calculation of Density in RM Districts .....In the RM Districts, density shall be calculated with three (3) beds equaling one dwelling unit.
(A)
LB District .....In the LB District, outdoor display retail is only permitted in GMAs 4 and 5 and limited to a maximum zoning lot size of one acre, Section B.2-1.3(G)(3)(b).
(B)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yards .....Any outdoor area meeting the definition of a motor vehicle storage yard shall comply with the requirements of Section B.2-5.53.
(C)
Noise .....No outdoor speaker used as part of a public address system may be located closer than three hundred (300) feet from an adjacent zoning lot zoned RS or RM. Any outdoor speaker shall be oriented away from adjacent residential properties.
(A)
In Residential Districts .....Where any newly constructed park and shuttle lot abuts residentially zoned land or a residential use, said parking shall be set back a minimum of fifteen (15) feet. All parking shall comply with the design standards and requirements in Section B.3-3.3.
(B)
In Business, Office and Industrial Districts .....Park and shuttle lots in business and industrial zoning districts shall comply with the design standards and requirements in Section B.3-3.5(C).
2-5.57 PARKING, OFF-SITE, FOR MULTIFAMILY OR INSTITUTIONAL USES IN RS AND RM DISTRICTS
Off-site parking in RS or RM District for multifamily or institutional uses not permitted in the applicable zoning district must meet the requirements of Section B.3-3.4(A).
2-5.58 PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
(A)
Purpose .....The purpose of the Planned Residential Development (PRD) is to encourage the development of environments which provide certain development privileges in exchange for preplanning and design considerations. PRDs provide an alternative to conventional subdivision design by promoting the conservation and creation of viable, connected open space and more flexible lot design options while minimizing development costs. The Planned Residential Development provides flexibility in utilizing new development concepts. Three (3) distinct types of open space shall be required in PRDs: (1) Active Open Space, (2) Passive Open Space, and (3) Thoroughfare Open Space. In return for development flexibility, additional site plan information may be required of the developer to assist in evaluating the suitability of proposed PRDs. PRDs are suitable for Growth Management Areas 2, 3, 4, and 5. The character of a PRD should be appropriate to the GMA in which the PRD is located along the urban to rural continuum. While maximum open space preservation is the primary goal of rural PRDs, open space within urban and suburban PRDs must balance the need for open space preservation with an increased need for integration with surrounding developments through street connectivity and compatibility with adjacent and internal land uses.
(B)
Minimum Size .....A planned residential development shall be located on a site containing at least three (3) contiguous acres in GMA 3 and 4, and at least five (5) contiguous acres in GMA 5. No minimum size requirement exists for PRDs in GMA 2.
(C)
Process .....Planned Residential Development shall be processed and approved pursuant to section B.6-2.6 Zoning Map Amendment—Special Use District.
(D)
Permitted Principal Uses
(1)
Uses in Underlying Zoning Districts. .....PRDs may include all uses permitted within the underlying zoning district.
(E)
Relationship to Other Applicable Regulations .....A PRD shall be subject to all applicable standards, procedures, and regulations of these Ordinances and the zoning district in which it is located unless otherwise set forth in this section.
(F)
Maximum Density .....Maximum residential density shall be in accordance with the zoning district in which the planned residential development lies, unless the incentives for density bonuses as set forth in Section B.2-5.60(G) apply.
(G)
Incentives for Density Bonus
(1)
Density Bonus. .....The permitted density of a PRD may be increased beyond standard allowances if a PRD preserves more than the minimum required amount of open space for the applicable zoning district. To calculate the allowed density bonus, refer to Table B.2.7a.
(2)
Use of Floodplain in Calculating Density Bonus. .....F.E.M.A. 100-year Floodplain land shall not be used in the calculation of open space for the purposes of the Density Bonus provision. However, floodplain land may be used in calculating minimum open space requirements.
(H)
Development Standards .....A PRD shall meet the following standards:
(1)
Outside Perimeter Lot Setback Requirements. .....Any lot which adjoins the outside boundary of the PRD shall be considered an outside perimeter lot. Internal street refers to a street that is within the boundary of the PRD. Adjoining street is a street which is not located within the PRD but is adjacent to the outside boundary of the planned residential development. The following setbacks shall be required for outside perimeter lots:
(a)
Lots with access on an internal street. .....Rear yard setback requirement of the zoning district in which the PRD is located shall be required.
(b)
Lots with access on an adjoining street. .....Front yard setback requirements of the zoning district in which the PRD is located shall be required.
(c)
Corner lots with access either on an internal or adjoining street. .....Front yard set back requirements of the zoning district in which the PRD is located shall be required on the adjoining street and the front yard set back requirements allowed in the PRD shall be required on the internal street.
(d)
Access Drives. .....No loading space, parking space, or access drive to a parking space shall be permitted within any required bufferyard.
(2)
Required Parking.
(a)
Off-Street Parking. .....Off-street parking shall be provided in compliance with Section B.3-3, except that the parking requirements may be met through group parking located on commonly owned land. Additionally, any required parking spaces located between the fronts of residential buildings and public rights-of-way or private access easements shall be at least twenty (20) feet in depth and shown on the PRD site plan. In no instances shall off-street parking spaces extend into public rights-of-way or private access easements.
(b)
On-Street Parking. .....Some on-street parking may be permitted to satisfy off-street parking requirements in accordance with Section B.3-3.5(M).
(c)
Special Accommodations. .....Special accommodations for recreational vehicles, including boats, may be provided in group parking areas. Such special parking areas shall be designated and screened from adjacent residential uses.
(3)
Private Streets. .....Private streets are permitted in PRDs at the discretion of the Planning Board. Where permitted, private streets shall be built in accordance with the requirements of the Street Standards Governing Vehicle and Pedestrian Circulation (Section B.3-13). However, public streets may be required to ensure adequate street connectivity.
(4)
Pedestrian Access. .....Pedestrian and other modes of nonvehicular movement shall be provided in accordance with section B.3-13.
(5)
Impervious Surface Cover. .....Buildings and improvements on single family lots in a PRD which have at least five thousand (5,000) square feet shall not be calculated as impervious surface cover in RM Districts.
(6)
Reserved.
(7)
Lot Dimensional Requirements and Spacing of Structures. .....The lot and setback dimensional requirements of the zoning district for individual lots within the PRD are waived except for a minimum ten-foot building setback from public rights-of-way and private access easements. Minimum distances between townhouse and multi-family structures shall be those set forth in Section 3-1.2(K). Minimum distances between single family, duplex, and twin home structures shall be as follows:
(a)
Front or rear facing front. .....The minimum distance between the front wall of one structure and the rear wall of another structure, or the front walls of structures oriented so as to face each other, shall be not less than thirty (30) feet from one another.
(b)
Rear facing rear. .....Dwellings oriented back to back shall be subject to the following provisions:
(i)
The minimum distance between rear walls of the dwellings shall be no less than thirty (30) feet.
(ii)
Accessory structures shall only be permitted in the intervening space between principal dwellings oriented back to back or to the rear yard of the principal dwelling provided the accessory structures meet the provisions of Section B.3-1.2(F) and (G)(1). Any accessory structure meeting the requirements of Section B.3-1.2(H) shall be located a minimum of seven (7) feet off the side property line and twenty (20) feet off the rear property line.
(c)
Front facing side. .....The minimum distance between the front wall of the structure and the side wall of another structure shall not be less than fourteen (14) feet.
(d)
Side or rear facing side. .....The minimum distance between the rear of a structure and side of another structure, or the minimum distance between the side walls of structures, shall not be less than ten (10) feet provided that no bay window encroachments be allowed for buildings closer than fourteen (14) feet.
(e)
Reserved.
(f)
Any PRD with structures separated by less than fourteen (14) feet as allowed above must be provided with a public water system and fire hydrants with a minimum available water flow of one thousand five hundred (1,500) gallons per minute. Fire hydrants shall have a spacing of one per five hundred (500) feet, and hydrant locations must be approved by the County Fire Marshal.
(g)
Front Loaded Garages. .....All front loaded garages shall be set back no less than twenty (20) feet from public rights-of-way or private access easements.
(h)
Minimum Perimeter Lot Size. .....Perimeter lots within PRDs which are adjacent to existing single family zoning shall meet the minimum lot area and dimensional requirements of the underlying zoning district. Where perimeter lots in PRDs do not meet the minimum lot area and dimensional requirements of the underlying zoning district, a minimum 30-foot type II Bufferyard is required between these lots and the adjacent single family zoning. Fifty (50) percent of the bufferyard plantings required in Table B.3.15 shall consist of evergreen plants, with the remaining fifty (50) percent consisting of deciduous trees. Additionally, the bufferyard plant spacing requirements of Section B.3-5.3(B)(2) shall not apply here. This bufferyard must be located on commonly owned land and shall be considered Passive Open Space as described in section B.2-5.60(H)(9)(b)(ii). Where any individual lot in the PRD does not meet the dimensional and area requirements of the underlying zoning district and abuts existing single family zoning, the aforementioned bufferyard shall be required along the entire length of the PRD that abuts the existing development. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to perimeter lots within PRDs which are adjacent to existing PRDs.
(8)
Reserved.
(9)
Common Open Space:
(a)
Area. .....Common open space shall not be less than the following percentages of the total land area of the PRD.
Table B.2.7a
** Planned Residential Developments in Growth Management Area (GMA) 3 may receive a twenty-five percent (25%) reduction in the amount of minimum required open space where forty percent (40%) of this open space is active open space as defined in Section B.2-5.60(H)(9)(b)(i).
* Planned Residential Developments in Growth Management Area 2 may receive a thirty-three percent (33%) reduction in the common open space requirements.
(b)
Character. .....Common Open Space (as defined in Chapter A, Article II of the UDO) shall include both Passive and Active Open Space. Additionally, if developments are contiguous to minor and major thoroughfares as defined by NCDOT or The Village of Clemmons Thoroughfare Open Space shall be required adjacent to such transportation corridors.
(i)
Active Open Space. .....Active Open Space shall consist of natural and (primarily) man-made features each of which is easily accessible to pedestrians and is so configured, planned, located, constructed, and maintained so as to be capable of being easily used for its intended purpose. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, examples of such features include community recreation areas, walking trails, golf courses, pocket parks, and neighborhood greens. Generally, pocket parks and neighborhood greens should be no larger than one quarter of one (¼) acre in size. Active Open Space shall be purposeful and shall not be simply the interstitial spaces between buildings. Pedestrian access to this space is required, either by sidewalk or all weather surface. Active Open Space shall comprise a minimum of fifteen (15) percent of the total required open space of a PRD in the RM, RSQ, RS-7, RS-9, RS-12, RS-15, and RS-20 zoning districts. Active Open Space shall comprise a minimum of five (5) percent of the total required open space in the RS-30, RS-40, AG, and YR zoning districts.
(ii)
Passive Open Space. .....Passive Open Space shall consist of natural features such as meadows, woods, agricultural land, riparian buffers and steep slopes.
(iii)
Thoroughfare Open Space. .....If PRDs are located in GMA 3, 4, or 5, and are contiguous to major or minor thoroughfares, Thoroughfare Open Space shall be required. The intent of this Thoroughfare Open Space is to preserve or enhance existing viewsheds along major transportation corridors.
[A]
GMA 3. .....A thoroughfare buffer at least fifty (50) feet deep and a Type III Bufferyard planting shall be provided in GMA 3.
[B]
GMA 4 and 5. .....A thoroughfare buffer at least one hundred (100) feet deep and a Type III Bufferyard planting shall be provided in GMA 4 and 5.
[C]
Preservation of Existing Landscapes. .....If thoroughfare buffers contain significant existing natural or historic elements, as identified at the preapplication conference (Section B.2-5.60(C)), these elements shall be preserved. Where present, these natural elements may take the place of the Type III Bufferyard planting required above.
[D]
Alternative Compliance. .....Alternative compliance measures may be proposed which vary from the strict application of the above requirements in order to accommodate the unique character of the site or to utilize innovative design. Alternative compliance may be granted by the Planning Board or Elected Body upon a finding that the proposed alternative fulfills the intent of the ordinance as well as or better than would strict compliance with the requirements of this ordinance.
(c)
Open Space Connectivity Requirements. .....Where practicable, areas of open space within a PRD shall be connected. Separate areas of active open space on site shall be connected by a sidewalk or pedestrian path consisting of an all weather surface. Open space in PRDs shall adjoin open space in neighboring parcels where practicable. If public parks or greenways are present on adjacent sites, a pedestrian connection to these resources shall be made from the PRD in accordance with the Street Standards Governing Vehicle and Pedestrian Circulation (Section B.3-13).
(d)
Adjacency. .....Where PRDs are comprised of two (2) or more tracts which are divided by an existing street or are otherwise physically separated, each tract shall meet a proportional share of the total open space requirements for the PRD.
(e)
Types of Open Space. .....The total area and percentage of each type of open space within the PRD must be shown on the site plan approved by the Planning Board. PRDs must be developed according to this approved plan, and any changes or deviations must be approved in accordance with Article VI of this Ordinance.
(I)
Ownership and Responsibility for Common Open Space and Amenities. .....Common Open Space may be either owned by the homeowners association or dedicated to a public entity or other non-profit organization. Land not to be held in private or public ownership shall be owned by a nonprofit corporation in which all owners of property within the development have automatic membership rights and assessment obligations for the maintenance of these areas. These automatic membership rights and assessment obligations shall be covered by covenants running with the land and other contractual provisions as to insure the proper maintenance of all commonly owned areas, and shall include provision for liens against the individual properties and legally enforceable personal obligations on the part of the individual property owners in the development. Such covenants shall be recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds and such contractual rights and obligations shall be established prior to the issuance of a building permit.
(J)
Platting Requirements. .....All planned residential developments shall meet the requirements of the Subdivision Regulations, Chapter D. In addition, prior to a permit being issued for the construction of any building, there shall have been recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds, a plat of the property or section thereof, showing: easement and right-of-way widths, street widths, the actual or approximate location of single family lots, commonly owned tracts, and lots and buildings to be occupied by other uses.
(Ord. No. C-UDO-69, 9-9-13; C-UDO83 , § 20, 6-28-21; C-UDO-87 , § 3, 7-25-22)
2-5.60 RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARK
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Recreational Vehicle Parks shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
General Use Conditions
(1)
Bufferyards. .....In addition to the bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5, a type I bufferyard is required adjacent to public rights-of-way.
(2)
Setbacks. .....All recreational vehicle spaces shall be located a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from all adjacent property lines and public rights-of-way.
(3)
Access. .....Recreational vehicle parks shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare. Recreational vehicle spaces shall only have direct access to an internal private street which accesses a public street. No recreational vehicle space shall have direct vehicular access to a public street.
(4)
Floodplains. .....No recreational vehicle sites shall be located in the floodplain.
(5)
Landscaping. .....Each recreational vehicle space shall have a planting area containing at least one deciduous or evergreen tree with a minimum height of eight (8) feet and a diameter of two (2) inches measured six (6) feet above ground level at the time of installation. Each planting area shall be a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) feet with a minimum radius of seven (7) feet. The use of existing trees when possible to meet these landscaping requirements is encouraged.
(6)
Sanitary Facilities, Sewage and Garbage Disposal. .....Adequate sanitary facilities, sewage and garbage disposal shall be provided and shall conform with all applicable codes.
(7)
Length of Stay. .....No recreational vehicle shall be used as a permanent place of residence. Occupancy extending beyond three (3) months in any twelve (12) month period shall be presumed to be permanent occupancy and is prohibited in a recreational vehicle park.
(8)
Accessory Uses. .....Management offices, recreational facilities, toilets, showers, dumping stations, coin-operated laundry facilities, and other uses and structures incidental to the operation of a recreational vehicle park are permitted as accessory uses to the park. In addition, other uses may be permitted as accessory uses in the district where such uses are not allowed as principal uses, subject to the following restrictions:
(a)
Size. .....Such establishments and the parking areas related to their operations shall not occupy more than five percent (5%) of the gross area of the park.
(b)
Clientele. .....Such establishments shall be restricted in their use to the occupants of the park.
(c)
Visibility. .....Such establishments shall present no visible evidence from any street outside the park of a commercial nature which would attract customers other than occupants of the park.
(d)
Access. .....Such establishments shall not be directly accessible from any public street, but shall be accessible only from a street within the park.
(9)
Manufactured Homes. .....No manufactured home may be parked or stored in a recreational vehicle park, except that one manufactured home may be located within the park for the exclusive use as the principal dwelling unit for the park manager or operator.
(C)
Recreational Vehicle Parks in HB District
(1)
Purpose. .....To provide short term recreational vehicle and tent camping in areas serviced by major highways.
(2)
Application. .....In addition to the general use conditions for recreational vehicle parks, the following conditions shall apply to recreational vehicle parks in the HB District:
(a)
Park Size. .....The minimum contiguous area of any recreational vehicle park shall be three (3) acres.
(b)
Density. .....The maximum density of any recreational park shall be fifteen (15) recreational vehicle spaces per acre.
(c)
Site Area. .....The minimum area devoted to each recreational vehicle space shall be one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet.
(D)
Recreational Vehicle Parks in AG, RS-40, RS-30, and YR Districts
(1)
Purpose. .....To permit short term recreational vehicle and tent camping on relatively large amounts of land without the necessity or desirability of being immediately adjacent to main highways or built-up areas, while preserving an open character and promoting outdoor recreational activities.
(2)
Application. .....In additional to the general use conditions for recreational vehicle parks, the following conditions shall apply to recreational vehicle parks in AG, RS-30, RS-40 and YR Districts:
(a)
Site Plan Required. .....A site plan which meets the site plan requirements of Section B.7 shall be submitted as part of each application for a special use permit.
(b)
Park Size. .....The minimum contiguous area of any recreational vehicle park shall be ten (10) acres.
(c)
Density. .....The maximum density of any recreational park shall be ten (10) recreational vehicle spaces per acre.
(d)
Site Area. .....The minimum area devoted to each recreational vehicle space shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
2-5.61 RECREATION SERVICES, INDOOR OR RECREATION SERVICES, OUTDOOR
The following conditions shall be met in the IP District:
(A)
Operation by a Public or Not-For-Profit Organization .....The recreation services facility must be operated by a public or not-for-profit organization.
(B)
Minimum Site Size .....The minimum site size shall be two (2) acres.
(C)
Access .....The site shall have direct access to a collector street, a minor thoroughfare, or a major thoroughfare.
(D)
Setbacks .....No structure, parking area, or outdoor recreation area shall be located less than forty (40) feet from any property line adjacent to residentially zoned property.
(E)
Public Address System .....Public address systems shall not be permitted except within a building.
2-5.62 RESIDENTIAL BUILDING, MULTIFAMILY; RESIDENTIAL BUILDING, TOWNHOUSE; OR RESIDENTIAL BUILDING, TWIN HOME
(A)
Site Plan Review by the Planning Board .....The Planning Board shall review all multifamily or townhouse residential building developments with the following exceptions:
(1)
Front on Public Streets. .....Developments in which all multifamily or townhouse residential buildings front upon an existing public street;
(2)
Six (6) Units or Less. .....Developments which contain six (6) units or less.
(B)
Standards .....With the exception of multifamily or townhouse development located in the RSQ District, all multifamily or townhouse residential buildings shall comply with the following:
(1)
Traffic Requirements. .....In approving the site plan for a multifamily or townhouse development, the Planning Board shall determine that the streets, driveways, parking areas, and other public and private drives shown on the plan are so located that:
(a)
Effect on Public Street System. .....They do not block, impede, or interfere with the orderly development of the public street system.
(b)
Standards and Dedication. .....Those streets on the plan which are likely to be used by the public as through or connector streets, or which for the orderly development of the area should be made public streets, are designed to the standards of public streets and are dedicated or offered for dedication as such on a recorded plat, except that public streets in the RM-5 District may be constructed to alternative width and horizontal and vertical curvature standards, as approved by the Traffic Engineer.
(c)
Access. .....Adequate provision is made for vehicular traffic to and from the premises and for vehicular traffic and pedestrian traffic to and from the proposed buildings, structures, and parking areas on the premises, including fire fighting and police equipment and personnel, ambulance service, garbage collection service, postal service, delivery service, and other public and private services and individuals who would require access to the premises.
(2)
Common Recreation Area. .....Common recreation areas and facilities, such as areas for small children or other recreational areas, shall be provided for multifamily or townhouse developments containing forty (40) units or more, based on the standards of Section B.3-6. Multifamily or townhouse developments which are located in the CB District or which provide elderly housing are exempt from this requirement.
(3)
Other Development Standards. .....All multifamily or townhouse developments shall meet the following standards:
(a)
Air and Light. .....The project provides adequate air and light to the development and surrounding properties.
(b)
Architectural Features. .....Through the use of a variety of fenestration patterns, building facade offsets, roof line treatments, and other architectural features, the perceived bulk, scale, and length and width of the building is compatible with surrounding buildings.
(c)
Affected Area. .....The project will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area.
(d)
Adopted Plans. .....The project is in accordance with all development criteria established by the Elected Bodies' adopted plans and policies, such as Legacy, Clemmons Community Compass, and applicable development guides.
(4)
Developments on Smaller Lots. .....Developments of residential multifamily or townhouse buildings subject to the minimum lot size requirements of Table B.3.3 shall meet the following requirements:
(a)
Impervious Surface Cover. .....For new construction on vacant lots, impervious surface cover is limited to a maximum of sixty percent (60%). Impervious surface cover is otherwise limited to seventy percent (70%).
(b)
Building Height. .....No building shall exceed a height of forty (40) feet.
(c)
Bufferyard. .....Bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5 must be met for multifamily or townhouse developments containing more than four (4) units.
(d)
Off-Street Parking.
(i)
Number of Spaces. .....Off-street parking for multifamily or townhouse uses shall meet the standards for Efficiency Units, if applicable, or Urban Residential Building in Table B.3.8.
(ii)
Parking in Rear. .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the rear of the principal building(s) unless the Planning Board determines that, due to lot size, shape or topographic features, some or all parking cannot be placed to the rear.
(iii)
Reduction in Bufferyard. .....A side or rear bufferyard which may be reduced to allow a driveway to the rear of the property which accesses the off-street parking if the provisions of Section B.3-5.4(C) are met.
(iv)
Landscaped Separation from Building. .....A minimum three and one-half (3.5) foot wide landscaped area shall be provided between any parking area and building wall providing access into the unit(s).
(e)
Vehicular Use Landscaping Requirements. .....Vehicular use landscaping requirements of Section B.3-4 must be met for multifamily or townhouse developments containing more than four (4) units or nonresidential uses.
(f)
Roofs. .....Pitched roofs are required on all buildings.
(5)
Building Spacing Requirements. .....Except in the RM-5 District, all multifamily, townhouse, or twin home residential buildings shall meet the requirements of Section B.3-1.2(K) Building Spacing Requirements for Multifamily Residential Buildings.
(6)
Setback from Public Streets. .....Except in the RM-5 District, multifamily or townhouse development, including structures and parking, shall have a minimum fifty (50) foot setback from adjacent public streets.
(7)
Parking in RM-5 District. .....The following shall apply to all residential development, except single family residences. All off-street parking shall be provided to the side or rear of the principal building(s) unless the Planning staff determines that, due to lot size, shape or topographic features, some or all parking cannot be placed to the side or rear. All parking shall be setback at least five (5) feet off the property line. The intervening five (5) feet shall be landscaped to meet the Type I bufferyard standards of Section B.3-5. Vehicular use landscaping requirements of Section B.3-4.3 must be met for multifamily or townhouse developments (triplexes or quadraplexes) where parking is provided at the front of the principal building. A minimum three (3) foot wide landscaped area shall be provided between any parking area and building wall providing access into the unit(s).
(C)
LO District .....Multifamily or townhouse development is permitted in the LO District at a maximum density of twelve (12) units per acre.
(D)
RM-5 District .....Three- and four-unit buildings are the only type of multifamily or townhouse residential buildings permitted in the RM-5 Zoning District. Please refer to Section B.2-1.2(K)(2) for the dimensional requirements for RM-5.
(E)
Dimensional Requirements for Townhouse and Twin Home Units and Buildings
(1)
Townhouse and Twin Home Units. .....Townhouse and twin home units developed in the RSQ and RM-5 Districts shall adhere to the dimensional requirements of their respective Zoning Districts. Townhouse and twin home units in other permitted zoning districts may be constructed and sold with no setback, lot area, or lot width requirements.
(2)
Townhouse or Twin Home Buildings. .....Development projects with townhouse and twin home buildings shall comply with the general dimensional and building spacing requirements of the applicable zoning district for the project as one zoning lot.
( C-UDO-83 , § 21, 6-28-21)
2-5.63 RIDING STABLE, INCLUDING VETERINARIAN SERVICES FOR EQUINE SPECIES AND CATTLE
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Riding stables shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1 and 2.
(B)
Size .....Any riding stable shall occupy a zoning lot containing not less than five (5) acres.
(C)
Setbacks .....Such riding stables, including any structures housing permitted veterinarian services for equine species or cattle, shall be set back not less than one hundred fifty (150) feet from any adjoining parcel of land; otherwise such riding stable, including structures housing permitted veterinarian services for equine species or cattle, or riding area shall be set back not less than one hundred (100) feet from any street or property line.
(A)
Minimum Site Area .....With the exception of elementary and secondary schools located within the geographic area bounded by 10th Street on the north, Salem Creek on the south, US 52 on the east, and Broad Street on the west, the minimum site area for each type of private school shall be not less than the following square footage per pupil:
(1)
Elementary School. .....Elementary School, grades kindergarten through five (5): four hundred (400) square feet;
(2)
Secondary School.
(a)
Middle School. .....Middle School, grades six (6) through eight (8): six hundred (600) square feet; or,
(b)
High School. .....High School, grades nine (9) through twelve (12): eight hundred (800) square feet.
(3)
Combination of Grades and School Types. .....When a private school provides a combination of above grades and schools, the minimum site area is calculated by prorating the number of pupils for each grade.
(B)
Mobile Units .....Any new schools approved or constructed after the date of the adoption of this Ordinance shall identify any areas on which mobile units are to be placed. Installation of mobile units shall comply with the temporary use provisions of Section B.2-7.
(C)
Other Requirements in GMA 1 and the CB District
(1)
Interior Floor Space. .....The minimum interior floor space for each school shall not be less than one hundred (100) square feet per pupil.
(2)
Play Area. .....The minimum outdoor or indoor play area shall be five thousand (5,000) square feet.
(3)
Off-Street Loading. .....There shall be a minimum of one off-street loading or unloading space per fifty (50) pupils enrolled, appropriately located to the entrance(s) to the school building.
(D)
Exemptions .....Exempted from Planning Board review are the following improvements or buildings on school campuses, provided the Zoning Officer consults with the Director of Planning prior to the issuance of any permits for these improvements or buildings:
(1)
Recreation Improvements. .....Concession stands, playground equipment, or bleachers with a seating capacity for less than one thousand (1,000) spectators;
(2)
Building Expansions or Accessory Buildings. .....Expansions of less than four thousand (4,000) square feet (building footprint) of existing principal buildings; or maintenance, storage, or accessory buildings of less than four thousand (4,000) square feet (building footprint);
(3)
Modification to Parking Lots. .....Modifications to existing parking lots and driveways (NOTE: Any changes to driveways must receive driveway permits from either the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation, whichever is applicable);
(4)
New Parking. .....New parking or pavement areas of less than twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; or,
(5)
Utilities. .....Installation of new utilities or maintenance of existing utilities (NOTE: Any utility relocations or installations must be approved by the Utilities Commission).
(E)
Landscape Plan .....A landscape tree preservation and planting plan prepared per the requirements of Section B.3-4.2.1 shall be prepared and installed for any new school or additions to schools approved or constructed after the date of adoption of this Ordinance that require a grading permit.
(F)
Charter Schools .....Charter schools are permitted in all zoning districts in which private schools are permitted, and are also permitted within a geographic area defined by Salem Creek on the south, US 52 on the east, Tenth (10th Street on the north and Broad Street on the west.
(C-UDO-58, § 2, 5-9-11)
2-5.65 SCHOOL, PUBLIC AND PRIVATE
The following conditions apply to public schools in all zoning districts where permitted:
(A)
School Stadiums
(1)
Stadiums. .....A school stadium may be located on the same zoning lot as any public secondary school.
(2)
Stadium and Playground Area Setbacks. .....School stadiums, including the parking areas, or other playground areas, shall be set back not less than fifty (50) feet from the property lines of any adjacent residentially zoned property.
(3)
Bufferyards. .....A fence option bufferyard of type II, as specified in Section B.3-5, shall be provided along the side and rear property lines between any school stadium and any property zoned for residential use.
(B)
Mobile Units .....The placement of mobile units on school campuses shall comply with the following criteria. The location of temporary classrooms on public school campuses must be verified to be consistent with the following criteria by Planning Board staff within three (3) months after installation.
(1)
Location. .....Mobile units should be placed where they are not prominently visible from the front of the school or a roadway. If they are placed in the front of the school or along a road, other landscaping not inconsistent with the landscape plan for the school shall be added to the site to minimize the visual impact. Other landscaping may consist of adding canopy trees along nearby parking lots, along the street, or along the front of the school.
(2)
Clustering Units. .....Units should be clustered around a central courtyard or green area rather than side by side so that a usable central outdoor space is created and a central walkway may be shared by the different classrooms. The designated cluster area shall be located close to a hallway entrance of an existing school building. The cluster of classrooms is linked to the main building by a landscaped walkway.
(3)
Retention of Existing Trees. .....Units should be placed so as to minimize harm to or the necessity of removing existing trees.
(4)
Shading. .....Trees should be installed for shade where mobile units are exposed to direct south or western sun. Trees should be placed not inconsistent with the landscape plan for the school so they can become permanent features, and not interfere with recreation areas or moving of the classrooms.
(5)
Reserved.
(6)
Skirting. .....Skirting compatible with mobile units shall be provided under mobile classrooms approved under Section B.6-2.2(B)(1), and which are visible from an adjacent public street and located within two hundred (200) feet of the public street.
(7)
Building Code. .....All mobile units and any additions necessary, such as stairs, landings, and porches, shall comply with the Building Code of North Carolina.
(8)
Community Appearance Commission. .....The Community Appearance Commission may develop architectural or other appearance criteria which Planning staff may utilize in its review of mobile units.
(9)
New Schools. .....Any new schools approved or constructed after the date of adoption of this Ordinance shall identify any areas on which mobile units are to be placed.
(C)
Mobile Units .....Any new schools approved or constructed after the date of the adoption of this Ordinance shall identify any areas on which mobile units are to be placed. Installation of mobile units shall comply with the temporary use provisions of Section B.2-7.
(D)
Other Requirements in GMA 1 and the CB District
(1)
Interior Floor Space. .....The minimum interior floor space for each school shall not be less than one hundred (100) square feet per pupil.
(2)
Play Area. .....The minimum outdoor or indoor play area shall be five thousand (5,000) square feet.
(3)
Off-Street Loading. .....There shall be a minimum of one off-street loading or unloading space per fifty (50) pupils enrolled, appropriately located to the entrance(s) to the school building.
(4)
State Approval. .....The facility plan must be approved by the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction, Division of School Planning and/or the North Carolina Department of Insurance.
(E)
Exemptions .....Exempted from Planning Board review are the following improvements or buildings on Winston-Salem/Forsyth County School campuses, provided the Zoning Officer consults with the Director of Planning prior to the issuance of any permits for these improvements or buildings:
(1)
Recreation Improvements. .....Concession stands, playground equipment, or bleachers with a seating capacity for less than one thousand (1,000) spectators;
(2)
Building Expansions or Accessory Buildings. .....Expansions of less than four thousand (4,000) square feet (building footprint) of existing principal buildings; or maintenance, storage, or accessory buildings of less than four thousand (4,000) square feet (building footprint);
(3)
Modification to Parking Lots. .....Modifications to existing parking lots and driveways (NOTE: Any changes to driveways must receive driveway permits from either the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation, whichever is applicable);
(4)
New Parking. .....New parking or pavement areas of less than twenty thousand (20,000) square feet;
(5)
Utilities. .....Installation of new utilities or maintenance of existing utilities (NOTE: Any utility relocations or installations must be approved by the Utilities Commission).
(F)
Landscape Plan .....A tree preservation and planting plan prepared per the requirements of Section B.3-4.2.1 shall be prepared and installed for any new school or additions to schools approved or constructed after the date of adoption of this Ordinance that require a grading permit.
(C-UDO-58, § 2, 5-9-11; C-UDO-83 , § 22, 6-28-21)
(A)
CB District .....Only the following SIC groups are permitted in the CB District: 721 Laundry, Cleaning, and Garment Services, except those listed under business Services A; 734 Services to Dwellings and other buildings.
Uses permitted in Shopping Centers shall be all those uses permitted in the applicable zoning district.
Editor's note— C-UDO-89 , adopted May 8, 2023, deleted § 2-5.67, entitled "Signs, Off-Premises."
2-5.67.1 STORAGE AND SALVAGE YARD
(A)
Fencing
(1)
Location. .....An opaque fence or wall shall be erected on any property line which is adjacent to any street, road, or highway; and all business activity, including storage of articles, shall be conducted within said fence.
(a)
Within Fifty (50) Feet of Right-of-Way. .....An eight (8) foot high opaque fence is required if located within fifty (50) feet of the right-of-way boundary; or,
(b)
Beyond Fifty (50) Feet of Right-of-Way. .....A six (6) foot high opaque fence is required if located fifty (50) feet or more from the right-of-way boundary.
(2)
Conditions. .....Such fencing shall meet the following conditions:
(a)
Construction. .....The fence and screening shall be constructed of materials manufactured, sold and used exclusively as fencing materials with consistent height, materials, and color;
(b)
Maintenance. .....All fences shall be maintained in sound condition at all times; and,
(c)
Advertising. .....Fences shall not contain advertising or other lettering or signs other than lettering which identifies the operation carried on within the enclosure.
(B)
Bufferyards
(1)
Industrial Zoning Type. .....A storage and salvage yard is considered an industrial zoning type for purposes of bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5.
(2)
Type of Bufferyard Required. .....In addition to the requirements of Section B.3-5, a type I bufferyard shall be provided along side and rear lot lines adjacent to property zoned for commercial or industrial use.
(C)
Effective Date .....Such uses existing on the effective date of this Ordinance shall meet all requirements of this section within one year of the effective date of this Ordinance.
Private swimming pools are permitted as principal uses in all districts as indicated in Table B.2.6, or as accessory uses, provided they meet the following requirements:
(A)
Rear Yard Setbacks .....Pools located in the rear yard of the property shall be no less than five (5) feet from the rear property line.
(B)
Front and Side Yard Setbacks .....Pools located to the front and side of the principal building shall meet the front and side yard requirements of the district in which they are located.
(C)
Building Permits .....Prior to construction, all pools shall be reviewed and receive building permits by the Zoning Officer.
(D)
Fencing .....Pools shall be completely enclosed by a fence, above average grade level, at least four (4) feet in height. However, swimming pools on lots of five (5) acres or more in the AG, YR, RS-40, RS-30 and RS-20 Districts may, in lieu of the fencing requirement, be set back at least two hundred (200) feet from the front lot line and one hundred (100) feet from the rear lot line. For purposes of this section, the exterior walls of a house or building may be incorporated as a portion of such fence to create a fully enclosed area around the pool. All fence openings or points of entry into the pool shall be equipped with gates. Gates shall be equipped with self-closing and self-latching devices for keeping the gate or door securely closed at all times. The fence and gate shall be void of any holes or openings larger than five (5) inches or ten (10) centimeters in one dimension.
(E)
Business .....No private swimming pool shall be operated as a business.
(A)
Stacking Area .....Off-street stacking area for motor vehicles shall be provided, in the amount of five percent (5%) of the motor vehicle capacity of the theater.
(B)
Exit Points .....One or more exits, at locations other than the point of entry, shall be provided.
(C)
Streetyard .....A streetyard as described in Section B.3-4 shall be installed in the area between the street property line and the setback line. However, a roadway may be constructed across such area.
(D)
Bufferyard .....A type I bufferyard shall be provided adjacent to commercially zoned property.
(E)
Fencing .....A solid fence or wall not less than eight (8) feet in height shall be erected to entirely enclose the theater except at driveways. Said fence shall be installed along street frontage on the setback line required for principal structures. Said wall or fence shall be installed along other property lines to allow planting area for the required bufferyard. Said fence shall be painted, and no such fence shall contain advertising other than lettering which identifies the operation carried on within the enclosure.
(F)
Screen Orientation .....The theater screen shall be so oriented as not to attract the attention of motorists on streets.
(G)
Sound .....Any mechanically produced sound shall be delivered to each motor vehicle by an individual speaker.
(A)
Applicability .....Transmission towers which are principal or accessory uses shall meet the following requirements.
(B)
Prohibited Districts .....Transmission towers shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2, or 3.
(C)
Fencing .....Security fencing at least six (6) feet in height shall be installed around the tower and any ground equipment or buildings.
(D)
Setback .....The tower shall be set back a minimum one hundred (100) feet from any adjacent zoning lot zoned RS, RM, YR, AG, or H; and a minimum forty (40) feet from any other adjacent zoning lot or public street. Buildings must meet the setback requirements for principal structures of the underlying district.
(E)
Signage .....No business signs, billboards, or other advertising shall be installed on the tower.
(F)
Bufferyard .....Where the transmission tower is located within two hundred (200) feet of an adjacent zoning lot or street and there is no intervening structure to block the view of the tower base and improvements, a type IV bufferyard as described in Section B.3-5 shall be installed around the outside of all improvements on the site, including the tower, any ground buildings or equipment, and security fencing, so as to provide spatial separation and create a visual block from adjacent properties and streets.
(G)
Control of Land .....All land necessary for improvements, including the transmission tower, buildings, fencing, and landscaping, shall be in ownership of or under lease by the tower operator.
(H)
Exemptions
(1)
Attached or Incorporated in a Structure. .....Transmission towers located on nonresidential structures or incorporated into other structures, which structures are devoted to a use not related to the transmission tower, are exempt from the security fencing, setback, bufferyard, and control of land requirements of this section. All ground equipment or buildings shall be placed underground or screened from view.
(2)
Utilities Rights-of-Way. .....Transmission towers located within electrical utility company right-of-way are exempt from the setback and bufferyard requirements of this section.
(I)
Co-Location
(1)
Other Structures. .....Co-location of antennae of more than one service provider on individual transmission towers is encouraged, subject to the verified structural and mechanical capabilities of the tower. If no other towers, buildings, or other structures exist within the applicant's tower site search area that are structurally capable of supporting the intended antenna or configuration of antennae or meeting the applicant's necessary height criteria or provide a location free from interference of any nature, then satisfactory evidence to that effect shall be submitted by a qualified expert at the time of application for the earliest required approval.
(2)
Other Users. .....All transmission towers installed after the effective date of this Ordinance shall be structurally and mechanically capable of accommodating the antenna or array of antennae of more than one user/transmitter, unless the tower is incapable of supporting more than one user/transmitter due to the design of the tower which is incorporated into another structure in compliance with Section B.2-5.70(H). Monopoles shall accommodate a minimum of two total users, lattice or other types of towers shall accommodate a minimum of three total users. These users shall be in addition to the local jurisdiction which may place devices per Section B.2-5.70(K). Certification as to the tower's structural and mechanical capability to accommodate colocation shall be provided by a professional engineer or other qualified professional.
(3)
Access. .....Access to available technically feasible space on any towers shall not be denied to any competitive users or service provider, unless the additional use would cause objectionable interference or present a danger to the structural safety or stability of the tower.
(4)
Non-conforming Uses. .....Requirements for co-location on transmission towers which are non-conforming are contained in Section B.5-2.3(E).
(J)
Termination of Use .....A tower that is no longer used for communication purposes must be removed within 120 days of the date it is taken out of service.
(K)
Easement for Public Facilities .....At the request of the local jurisdiction, an easement shall be granted to the jurisdiction to place cameras, monitors, two-way mobile radio equipment, or other desired telecommunications devices; however such devices may be restricted so as not to affect the functioning of the antenna or array of antennae of the tower operator or service provider.
(L)
Placement on or Within Large Structures .....Notwithstanding the requirements of Table B.2.6 transmission towers meeting the provisions of Section B.2-5.70(H) or located on large, non-habitable public or utilities structures, including but not limited to water towers and trestles of major electrical distribution lines, are permitted under the following conditions:
(1)
Zoning Permit. .....A zoning permit from the Director of Inspections is required.
(2)
Compliance with Use Conditions. .....Use conditions regarding signage must be complied with.
(M)
State Plane Coordinates .....All site plans submitted in conjunction with requests for transmission towers shall include the location of the proposed tower by State Plane Coordinates and above ground level and sea level elevations, based on 1983 North America datum. All towers operated by the applicant in Forsyth County and within one-quarter mile of its borders shall also be similarly located and submitted with the site plan.
(N)
Color, Finish, Lighting .....Unless otherwise required by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the finish of the transmission tower shall be non-shiny or glossy; any painted color shall be muted or neutral; and no lights or strobe lights shall be placed on the tower. If lights are required by the FAA, the least obtrusive lighting option available under FAA guidelines shall be installed; white strobe lights are discouraged from use.
(A)
Setbacks .....Any structure erected or use instituted shall be set back not less than forty (40) feet from property lines of any adjacent residentially zoned property.
(B)
Residential Districts .....The following conditions apply in residential districts:
(1)
Health or Safety Hazards. .....All uses which may produce health or safety hazards shall be enclosed by a fence a minimum of six (6) feet in height.
(2)
Bufferyard. .....All uses which may be potential nuisances by creating glare, dirt, noise or other adverse impacts shall be screened, except for driveways, with a type I bufferyard as specified in Section B.3-5.
(3)
Exemptions.
(a)
General. .....Exempt from the provisions of this section are lines for the transportation, transmission, and distribution of the various utilities. This category includes but is not limited to electricity, telegraph, and telephone services and their supporting structures, other than buildings; the lines related to sewerage, water, oil, steam and gas; and rail trackage.
(b)
Fencing and Screening. .....Exempt from the above fencing and screening requirements are reservoirs, water treatment plants, and wastewater treatment plants.
The following conditions apply to veterinary services in the NB, LB, GB, HB, and NSB Districts:
(A)
Location and Setbacks .....Veterinary services may be permitted in attached buildings; however, any end unit in an attached building or any freestanding building containing such a use must be set back at least twenty (20) feet from any side lot line and forty (40) feet from any rear lot line. Any end unit of an attached building or any freestanding building containing such a use abutting a residential district shall be set back not less than forty (40) feet from any residential boundary.
(B)
Enclosure of Facilities .....The veterinary services use shall be fully enclosed. There shall be no outside use of the property for the animals or pets.
(C)
Air Exchange .....For any accessory kennel which provides a mechanical heating and air conditioning or ventilation system, such system shall be designed to handle an air exchange of twelve (12) exchanges of air per hour or one exchange of air every five (5) minutes inside the boarding area. The heating and air conditioning system shall be designed by a qualified heating and air conditioning contractor.
(D)
Openings .....Windows or sunroofs will be permitted in the enclosed building, however, such openings in the building shall be of at least double pane construction standards or similar sound absorbing qualities and shall be designed so that there is no safety problem to the animals or pets, nor that any animals or pets will be allowed to escape the inside of the building. All windows or building openings shall remain closed except in the case of a power failure or other extreme emergency.
(E)
Construction .....The building shall be of masonry construction or any other materials which will permit the washing of animal wastes from the interior. Building materials which are porous or permeable which could absorb or permit the escape of animal urine or other wastes are not permitted. To provide sound insulation from animals inside, building shall be constructed with at least a six (6) inch masonry block wall plastered on both sides or any other construction with comparable sound insulating characteristics.
(F)
Sewerage .....All solid and liquid wastes shall be disposed of daily into an adequate septic tank or public sewerage system approved under the requirements of Section B.3-10.
(G)
Cleanliness .....All stalls, cages, and animal exercise areas inside the building shall be cleaned daily.
(C-UDO-65, § 2, 9-10-12)
2-6.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(A)
Accessory Uses Permitted .....A use accessory to a principal use is permitted if, in the opinion of the Zoning Officer, the accessory use is customarily incidental to the principal use.
(B)
Same Zoning Lot .....An accessory use must be located on the same zoning lot as the principal use to which it is accessory, except for off-site parking or other use provided for by this Ordinance.
(C)
Subordinate to the Principal Use .....An accessory use must be clearly subordinate in area, extent of activity, or purpose to the principal use to which it is accessory.
(D)
Compliance with Ordinance Requirements .....An accessory use must comply with all applicable dimensional and other requirements of this Ordinance.
2-6.2 USES ACCESSORY TO CERTAIN PRINCIPAL USES
Uses not otherwise permitted in the zoning district are permitted as accessory to the following principal uses as indicated. This section does not limit the Zoning Officer in permitting other accessory uses under Section B.2-6.1(A).
Table B.2.8
Uses Accessory to Certain Principal Uses
2-6.3 ACCESSORY USES SUBJECT TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS
(A)
Requirements of Other Sections .....The following uses are permitted as accessory to other principal uses, subject to other requirements of other sections, as indicated.
Table B.2.9
Accessory Uses Subject to Other Requirements
(B)
Medical or Dental Laboratory .....Medical or dental laboratories are permitted in the LO, LB and GO Districts as an accessory use only, provided the following conditions are met:
(1)
Location. .....The laboratory is located in a building which is used predominantly for the offices of physicians, surgeons, dentists, and practitioners in similar professions;
(2)
Clientele. .....The laboratory serves only the medical practitioners located in the same building;
(3)
Area. .....The area devoted to the laboratory does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross floor area of the building.
(C)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yards .....Motor vehicle storage yards are permitted in the NB and NSB Districts as an accessory use only, subject to the provisions of Section B.2-1.3(E)(3) and Section B.2-1.3(H)(3), respectively.
(D)
Banking and Financial Services
(1)
C District. .....Banking and financial services, including automatic teller machines (ATM's), are permitted in the C District as an accessory use only.
(2)
NB District. .....ATM's are permitted in the NB District as an accessory use if not constructed as a drive-through facility.
(3)
Shopping Centers. .....ATM's located in parking areas of shopping centers or on internally oriented out lots are not required to provide stacking spaces otherwise required in Section B.3-3.3(F).
(E)
Transmission Towers .....Transmission towers which are accessory uses shall meet the requirements of Section B.2-5.70.
2-6.4 USES WHICH MAY ONLY BE ACCESSORY TO PRINCIPAL USES
The following uses may only exist or be developed as accessory uses to a principal use, as provided below:
(A)
Above Ground Storage Tanks
(1)
Setbacks. .....Above ground storage tanks shall meet all building setback requirements of the zoning district except storage tanks located on existing sites of institution or utility uses where existing below ground tanks are being replaced by above ground tanks or storage tanks with a storage capacity of five hundred (500) gallons or less located in residential zoning districts.

Storage Tank Setbacks
(2)
Development Standards. .....Above ground storage tanks which are accessory to offices, businesses, industries, or on sites of institution or utility uses and which are located within one hundred (100) feet of any public right-of-way and not screened by a building from the street or not located within ten (10) feet of a principal building, shall meet the following standards:
(a)
Screening.
(i)
The tank shall be partially or totally screened from view from the public right-of-way.
(ii)
Said screening may consist of landscaping, planted earthen berms, natural topographic features, or a combination thereof. Landscaping shall consist of any shrubs identified in the streetyard and interior shrubs suggested plant materials plant list in Section B.3-4.10(D). Said shrubs shall be spaced no more than eighteen (18) inches, edge to edge. No more than thirty percent (30%) of shrubs shall be deciduous.
(iii)
Said screening shall be planted a minimum height of five (5) feet from the tank and be installed along the entire length of the tank if installed horizontally or along the base of the tank if installed vertically.
(iv)
Said screening shall be maintained as long as the tank is present.
(v)
For tanks storing flammable, combustible, hazardous or toxic materials, screening shall not interfere with Fire Department operations, and N.F.P.A. 704 I.D. placards shall be installed as required by the Fire Official.
(3)
Signage. .....No signs or advertising shall be permitted on the tank or screening, except identification signs or labels as required by State law.
(4)
Hazardous Material. .....Above ground storage tanks containing flammable, combustible, hazardous or toxic materials are not permitted in RS and RM Districts.
(5)
Tanks with Capacity Greater than One Thousand (1,000) Gallons. .....Tanks with individual storage capacity greater than one thousand (1,000) gallons are permitted only in the office, business, industrial or Campus Zoning Districts, or on sites of institution or utility uses.
(6)
Storage in Residential Districts. .....The storage of more than twenty-five (25) gallons of motor vehicles fuel, Class 1, as an accessory use on any zoning lot in a residential district shall not be permitted, except on a bona fide farm.
(B)
Dwelling, Accessory (Attached)
(1)
A zoning permit shall be issued by the Zoning Officer if all of the following requirements for the attached accessory dwelling unit are met.
(2)
Structure. .....The principal building shall not be altered in any way so as to appear from a public street to be multiple family housing.
(a)
Prohibited Alterations. .....Prohibited alterations include, but are not limited to: multiple entranceways, multiple mailboxes, or multiple nameplates.
(b)
Access. .....Wherever feasible and consistent with the State Residential Building Code, access to the accessory dwelling unit shall be by means of existing doors.
(c)
Stairways. .....No new stairways to upper floors are permitted on any side of a building which faces a public street.
(d)
Utilities. .....Electric and/or gas utilities shall be supplied to both units through a single meter.
(3)
Size of Unit. .....An attached accessory dwelling unit shall occupy no more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the heated floor area of the principal building, but in no case shall be greater than seven hundred fifty (750) square feet. The sum of all accessory uses, including home occupations, in a principal residential building shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total floor area of the building.
(4)
Parking. .....Parking for the attached accessory dwelling shall be served by the same driveway as the principal dwelling.
(5)
Number of Accessory Dwellings. .....No more than one accessory dwelling, whether attached or detached, shall be located on a lot.
(C)
Dwelling, Accessory (Detached)
(1)
A special use permit for the detached accessory dwelling must be approved by the Board of Adjustment in accordance with the requirements of Article VI of this Ordinance.
(2)
Dimensional Requirements. .....Any detached accessory dwelling shall comply with all dimensional requirements applicable to accessory structures in Sections B.3-1.2(F) and (G).
(3)
Building Requirements. .....Any detached accessory dwelling shall comply with all building, plumbing, electrical, and other applicable codes, other than a manufactured housing unit.
(4)
Manufactured Home. .....A Class A or B manufactured home may be used as a detached accessory dwelling in all districts where a conventional detached accessory dwelling is permitted, and a Class C manufactured home may be used as a detached accessory dwelling in the YR, AG, RS-40 and RS-30 Districts.
(5)
Number of Accessory Dwellings. .....No more than one accessory dwelling, whether attached or detached, shall be permitted on the same lot.
(D)
Home Occupation
(1)
Purpose. .....The intent of this section is to permit certain home occupations under reasonable safeguards, but not to encourage their development or expansion in violation of the regulations governing the residential districts. This section sets forth the special conditions home occupations must meet to insure compatibility with existing residential uses.
(2)
Permits. .....The Zoning Officer, in the issuance of a zoning permit for a home occupation, shall determine that all prescribed conditions are met. Such permit shall be revoked upon a finding that any home occupation established under this Ordinance fails at any time to meet the requirements prescribed herein.
(a)
Zoning Permits. .....Zoning permits may be issued by the Zoning Officer for the following service occupations:
(i)
The office or studio of an accountant, planner, architect, surveyor, artist, attorney, author, ceramist, clergyman, engineer, interior designer, landscape architect, musician, photographer, dentist, physician or other licensed medical practitioner, teacher of not more than three (3) pupils on the premises at any time, or practitioners in similar fields of service.
(ii)
Other services such as dressmaking, home handicrafts, tailoring, millinery, nameplate making, home cooking, baking or preserving, and telephone or mail services.
(iii)
Lodging, or boarding and lodging, of not more than three (3) resident guests.
(b)
Special Use Permits. .....Special use permits may be issued by the Board of Adjustment in rural areas (GMAs 4 and 5) for construction contracting and motor vehicle repair provided such home occupations meet the characteristics of and the prescribed use conditions for home occupations. A special use permit for such use shall be issued for a period of up to three (3) years in order to provide for automatic review by the Board of Adjustment.
(3)
Conditions. .....The following conditions apply to home occupations:
(a)
Incidental and Secondary Use. .....A home occupation shall be a clearly incidental and secondary use to the principal use as a residence by the person conducting the occupation.
(b)
Number. .....Only one home occupation shall be permitted per principal dwelling unit. The home occupation may be operated only in the principal dwelling unit or in an accessory building, as permitted herein.
(c)
Impact. .....A home occupation shall not increase significantly traffic, noise, electrical interference, glare, dust, smoke, or odors.
(d)
Exterior. .....No exterior evidence of the presence of a home occupation shall be permitted except as hereinafter provided, nor shall the exterior character of the dwelling unit be changed.
(e)
Parking. .....Off-street parking shall be provided in compliance with Section B.3-3.2. Any parking area in addition to what is provided on the site at the time of application for the home occupation which is required to meet the standards of Section B.3-3.2 shall be located to the rear or side of the principal dwelling unit.
(f)
Displays. .....There shall be no salesroom or display window.
(g)
Signs. .....No sign announcing the presence of a home occupation shall be permitted other than one non-illuminated occupancy sign not more than one hundred forty-four (144) square inches in area.
(h)
Employees. .....Only members of the family residing in the principal dwelling unit and not more than one other employee may be employed in the operation of a home occupation.
(i)
Floor Area. .....The floor area of the principal dwelling unit used for the home occupation shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross floor area of the dwelling unit, except where lodging is provided for resident guests.
(j)
Boarding and/or Lodging. .....Boarding and/or lodging of not more than three (3) resident guests shall be permitted only within the principal dwelling unit.
(k)
Outdoor Storage - Urban Areas. .....Home occupations in urban areas (GMAs 1, 2 and 3) shall be conducted entirely within the principal dwelling unit. No outside storage is permitted for home occupations in urban areas.
(l)
Outdoor Storage - Rural Areas. .....Outdoor storage for home occupations occurring within the principal dwelling unit in rural areas (GMAs 4 and 5) must be located on a zoning lot of three (3) acres or greater and is limited to one thousand (1,000) square feet. Said outdoor storage shall be located behind the principal dwelling unit and shall be screened by an opaque fence or wall and gate at least six (6) feet in height.
(m)
Additional Requirements. .....Home occupations in rural areas (GMAs 4 and 5) shall be conducted either within the principal dwelling unit or within an accessory building located on the same zoning lot as the principal dwelling unit. Where an accessory building is used for a home occupation, the home occupation shall meet the following additional requirements:
(i)
Lot Size. .....Be located on a zoning lot of three (3) acres or greater;
(ii)
Setbacks. .....Be set back from adjacent property lines, private roads, and public rights-of-way one hundred (100) feet;
(iii)
Location. .....Be located behind the principal dwelling or two hundred (200) feet from any private road, public right-of-way, or property line;
(iv)
Bufferyard. .....Have a type II bufferyard around the use;
(v)
Parking and Storage. .....Have no more than one thousand (1,000) square feet devoted to parking and outdoor storage including storage of motor vehicles awaiting repair at an motor vehicle repair home occupation. Said outdoor parking and outdoor storage of materials shall be located behind the principal dwelling unit or accessory building and shall be screened by an opaque fence or wall and gate at least six (6) feet in height.
(vi)
Building area. .....Have no more than one thousand (1,000) square feet of building area devoted to the home occupation.
(vii)
Other Requirements. .....Meet all other dimensional and height requirements for the zoning district in which the home occupation is located.
(E)
Postal Facility, Contract and Finance .....Contract and finance postal facilities are allowed as an accessory use to any principal use in multifamily residential (RM), business, office, institutional or industrial districts.
(A)
Fallout Shelter .....Structures designed to provide protection against nuclear fallout are permitted as principal or accessory uses in any district and are not subject to setback, yard or lot coverage restrictions, provided such structures extend not more than four (4) feet above grade.
(B)
Sale of Agricultural Products Grown on the Premises .....The sale of agricultural products grown on the premises is a permitted accessory use.
(C)
Farm Tenant Housing .....Housing for farmworkers on bona fide farms or on residential lots in the AG District is a permitted accessory use.
(D)
Recycling Collection Point
(E)
Social Services on Church Campuses .....Homeless shelters, soup kitchens, and other social services conducted by a church or religious institution on its primary campus as permitted accessory uses.
(F)
Dwelling in Nonresidential Districts .....In zoning districts not otherwise permitting residential buildings, a watchman or caretaker may occupy a house or other quarters on the same premises where he or she is employed.
2-7.1 PURPOSE
The intent of this section is to permit the temporary uses customarily accompanying the erection of permitted structures, or the establishment of permitted uses, or the accomplishment of permitted operations, as necessary to such work not substantially injurious to the public health, safety, or welfare. It is also the intent to permit customary uses of open land and of existing buildings and surrounding land which are temporary in nature.
2-7.2 TEMPORARY USES PERMITTED
If requirements of this Ordinance, the Public Health Department, and other applicable laws are met, customary temporary uses shall be permitted, including but not limited to the following:
(A)
Construction .....Temporary structures or manufactured homes used for construction offices and storage areas on construction sites, for which the duration of such permits is limited to the actual time required for construction, plus the thirty (30) day period following the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
(B)
Grading .....Temporary structures or sites of grading operations, for which the duration of such permits is limited to the actual time required for grading operations, plus the thirty (30) day period following the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
(C)
Proprietary or Governmental Operations .....Temporary structures, manufactured homes, or storage areas of public agencies in the conduct of proprietary or governmental operations.
(D)
Use of Open Land .....The use of open land for meetings, circuses or carnivals, or the sale of Christmas trees, baked goods or collected clothing and the like, if no structure is erected other than tents, for which the duration of such permits is limited to no longer than forty-five (45) consecutive days.
(E)
Turkey Shoot .....The use of open land for a turkey shoot in the AG, RS-40, LI, and GI Districts outside the corporate limits of Winston-Salem, Kernersville, and Clemmons, subject to the following restrictions:
(1)
Size. A turkey shoot shall be on a site of not less than three (3) acres;
(2)
Distance to Adjacent Property. The site shall be so designed that the distance to any adjacent property measured from the firing point or points in the direction of fire shall be not less than two hundred (200) yards; or an earthen backstop not less than twenty (20) feet in height shall be provided beyond the target line but within two hundred (200) feet thereof;
(3)
Targets and Firing Points. Neither targets nor firing points shall be located closer than twenty (20) feet to a side property line;
(4)
Firearms. Shotguns only shall be fired;
(5)
Hours of Operation. The use of firearms shall be prohibited between the hours of 9:30 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.; and,
(6)
Duration of Permit. The duration of the permit shall not exceed sixty (60) consecutive days.
(F)
Nonprofit Organizations .....The use of a residence or other building and surrounding land by any nonprofit charitable, religious, or educational organization for the purpose of exhibiting and purveying, indoors or outdoors, art or craft products, jewelry, clothing, foods, beverages, horticultural specimens, home furnishings and decorations, and similar or related items, and for presenting musical, film, or theatrical programs, indoors, for which the duration of such permits is limited to no longer than thirty (30) consecutive days.
(G)
Helicopter Sites .....Temporary helicopter landing and takeoff in conjunction with a special event, such as an athletic contest, a holiday celebration, parade or similar activity. All permits issued for a temporary helicopter landing facility shall be approved by the Police Department or Sheriffs Department and the Fire Official to ensure safety of operation. The duration of any zoning permit issued by the Zoning Officer for such temporary uses shall not exceed ten (10) consecutive days as specified in the permit. A temporary use permit is not required if landing or takeoff is necessary for law enforcement or other public safety purposes, or for aircraft or medical emergencies.
(H)
Manufactured Homes During Construction .....A manufactured home in the AG, YR and all RS Districts, occupied as a residence during construction of a single family home on the same zoning lot. Such temporary use permit shall be issued for a period not to exceed six (6) months, and may be extended for an additional six (6) months at the discretion of the Zoning Officer if the applicant can demonstrate substantial progress toward completion of construction.
(I)
Storage of Construction Materials .....Any off-site storage of construction materials. The storage of construction materials must otherwise be on the same site as construction.
(J)
Inert Debris Fill .....Fill of material on sites where the fill material consists only of inert debris strictly limited to concrete, brick, concrete block, uncontaminated soil, rock, gravel, and asphalt. Said permits may be issued for up to thirty (30) days, and may be renewed up to two (2) times.
(K)
Removal and Deposition of Soils .....The removal of inert debris strictly limited to concrete, brick, concrete block, uncontaminated soil, rock, gravel, and asphalt from one site and the deposition of said inert debris at one other site, provided:
(1)
Frequency. .....The sites so used for removal and deposition shall be permitted in tandem and only once.
(2)
Site Size. .....The area of disturbance of the zoning lot from which the inert debris is taken shall be no greater than five (5) acres.
(3)
Hours of Operation. .....Except in cases of emergency involving safety, the sites shall not be operated on Sunday and may not be operated earlier than 7:00 a.m. nor later than 6:00 p.m. on any other day.
(4)
Duration. .....Notwithstanding the provisions of Section B.2-7.3(A), the temporary use permit shall only run concurrently with the related grading permit issued for operation of the two sites.
(L)
Child Care (Temporary Care) .....A temporary child care arrangement established as an accessory use to and on the same zoning lot of any institutional or public use which provides either drop-in care or a seasonal or other part-time basis. Such temporary care arrangements must be approved by the State. A permit for such activity shall not exceed ninety (90) days, and may not be renewed within the same calendar year.
(M)
Portable Storage Units, Temporary .....Portable storage units, temporary are subject to the following restrictions:
(1)
Only one portable storage unit, temporary shall be allowed per residential zoning lot.
(2)
The gross square footage of an individual portable storage unit, temporary shall not exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet.
(3)
A portable storage unit, temporary shall be allowed on a property for a period not to exceed thirty (30) consecutive days, and shall not be renewed or reissued during the same calendar year.
(4)
The portable storage unit, temporary may be placed in a driveway, a designated parking area, or other location on the site. Unless located in a driveway or designated parking area, the storage unit must meet the setback requirements of Section B.3-1.2(F) of the Clemmons Unified Development Ordinance.
(5)
These standards do not apply to portable units for donating goods to a charitable organization (such as Goodwill drop off), temporary construction trailers, dumpsters, or recycling facilities.
(N)
Temporary Health Care Structures
(1)
The following definitions apply in this section:
(a)
Activities of daily living. .....Bathing, dressing, personal hygiene, ambulation or locomotion, transferring toileting, and eating.
(b)
Caregiver. .....An individual 18 years of age or older who (i) provides care for a mentally or physically impaired person and (ii) is a first- or second-degree relative of the mentally or physically impaired person for whom the individual is caring.
(c)
First- or second-degree relative. .....A spouse, lineal ascendant, lineal descendant, sibling, uncle, aunt, nephew, or niece and includes half, step, and in-law relationships.
(d)
Mentally or physically impaired person. .....A person who is a resident of this State and who requires assistance with two or more activities of daily living as certified in writing by a physician licensed to practice in this State.
(e)
Temporary family health care structure. .....A transportable residential structure providing an environment facilitating a caregiver's provision of care for a mentally or physically impaired person that (i) is primarily assembled at a location other than its site of installation, (ii) is limited to one occupant who shall be the mentally or physically impaired person, (iii) has no more than 300 gross square feet, and (iv) complies with applicable provisions of the State Building Code and G.S. 143- 139.1(b).
(2)
Temporary family health care structures occupied by a caregiver or an individual who is named legal guardian of the mentally or physically impaired person on property owned or occupied by a mentally or physically impaired person or a temporary health care structure occupied by a mentally or physical impaired person on property owned or occupied by the caregiver are permitted as a temporary use.
(3)
Only one (1) temporary family health care structure shall be allowed on a lot or parcel of land zoned for single-family detached dwellings.
(4)
Any temporary family health care structure installed pursuant to this section shall be removed within sixty (60) days in which the mentally or physically impaired person is no longer receiving or is no longer in need of the assistance provided for in this section. If the temporary family health care structure is needed for another mentally or physically impaired person, the temporary family health care structure may continue to be used or may be reinstated on the property within sixty (60) days of its removal, as applicable.
(5)
Placing the temporary family health care structure on a permanent foundation shall not be required or permitted.
(C-UDO-42, § 2, 1-28-08; C-UDO83 , § 24, 6-28-21)
(A)
Issuance .....Any temporary use shall be established only after issuance of a zoning permit by the Zoning Officer for such use. Duration of the temporary use shall be specified on such permit. Such permit may be renewed not more than twice, and such renewals may not exceed the period of time approved in the original permit. Unless otherwise specified, no single permit or single renewal shall be issued for a temporary use to exceed one year.
(B)
Renewal .....Any temporary use permit may be renewed only once per calendar year, however additional renewals may be granted in subsequent years.
Zoning Districts, Official Zoning Maps and Uses
2-1.1 ZONING DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED
(A)
Jurisdiction .....All the area within the zoning jurisdiction of the adopting jurisdiction is hereby divided into zoning districts within which the use of land and water areas, the location, height, bulk and use of structures, the provision of parking and loading areas, and other development requirements are regulated as herein provided.
(B)
Designated Districts .....General use districts, special use districts, overlay and special purpose districts, with the symbol designations, general purposes, and other requirements as cited herein, are hereby created.
(C)
Special Use District
(1)
Purpose. .....…The Village of Clemmons Charter authorizes the creation of special use zoning districts proposed by the landowners and customized to the context of a particular development project or land use on a particular site. Each special use zoning district includes reasonable conditions as the Elected Body determines to be desirable in promoting public health, safety, and general welfare.
(2)
Base Standards for Special Use Districts. .....For each general use district, this Ordinance establishes corresponding special use districts that have the same requirements as the general use district, except for MRB-S. Each special use district is intended to accomplish the purposes of the corresponding general use district through the development of identified uses at a specific location in accordance with a site plan acceptable to the Elected Body.
(3)
Conditions and Requirements.
(a)
The approval for each special use district shall specify all conditions of development and use of land that differ from the requirements of the corresponding general use district. Specific conditions may be proposed by the petitioner, by staff, Planning Board, or by the Elected Body, but only those conditions approved by the Elected Body and consented to by the petitioner in writing may be incorporated into the zoning regulations. Such conditions may be stricter than the corresponding general use district. The conditions contained in a special use district permit issued by the Elected Body are reasonable conditions as the Elected Body determines to be desirable in promoting public health, safety, and general welfare. The conditions contained in a special use permit may include:
(i)
Location of proposed use on the property;
(ii)
The number of dwelling units;
(iii)
The location and extent of support facilities such as parking lots, driveways, and access streets;
(iv)
Location and extent of buffer areas and other special purpose areas;
(v)
The timing of development; and
(vi)
Such other matters as the petitioner may propose and the Elected Body may find appropriate.
(b)
The conditions of a special use zoning district may also relax applicable dimensional standards, as long as the uses permitted by the corresponding general use district are not expanded, and the density of overall development is not increased beyond the density allowed in the corresponding general use district. Reductions of dimensional standards are designed to help a proposed project work on a site with physical constraints and to promote infill and redevelopment.
(c)
Dimensional Standards. .....Dimensional standard modifications are adjustments to the dimensional standards of this Ordinance. Dimensional standards may only be modified by request from the petitioner that specifies reasons for the request with supporting evidence. Dimensional standard modifications are limited to:
(i)
Sections in this Ordinance where Alternative Compliance is allowed;
(ii)
Reduction, modification, or elimination of Bufferyard requirements in Section B.3-5 upon information provided by petitioner that (1) they have complied with Bufferyard requirements in Section B.3-5 to the maximum extent practicable and (2) adjoining parcels are similar in use and intensity (e.g., government office zoned RS-15 abutting an office zoned LO).
(iii)
Reductions or modification of minimum setbacks and maximum height requirements in Section B.2-1.1 through B.2-1.5 and B.3-1.1 upon information provided by the petitioner that (1) they have complied with setback and height requirements in applicable sections of this Ordinance to the maximum extent practicable; (2) showing the impact of future roadway improvements to onsite structure(s); (3) adjoining parcels are similar in use and intensity; (4) that reductions or modifications would not reduce sun exposure or cast shadows on adjacent parcels.
(4)
Eligible Uses. .....Uses allowed by right in the general use district are eligible to be considered in the corresponding special use district, as modified by any conditions of approval.
(5)
Relationship to Overlay District Standards. .....Regulations applicable in an overlay zoning district shall apply to a special use district. If the standards governing a special use district expressly conflict with those governing an overlay district, the more restrictive standards shall apply.
(6)
Special Use Zoning District and Written Consent. .....A special use zoning district shall not go into effect until those conditions approved and consented to by both the Elected Body and petitioner are in writing and signed by the petitioner and landowner.
(D)
Purpose Statements .....District purpose statements in this section refer only to general objectives for each zoning district.
(E)
Dimensional Requirements .....The general dimensional requirements for each zoning district cited in this section are subject to additional provisions of this Ordinance as noted in Section B.3-1.
(F)
Growth Management Plan .....The Growth Management Plan of Legacy seeks to guide future development patterns in the community to provide services in a cost effective and efficient manner; allow for urban, suburban, and rural life styles; and preserve environmental and cultural resources. The Growth Management Plan divides the county into five Growth Management Areas as follows:
(1)
City/Town Centers (GMA 1);
(2)
Urban Neighborhoods (GMA 2);
(3)
Suburban Neighborhoods (GMA 3);
(4)
Future Growth (GMA 4); and
(5)
Rural Area (GMA 5).
Goals are identified in Legacy for each of these areas. Zoning districts established by this Ordinance have been designed, in part, to achieve the goals of the Growth Management Areas, the objectives of the Clemmons Community Compass.
( C-UDO-83 , § 6, 6-28-21)
2-1.2 RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following residential zoning districts are established. For Single Family Districts (RS), the suffix number multiplied by one thousand (1,000) indicates the minimum lot size in square feet. For Multifamily Districts (RM), the suffix number indicates the maximum number of dwelling units per acre. [For example, RS-40 requires a minimum lot size of forty thousand (40,000) square feet for a single family dwelling, while RM-8 allows multifamily development at a density of up to eight (8) units per acre.]
Table B.2.1
Residential Zoning Districts
Each residential district is designed and intended to secure for the persons who reside there a comfortable, healthy, safe, and pleasant environment in which to live, protected from incompatible and disruptive activities which more properly belong in nonresidential districts. The districts are also intended to assist the community in meeting the growth management goals of Legacy. When a residential rezoning proposal is considered, the Growth Management Plan and the residential land use goals and locational criteria contained in Legacy and Clemmons Community Compass shall be used as guides, in conjunction with other factors, in determining the appropriateness of the proposed district. Other goals of these residential districts are explained in the remainder of this section.
(A)
YR Yadkin River Conservation District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The YR District is intended primarily to protect the community's main water supply, preserve the historic features of this area, and preserve the natural beauty of a continuous conservation corridor along the Yadkin River. This zoning district is the most restrictive, with low density residential development the primary use allowed. Objectives of the district are the following:
(a)
Protection of water supply;
(b)
Maintenance of rural character;
(c)
Protection of sensitive natural, historical, recreational, and visual resources;
(d)
Retention of natural topography and vegetation;
(e)
Control of sedimentation and other nonpoint source pollution; and,
(f)
Support and encouragement of agricultural activities.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - YR.
1.
Nonconforming lots in the YR District meeting the provisions of Section B.5-3.2(C) must meet the minimum setback requirements of the RS-20 zoning district.
2.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
4.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Boundaries. .....The boundaries of the YR District are defined as a corridor a minimum of two thousand (2,000) feet from the eastern edge of the river channel and including all flood-prone areas up to three thousand (3,000) feet from the edge of the river.
(b)
Development Standards.
(i)
Minimum Lot Size. .....A minimum lot size of three (3) acres shall be required, except for sites developed as planned residential developments. The overall density of a planned residential development may exceed one unit per three (3) acres if a density bonus is received as set forth in the use conditions for planned residential developments in Section B.2-5.58. However, density for planned residential developments shall not exceed two (2) units per acre in developable areas not restricted by floodplain or steep hillsides.
(ii)
Building Setbacks. .....All structures shall be set back at least two hundred (200) feet from the Yadkin River channel, except public utility systems as identified in this section.
(iii)
Stream Buffers. .....To filter pollutants and to trap sediment, undisturbed vegetated buffers shall be maintained along the Yadkin River and along all streams.
[A]
The buffer shall extend horizontally one hundred (100) feet along both sides of the stream channel.
[B]
No land disturbing activity, placement of structures or impervious surface cover, or removal of existing vegetation shall be allowed in the stream buffer, except as permitted under Section B.2-1.2(A)(3)(b)(v).
(iv)
Floodplains. .....No land disturbing activity or placement of structures shall be allowed in the designated floodplains in the YR District except as permitted under Section B.2-1.2(A)(3)(b)(v).
(v)
Uses Permitted in the Stream Buffer and the Floodplain Area. .....The following uses and activities are permitted in YR District stream buffers and floodplains provided the uses and activities are designed to minimize impacts on hydrologic processes, water quality, and wildlife habitat:
[A]
Agricultural uses, except animal feeding operations, with implementation of accepted soil conservation practices of the Soil Conservation Service;
[B]
Forestry operations undertaken on forest land for the production and harvesting of timber and timber products and conducted in accordance with Forest Practice Guidelines Related to Water Quality (best management practices) as adopted by the North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR);
[C]
New and replacement utility systems, including, but not limited to, stormwater management facilities; utility holes and sanitary sewer mains; overhead utility lines; water supply intake structures; and, gas, electric, and telephone systems (including on-site systems), where there is no practical alternative to locating the systems within the floodplain or the stream buffer;
[D]
Streets, bridges, railway lines and associated facilities, where there is no practical alternative to locating them within the stream buffer or floodplain;
[E]
Parks, greenways, horseback riding trails, open spaces, and other similar private and public passive recreational uses;
[F]
Activities ordinarily associated with a residence, such as lawns, gardens, play areas, utility service lines, and similar uses; and,
[G]
Ponds, boat docks, ramps, piers, or similar facilities.
(c)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(B)
AG Agricultural District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The AG District is primarily intended to accommodate uses of an agricultural nature. The district is also intended to accommodate scattered non-farm residences on large tracts of land, but is not intended for residential subdivisions with small lots. The district is intended for application in GMAs 4 and 5, and is established for the following purposes:
(a)
To preserve the rural character of portions of the county and encourage the continued use of land for agricultural, forest, and open space purposes;
(b)
To discourage scattered commercial and industrial land uses;
(c)
To concentrate urban development in and around existing urbanized areas and proposed Metro Activity Centers, thereby preventing premature conversion of farmland into urban uses; and,
(d)
To discourage any use which may create premature public infrastructure and service demands.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - AG.
1.
Nonconforming lots in the AG District meeting the provisions of Section B.5-3.2(C) must meet the minimum setback requirements of the RS-20 zoning district.
2.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
4.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(C)
RS-40 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-40 District is primarily intended to accommodate single family detached dwellings on large lots in areas without access to public water and sewer services. The district is established to promote single family detached residences where environmental features, public service capacities, or soil characteristics necessitate very limited development. This district is intended for application in GMAs 4 and 5 and appropriate protected watershed areas. This district may also be applicable to older, larger lot development in GMAs 2 and 3 developed prior to the effective date of this Ordinance.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-40.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(D)
RS-30 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-30 District is primarily intended to accommodate single family detached dwellings on approximately three-quarter (0.75) acre lots in areas without access to public water and sewer services. This district is intended for application in GMAs 4 and 5. The district may also be applicable to older, larger lot development in GMAs 2 and 3 developed prior to the effective date of this Ordinance.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-30.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(E)
RS-20 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-20 District is primarily intended to accommodate single family detached dwellings in suburban areas and may also be applicable to older, large lot development constructed prior to the effective date of this Ordinance. The district is established to promote orderly development in areas where public water is available. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, and 4.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-20.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(F)
RS-15 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-15 District is primarily intended to accommodate low to moderate density single family detached dwellings in suburban and urban areas. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-15.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(G)
RS-12 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-12 District is primarily intended to accommodate moderate density single family detached dwellings in suburban and urban areas. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-12.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(H)
RS-9 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-9 District is primarily intended to accommodate relatively high density single family detached dwellings in urban areas. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable in Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-9.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(I)
RS-7 Residential Single Family District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RS-7 District is primarily intended to accommodate high density single family detached dwellings in urban areas. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for GMA 4 and Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RS-7.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(J)
RSQ Residential Single Family Quadraplex District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RSQ District is primarily intended to accommodate predominantly single family areas containing a mixture of single family detached dwellings, duplexes, triplexes, and quadraplexes in urban neighborhoods and in areas with adequate infrastructure to support more intense development. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RSQ.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Lot area, lot width and building setbacks for Twin Homes shall be the same as for Duplex in this same chart however the land under units may be sold with no setbacks.
3.
Lot area, lot width and building setbacks for 3 and 4 Unit Town houses shall be the same as for Quadraplex in this same chart however the land under units may be sold with no setbacks.
4.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
5.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Parking in Side or Rear. .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the side or rear of the principal building(s) unless the Planning staff determines that, due to lot size, shape or topographic features, some or all parking cannot be placed to the side or rear. All parking shall be set back at least five (5) feet off the property line. The intervening five (5) feet shall be landscaped to meet the type I bufferyard standards of Section B.3-5. The provisions of this section shall not apply to single family dwellings with lot widths sixty (60) feet wide or greater at the building line. Lots less than sixty (60) feet wide at the building line shall be permitted only one driveway connection to the street with a maximum driveway width of twelve (12) feet measured at the right-of-way.
(b)
Vehicular Use Landscaping Requirements. .....Vehicular use landscaping requirements of Section B.3-4.3 must be met for multifamily developments (triplexes or quadraplexes) where parking is provided at the front of the principal building.
(c)
Landscaped Separation From Building. .....A minimum three (3) foot wide landscaped area shall be provided between any parking area and building wall providing access into the unit(s).
(d)
Bufferyard. .....The bufferyard requirements for multifamily uses in Section B.3-5 shall not apply.
(e)
Roof Pitch. .....A roof having a pitch with a minimum vertical rise of four (4) feet for each twelve (12) feet of horizontal run is required on all buildings.
(f)
Units per lot. .....Only one principal residential building may be erected or placed on a zoning lot, except that two principal buildings existing on a single zoning lot as of the effective date of the Unified Development Ordinances are considered legal and not nonconforming.
(g)
Conversion. .....Conversion of any existing residential building to accommodate more dwelling units must obtain a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment. No exterior alteration which would detract from the single family character of the building shall be permitted. No new stairways to upper floors are permitted on any side of a building which faces a public street.
(h)
HO District. .....In any neighborhood with an Historic Overlay (HO) District, the HO District regulations shall supersede any conflicting RSQ standards.
(i)
Multifamily Use Conditions. .....Multifamily buildings in the RSQ District do not need to comply with the use conditions in Section B.2-5.62.
(K)
RM-5 Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-5 District is primarily intended to accommodate low density, pedestrian-oriented sites and communities containing duplexes, twin homes, multifamily and townhouse residential buildings with three or four units, and similar residential uses at a maximum overall density of five (5) units per acre. This district is intended for GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for GMA 4 and Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-5.
1.
Buildings must be setback minimum of 15' off front and side street right-of-way.
2.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
3.
Buildings must be spaced a minimum of fifteen (15) feet from side to side, fifteen (15) feet from side to rear and thirty (30) feet from rear to rear however the land under units may be sold with no setbacks.
4.
Buildings must be spaced a of minimum twenty (20) feet from side to side, twenty (20) feet from side to rear and forty (40) feet from rear to rear however the land under units may be sold with no setbacks.
5.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
6.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....No multifamily or other residential buildings exceeding four (4) units will be allowed in the RM-5 district.
(4)
One Principal Building per Zoning Lot. .....Only one residential building shall be placed on a zoning lot or lot of record, except as permitted under Section B.2-6.4(C).
(L)
RM-8 Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-8 District is primarily intended to accommodate duplexes, twin homes, townhouses, multifamily, and other low intensity multifamily uses at a maximum overall density of eight (8) units per acre. This district is appropriate for GMAs 2 and 3, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-8.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Minimum lot sizes for single family, two family, and multifamily residential buildings on small lots must meet the requirements of Table B.3.3.
(M)
RM-12 Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-12 District is primarily intended to accommodate multifamily uses at a maximum overall density of twelve (12) units per acre. This district is appropriate for GMAs 1, 2, and 3, and may be suitable for GMA 4 and Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-12.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Minimum lot sizes for single family, two family, and multifamily residential buildings on small lots must meet the requirements of Table B.3.3.
(N)
RM-18 Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-18 District is primarily intended to accommodate multifamily uses at a maximum overall density of eighteen (18) units per acre. This district is appropriate for GMAs 1 and 2, and may be suitable for GMA 3 and Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available and the site has direct access to a minor or major thoroughfare.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-18.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Minimum lot sizes for single family, two family, and multifamily residential buildings on small lots must meet the requirements of Table B.3.3.
(O)
RM-U Residential Multifamily District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The RM-U District is primarily intended to accommodate multifamily uses at unrestricted densities. This district is appropriate for GMAs 1 and 2, and may be suitable for Metro Activity Centers where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental services, are available and the site has direct access to a minor or major thoroughfare.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - RM-U.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Minimum lot sizes for single family, two family, and multifamily residential buildings on small lots must meet the requirements of Table B.3.3.
(P)
MH Manufactured Housing Development District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The MH District is primarily intended to accommodate manufactured housing developments with a maximum overall density of five (5) units per acre. This district is intended for application in GMA 3 where public facilities, including public water and sewer, public roads, parks, and other governmental support services, are available.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - MH. .....The general dimensional requirements for a single home on an individual lot in the MH District are given below. The dimensional requirements for manufactured housing developments are contained in the use conditions for manufactured housing developments, Section B.2-5.47.
1.
Where the main entrance to a single family residence is located on a side yard, the setback for the portion of the wall on which the door is located shall be equal to the front yard setback.
2.
Cul-de-sac lots shall be exempt from lot width requirements.
3.
Cul-de-sac lots may measure the front setback from a chord or straight line between front lot corners provided it does not decrease the front yard setback from the right-of- way of the cul-de-sac or turnaround more than ten (10) feet from the requirements of the zoning district in which the lot is located.
( C-UDO-83 , § §, 6-28-21)
2-1.3 COMMERCIAL ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following commercial districts are established:
Table B.2.2
Commercial Zoning Districts
The purposes of establishing these commercial districts are to provide areas which accommodate the establishment and operation of business and office uses and to assist the community in meeting the growth management goals of Legacy. When a commercial rezoning proposal is considered, the Growth Management Plan and the commercial, office, and industrial land use goals and recommendations contained in Legacy, and the Clemmons Community Compass shall be used as guides, in conjunction with other factors, in determining the appropriateness of the proposed district.
(A)
NO Neighborhood Office District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The NO District is primarily intended to accommodate very low intensity office uses within converted single family detached units. The district is intended to be located on the periphery of established residential areas, along major and minor thoroughfares. The district is established to provide convenient locations for offices, the size and operating characteristics of which require limited parking and which generate little traffic. Standards are designed so that this district may serve as a transitional land use between residential districts and commercial districts. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, and 4.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - NO.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Structures Size. .....New structures in the NO District shall not exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet in gross floor area.
(b)
Parking Requirements.
(i)
Reductions. .....Off-street parking requirements contained in Section B.3-3 are reduced fifteen percent (15%).
(ii)
Location. .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the rear or to the side of the principal structure with the exception of two (2) parking spaces which may be located in front of the structure. The side parking area may be no closer to the street than the principal structure.
(c)
Landscaping, Bufferyard, and Streetyard Standards. .....The following landscaping and bufferyard standards apply in the NO District.
(i)
Front Yard. .....Ten (10) feet of the front yard in the NO District shall be landscaped with plant materials to provide a grassed lawn or other maintained landscaping.
(ii)
Rear Parking. .....Parking area shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, adjacent to residentially zoned property.
(iii)
Side Parking. .....Type I plantings will be provided in the required streetyard. A type II bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, shall be provided if side parking abuts a residentially zoned property.
(d)
Reserved.
(e)
Trash Facilities. .....Dumpsters shall be enclosed on three (3) sides with walls at least eight (8) feet high and constructed of the same material as the principal building on the zoning lot; the fourth side of the enclosure shall be a permanent gate of wood or other opaque material.
(f)
Exterior Lighting. .....Exterior lighting on the property shall not be installed at a height of more than eight (8) feet above the finished grade and shall be so shielded as to cast no direct light upon adjacent property.
(g)
Multifamily Residential Development. .....Multifamily residential development is permitted at a maximum density of four (4) units per acre. Multifamily residential buildings may contain no more than four (4) units per structure.
(B)
LO Limited Office District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The LO District is primarily intended to accommodate moderately intense medical, professional, administrative, and government office uses on small to mid-sized sites, in a suburban setting. The district is typically located near the intersection of a collector street or thoroughfare in areas which are otherwise developed with residences. Standards are designed so this district may serve as a transition between residential districts and commercial districts. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2 and 3.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - LO.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Structures in the LO District shall not exceed thirty thousand (30,000) square feet in gross floor area.
(4)
Multifamily Residential Development. .....Multifamily residential development is permitted at a maximum density of twelve (12) units per acre.
(5)
A maximum of five percent (5%) of the gross floor area of development within the LO zoning district may be used for the following uses:
Food or Drug Store
General Merchandise Store
Services, Business A
Services, Personal
Restaurant (without drive-through service)
Retail Store, Specialty and Miscellaneous
(a)
The uses listed above shall be further restricted to the following conditions:
(i)
All non-office uses shall be within the same building as the office development and shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross floor area of said building.
(ii)
All non-office development shall be calculated as a percentage of existing or new office square footage on the same zoning lot.
(iii)
No non-office development shall be occupied until a minimum of seventy-five (75%) of office square footage in the building has been built.
(iv)
A maximum of two thousand (2,000) square feet of non-office uses shall be allowed in any single office structure.
(C)
CPO Corporate Park Office District
(1)
Purpose. .....The CPO District is primarily intended to accommodate office and research and development uses in a planned, campus-like setting compatible with adjacent residential uses. Auxiliary assembly and warehousing activities may be permitted as part of a total project. The district may contain limited commercial uses within employment centers. The district is intended for large sites with direct access to thoroughfares which provide locations for major development in GMAs 1, 2, 3, 4 and Metro Activity Centers.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - CPO.
1.
For outparcels with internal access to the property provided, the minimum lot size is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; the required minimum lot width is reduced to one hundred (100) feet; and the interior rear and side yard requirements are deleted, except that any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall not be less than twelve (12) feet.
2.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
3.
Height of structure above sixty (60) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond minimum required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Limited Industrial Uses Allowed. .....Industrial uses permitted in the LI District which are specifically related to the principal use are permitted to a maximum of thirty percent (30%) of the square footage within each building or of the total building square footage of the zoning lot.
(b)
Limited Commercial Uses Allowed. .....Commercial uses permitted in the LO and LB Districts are limited to a maximum of thirty percent (30%) of the square footage within each building or of the total building square footage of the zoning lot. Noncommercial uses must be developed prior to or concurrent with commercial uses.
(c)
Vehicular Access. .....Vehicular access onto a major or minor thoroughfare or onto a road improved to necessary standards as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.
(D)
GO General Office District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The GO District is primarily intended to accommodate high intensity office uses and supporting services. The district is established to provide locations for employment within GMAs 1 and 2, Metro Activity Centers, and GMA 3 with access to thoroughfares.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - GO.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
The eighty percent (80%) limit applies only to GMAs 3.
3.
There is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of structure above sixty (60) feet may be increased one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond the forty (40) foot minimum required if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(E)
NB Neighborhood Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The NB District is primarily intended to accommodate very low intensity office, retail, and personal service uses close to or within residential areas. The district is established to provide convenient locations for businesses which serve the everyday household needs of nearby residents without disrupting the character of the neighborhood. The district is not intended to accommodate retail uses which attract customers from outside the neighborhood or which primarily cater to motorists. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, 4 and 5.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - NB.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Size and Location. .....Individual NB Districts shall conform to the following requirements:
(i)
Size. .....The district shall comprise not more than one acre of contiguous site area.
(ii)
Proximity to other NB District. .....A NB District shall not be established within one-half mile of another NB District, measured in a straight line from the closest points on the boundary lines of the two (2) districts.
(b)
Floor Area Limitation. .....The following uses are limited to a maximum gross floor area of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet:
(i)
Banking .....Financial Services;
(ii)
Convenience Store;
(iii)
Drug Store;
(iv)
Food Store;
(v)
Government Office;
(vi)
Medical and Surgical Office;
(vii)
Neighborhood Organization Office; and,
(viii)
Professional Offices.
(c)
Prohibited Uses. .....The following uses are not permitted in GMAs 1, 2 and 3:
(i)
Motor Vehicle Repair and Maintenance;
(ii)
Convenience Store with Gasoline Sales;
(iii)
Retail Store Specializing in Automobile Supply;
(iv)
Hardware Store; and,
(v)
Veterinary Service.
(d)
Prohibited Activities.
(i)
No drive-through or in-car service shall be permitted.
(ii)
No gasoline sales shall be permitted in an NB District in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(e)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yard. .....A motor vehicle storage yard with a maximum enclosed storage area of three thousand (3,000) square feet shall be permitted as an accessory use to a motor vehicle repair and maintenance facility, where permitted in accordance with Section B.2-1.3(E)(3)(c). Such yard shall meet all use conditions applicable to motor vehicle storage yards, Section B.2-5.53.
(f)
Automatic Teller Machines. .....Automatic teller machines shall be permitted as an accessory use if not constructed as a drive-through facility.
(g)
Parking Requirements.
(i)
Reductions. .....Off-street parking requirements contained in Section B.3-3.5(D) are reduced thirty percent (30%).
(ii)
Location. .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the rear or to the side of the principal structure with the exception of two (2) parking spaces which may be located in front of the structure. The side parking area may be no closer to the street than the principal structure.
(h)
Landscaping, Bufferyard and Streetyard Standards. .....The following landscaping and bufferyard standards apply in the NB District.
(i)
Front Yard. .....Ten (10) feet of the front yard in the NB District shall be landscaped with plant materials.
(ii)
Rear Parking. .....Parking area shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, adjacent to residentially zoned property.
(iii)
Side Parking. .....Type I plantings will be provided in the required streetyard. A type II bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, shall be provided if side parking abuts residentially zoned property.
(i)
Reserved.
(j)
Trash Facilities. .....Dumpsters shall be enclosed on three (3) sides with walls at least eight (8) feet high and constructed of a material similar to the principal building on the zoning lot; the fourth side of the enclosure may be a permanent gate of wood or other opaque material.
(k)
Exterior Lighting. .....Exterior lighting on the property shall not be installed at a height of more than twenty-five (25) feet above the finished grade and shall be so shielded as to cast no direct light upon adjacent property.
(F)
PB Pedestrian Business District
(1)
Purpose. .....The PB District is primarily intended to accommodate office, retail, service, institutional and high density residential uses which customarily serve community and convenience business needs of smaller communities and urban nodes in the city and county. The district is intended to encourage the development of attractive, identifiable small towns, and to accommodate the pattern of building in the business concentrations surrounding the central core of Winston-Salem, and the central core of other municipalities in the County. The district should demonstrate pedestrian oriented design through elements such as buildings pulled up to the street, on-street parking, street trees, covered arcades, awnings, storefront display windows, public/private outdoor spaces, wide sidewalks, and building entrances facing the street. This district is intended for application in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - PB.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
The maximum height may be increased provided each additional foot height in excess of sixty (60) feet the building footprint shall be set back a minimum of four (4) additional feet from properties zoned RS, RSQ, or H District without an intervening freeway to a maximum height of eighty (80) feet.
(3)
Supplementary District Standards.
(a)
Parking. .....See Section B.3-3.5(D)(1).
(b)
Screening Mechanical Equipment. .....All on-site mechanical equipment shall be screened in accordance with Section B.3-4.5(B).
(c)
Within GMA 1.
(i)
General Dimensional Requirements. .....Except as specified in this section, there are no general dimensional requirements for the PB District within GMA 1, provided that each additional foot of height in excess of sixty (60) feet shall be set back a minimum of four (4) feet from properties zoned RS, RSQ, or H. A minimum forty (40) foot setback from any residential district (except RMU) shall be required in accordance with Section B.3-1.2(J) Supplementary Dimensional Requirements. Under no circumstances shall the heights of structures exceed one hundred fifty (150) feet.
(ii)
Streetyard in PB District. .....See Section B.3-4.3(B)(6).
(d)
Minimum lot sizes for single family residences and multifamily developments must meet the requirements of Table B.3.4.
(e)
Parking. .....Shared parking may be permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section B.3-3.5(B).
(f)
Loading. .....Shared loading may be permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section B.3-3.6(E).
(g)
Building Entrance Orientation. .....All buildings in the PB District shall have at least one principal building entrance oriented to the street. No surface off-street parking or unloading spaces, except a maximum of two (2) spaces in accordance with Section B.3-3.5(D)(1)(b)(i), shall be located between that building wall and the street or an extension of that building wall through the entire street frontage.
(h)
Building Walls With Street Frontage. .....Building walls with street frontage shall emphasize pedestrian-oriented architectural features such as facade articulation, windows, awnings, porticoes and similar features.
(i)
Alternative Compliance (PB-S Districts). .....Alternative site plans which deviate from the strict application of the supplementary district standards in Section B.2- 1.3(F)(3), but which adhere to the PB purpose statement, may be approved through the Special Use District zoning process in Article VI of this Ordinance.
(G)
LB Limited Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The LB District is primarily intended to accommodate moderately intense neighborhood shopping and service centers close to residential areas. The district is established to provide locations for businesses which serve nearby neighborhoods, including smaller business locations up to ten (10) acres in size in rural areas. The district is typically located near the intersection of a collector street or thoroughfare in areas which are otherwise developed with residences. Standards are designed so that this district, in some instances, may serve as a transition between residential districts and other commercial districts. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, 4 and 5.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - LB.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall be not less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements in GMAs 4 and 5.
(a)
On-Street Parking. .....Some on-street parking may be permitted to satisfy off-street parking requirements in accordance with Section B.3-3.5(M).
(b)
Floor Area Limitations. .....The following uses are permitted only in GMAs 4 and 5 and are limited to a maximum zoning lot size of one acre:
(i)
Outdoor Display Retail;
(ii)
Motor Vehicle Repair and Maintenance.
(c)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yard. .....In GMAs 4 and 5, a motor vehicle storage yard with a maximum enclosed storage area of three thousand (3,000) square feet shall be permitted as an accessory use to a motor vehicle repair service. Such yard shall meet all use conditions applicable to motor vehicle storage yards, Section B.2-5.53.
(d)
Reserved.
(e)
Trash Facilities. .....Dumpsters shall be screened on three (3) sides with walls of a material similar to the principal building or with vegetation.
(H)
NSB Neighborhood Shopping Center Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The NSB District is intended to provide for the development of integrated, self-contained shopping and service centers designed to meet the daily retail and service needs of residents in the surrounding area. The district is designed to be compatible with adjacent residential areas by limiting uses and access drives, and by providing substantial setbacks and landscape buffers. The district is intended for application on sites with good road access in GMAs 1, 2 and 3 and Metro Activity Centers. Development in GMA 4 should be considered only where there is a demonstrated need for retail and service uses. The establishment of a neighborhood shopping center district does not establish justification for future commercial zoning in the area.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - NSB.
1.
For outparcels with internal access to the property provided, the minimum lot size is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; the required minimum lot width is reduced to one hundred (100) feet; and the interior rear and side yard requirements are deleted, except that any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall not be less than twelve (12) feet. Negative access along external roads must be provided and on record.
2.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Site Plan. .....A site plan must be submitted for any development within the district in conformance with the site plan requirements of Section B.7.
(b)
Site Size. .....The minimum site size shall be four (4) acres, and the maximum site size shall be fifteen (15) acres.
(c)
Building Square Footage. .....Total building square footage shall be at least thirty-five thousand (35,000) square feet and not more than one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet.
(d)
Access.
(i)
Site Access. .....The site shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(ii)
Internal Access. .....All uses shall access only internally to the site.
(iii)
Access Driveways. .....The location and number of driveways shall be limited to assure safe access and circulation and to promote compatibility with surrounding residential areas. In reviewing site plans, the following conditions may be required by the Director of Planning or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.
[A]
Turn Lanes and Signals . Ingress turn lanes and traffic signals provided at all access driveways.
[B]
Pedestrian Access . Safe pedestrian access from adjacent residential areas.
Other site plan requirements related to access include the following:
[A]
Width of Driveways . Access driveways meeting City or State standards.
[B]
Driveway Alignment . Access driveways shall be aligned with other existing and planned intersections and/or streets, including, but not limited to, streets identified in the Transportation Plan.
[C]
Minimum Number of Driveways . A minimum of two (2) access driveways shall be provided unless approved by the City or the State.
[D]
Maximum Number of Driveways . No more than two (2) access driveways per road frontage shall be permitted, unless approved by the City or the State. The City or the State may approve up to a total of three (3) access driveways per road frontage.
[E]
Parking Aisles . Parking spaces shall not be located along the first forty (40) feet of the access driveway aisles.
[F]
Pedestrian Access . Safe pedestrian access shall be provided internally.
(iv)
Bus Shelters. .....Sites on current or planned Winston-Salem Transit Authority bus routes shall provide at least one bus shelter, as determined by the Winston-Salem Transit Authority.
(e)
Right-of-Way Dedication. .....Land shall be dedicated for public right-of-way to meet projected needs for roads shown on the Transportation Plan, or for other roads as determined by the City, Town, or North Carolina Department of Transportation.
(f)
Loading Areas .....Docks.
(g)
Stormwater Management. .....In the City of Winston-Salem, a stormwater management plan shall be submitted to and approved by the City Engineering Department. Outside the City of Winston-Salem, the developer shall demonstrate adequate provision for control of stormwater runoff.
(h)
Signs. .....Signs shall meet the requirements of Section B.3-2.
(i)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yard. .....A motor vehicle storage yard with a maximum enclosed storage area of three thousand (3,000) square feet shall be permitted as an accessory use to a motor vehicle repair service. Such yard shall meet all use conditions applicable to motor vehicle storage yards, Section B.2-5.53.
(j)
Other Department Requirements. .....All site plan requirements of departments reviewing the project shall be met.
(I)
HB Highway Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The HB District is primarily intended to accommodate retail service and distributive uses. The district is established to provide locations for establishments which require high visibility and good road access, or which cater primarily to passing motorists. However, the district is not intended to encourage or accommodate strip commercial development. Developments in this district generally have substantial front setbacks. This district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, and 4.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - HB.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall be not less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard.
(J)
GB General Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The GB District is primarily intended to accommodate a wide range of retail, service, and office uses located along thoroughfares in areas which have developed with minimal front setbacks. However, the district is not intended to encourage or accommodate strip commercial development. The district would accommodate destination retail and service uses, characterized by either a larger single business use or the consolidation of numerous uses in a building or planned development, with consolidated access. This district is intended for application in GMAs 1, 2 and 3 and Metro Activity Centers.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - GB.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
There is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of structure above sixty (60) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond the forty (40) foot minimum required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(K)
CB Central Business District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The CB District is intended for application in GMA 1. The district is established to encourage high intensity, compact urban development. The district is intended to accommodate a wide range of uses, including office, retail, service, and institutional developments in a pedestrian-oriented setting. The district also accommodates high density residential development. These uses may be mixed on the same tract or within the same structure.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements. .....Except as specified in this section, there are no general dimensional requirements for the CB District.
(3)
Streetyard. .....Please refer to Section B.3-4.3(B)(5) for streetyard requirements applicable in the CB District.
(4)
Setbacks from Residential Districts. .....Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(L)
Major Retail and Business District (MRB-S)
(1)
Purpose. .....The purpose of the MRB-S District Section is to ensure that major retail projects are adequately analyzed through site plan review and supplemental criteria in order to determine their compatibility with the surrounding community. This district is characterized by large sized destination shopping in a single structure, or as part of a large shopping center. The potential individual and cumulative impact upon the community as a result of the large-scale retail development shall receive a comprehensive review under the established criteria. The establishment of a Major Retail & Business District does not establish justification for future large-scale retail zoning in the area. Therefore the community's natural, physical, economic and fiscal resources, and their adequacy to accommodate the impact of such developments, both individually and cumulatively shall be fully evaluated. This District is intended for application in GMAs 1, 2 and 3, and within a designated Metro Activity Center, and shall be applied as a Special Use District.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - MRB-S.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
As per Section B.3-12.1 and which shall apply to all development done within the MRB-S District and which shall be reflected in the site plan required as part of the rezoning application.
3.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall not be less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard. This does not include the required bufferyard.
4.
This does not include the required bufferyard.
(3)
Special Use District Standards.
(a)
Site Plan. .....A site plan and building elevations for any development within the district in conformance with the site plan requirements of Section B.3-12.1, and which shall be submitted as part of the rezoning application.
(b)
Multifamily, office and mixed-uses allowed. .....In order to promote mixed use developments, which offer living and working opportunities with little reliance upon the automobile, and/or which are located in a designated Metro or Community Activity Center as identified in Legacy or an adopted Small Area Plan, the following shall apply:
(i)
Residential Uses, when ten (10) or more units are proposed there shall be:
[A]
No residential density calculation;
[B]
No parking requirement;
[C]
A maximum height limit of seventy-five (75) feet for the structure(s) containing the residential uses;
[D]
Bufferyard Alternative Compliance, as per Section B.3-5.2(C); and
[E]
An increase in the maximum allowed impervious coverage of the site from eighty-five percent (85%) to all overall maximum of ninety percent (90%) for the subject site, unless the restrictions of an overlay district are greater.
(ii)
Office uses of at least five thousand (5,000) gross square footage when constructed as upper stories to a first floor retail space shall have:
[A]
No parking requirement;
[B]
A maximum height limit of seventy-five (75) feet for the structure(s) containing the office uses;
[C]
Bufferyard Alternative Compliance, as per Section B.3-5.2(C); and
[D]
An increase in the maximum allowed impervious coverage of the site from eighty-five percent (85%) to all overall maximum of ninety percent (90%) for the subject site, unless the restrictions of an overlay district are greater.
(iii)
Office uses of at least five thousand (5,000) gross square footage when constructed as a stand alone structure and/or when occupying the first floor of any structure, shall have:
[A]
A fifty percent (50%) parking reduction;
[B]
Bufferyard Alternative Compliance, as per Section B.3-5.2(C); and
[C]
An increase in the maximum allowed impervious coverage of the site from eighty-five percent (85%) to all overall maximum of ninety percent (90%) for the subject site, unless the restrictions of an overlay district are greater.
(iv)
Developments located in a Metro or Community Activity Center as identified in Legacy or an adopted Small Area Plan, shall have:
[A]
Up to a fifty percent (50%) parking reduction;
[B]
Bufferyard Alternative Compliance, as per Section B.3-5.2(C);
[C]
An increased height allowance to seventy-five (75) feet; and
[D]
An increase in the maximum allowed impervious coverage of the site from eighty-five percent (85%) to all overall maximum of ninety percent (90%) for the subject site, unless the restrictions of an overlay district are greater.
(c)
Site Size. .....The minimum site size shall be ten (10) acres.
(d)
Signage. .....The HB zone district sign allowances, as per Section B.3-2, shall apply, unless further restricted through an approved and attached site plan.
(e)
Bufferyard Standards. .....Due to the twenty-four (24) hour nature of the loading docks and storage areas of this scale of retail development, this district shall be considered an Industrial (IND) Zoning Type (Type IV) as per Section B.3-5. When adjacent to a low density residentially zoned property the bufferyard shall be no less than forty (40) feet and include three (3) deciduous trees and eighteen (18) primary evergreen plants per one hundred (100) linear feet of bufferyard. Additionally, the elected body may require a larger bufferyard and/or a bufferyard with more plantings, berm(s) and fences, in order to provide a more effective transitional buffer between users.
(f)
Applicability.
(i)
New construction equal to or exceeding one hundred twenty-five thousand (125,000) gross square feet of single plate ground floor area and serving a single tenant as a stand-alone retail structure or as part of a multi-tenant shopping center;
(ii)
Twenty-five thousand (25,000) square foot or more additions to an existing one hundred thousand (100,000) + gross square feet single plate ground floor space serving a single tenant, or an addition that results in a single plate ground floor tenant of at least one hundred twenty-five thousand (125,000) gross square feet or more after the addition; and
(iii)
Pad sites with structures that are associated with the primary development and which are included in the original subdivision and/or master plan of the overall development.
(g)
Decision. .....Upon thorough review of required information pertinent to the major retail development, the application may be approved, approved with conditions, or denied. Such additional reasonable conditions and safeguards, as it may deem necessary to implement the purposes of this section and other code regulations may be included in the decision.
(h)
Three (3) year time period. .....An MRB-S District that is approved in connection with this section shall become invalid unless the work or action authorized under it shall commence within three years after the date of issuance. Completion of all work or action authorized there under shall occur within two (2) years of the date of issuance unless an extension of time not to exceed one year is approved in advance after public hearing by the Planning Board.
(C-UDO-48, § 1, 7-13-09; C-UDO-50, § 1, 4-26-10; C-UDO-83 , §§ 8, 9, 6-28-21; C-UDO-89 , 5-8-23)
2-1.3.1 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL ZONING DISTRICTS
General Design Requirements. All general design requirements shall be reviewed and approved by the Village of Clemmons Planning Staff prior to City/County inspections approval of zoning permits. The Village of Clemmons Planning Staff shall provide written notification of approval or denial to the inspections division of approval within five days of plan receipt.
(A)
Façade and Building Elevations. .....All new and redeveloped sites/structures as defined in by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide windows and doors arranged so that forty percent (40%) of the length of the first floor building elevation facing the street meet this requirement. Multi-story structures shall provide windows arranged so that twenty percent (20%) of the length of the secondary stories has the said treatment. Windows shall not be constructed of a reflective material. Blank walls shall not be greater than twenty (20) feet on any elevation.
1.
Architectural Features. .....Building design shall incorporate material to convey permanence, substance, timelessness with low maintenance. Each building shall be constructed of one or more of the following materials consisting of at least fifty percent (50%) of the exterior materials. Any exterior building wall visible from the corridor shall be constructed of one or more of the following (minimum fifty percent (50%)):
a.
Clay or masonry brick.
b.
Customized concrete masonry with striated, scored or broken faced brick type units (sealed) with color consistent with design theme.
c.
Poured in place, tilt-up, or precast concrete. .....Poured in place and tilt-up walls shall have a finish of stone, a texture or coating.
d.
Architectural flat metal panels or glass curtain walls.
e.
Stucco or EIFS.
f.
Natural and synthetic stone.
g.
Vinyl siding provided that buildings are enhanced by the application or brick, decorative masonry or decorative stucco surface in combinations with decorative fascia, overhangs and trim.
h.
Additional materials may be approved by the Village of Clemmons Planning Staff provided that the substituted or additional material meets the purpose and intent of this chapter and is similar in nature to those specified above.
2.
Non-decorative exposed concrete block buildings are prohibited.
3.
Building entrances, excluding emergency exits, shall be designed as focal points and shall be enhanced through the use of elements such as canopies, peaked roofs, paving materials, planters, landscaping features and outdoor seating areas.
4.
To assist with interpretation the Village of Clemmons Planning Department will catalog all approved building designs and materials as well as provide sketches as a reference.
5.
Roofs. .....All roofs shall be pitched or provide a parapet wall to hide all equipment from the ground level of the building.
(B)
Sidewalk. .....All new and redeveloped site/structures as defined by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide a minimum of a five (5) foot sidewalk along the entirety of the property frontage.
(C)
Planting Strip. .....In place of the required streetyard tree planting requirements set forth in Chapter B, 3-4.3 (B) all new and redeveloped sites/structures as defined by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide a minimum of an eight (8) foot planting strip from the back of curb to the sidewalk frontage. All other applicable streetyard requirements apply.
(1)
Number and Spacing of Trees. .....The planting strip shall contain four (4) large variety deciduous or evergreen trees per fifty (50) linear feet, excluding points of motor vehicle ingress or egress. In no case shall any planting strip contain less than one tree. Required trees must be a minimum of eight (8) feet in height at the installation and shall be at least two (2) inches in diameter measured six (6) inches above ground level.
(D)
Multi-building or Mixed Use projects.
1.
Prior to the issuance of a building permit on a multi-building development, the applicant shall submit plans that demonstrate the use of consistent design elements throughout the project. Subsequent building permits shall conform to the design elements presented.
2.
Multi-building developments shall include prominent focal points, which shall include, but not be limited to architectural structures, art, historical and/or landscape features. These features shall be located at or visible from, vehicular and pedestrian entrances to the site.
E.
Lighting.
1.
Pedestrian scaled lighting fixtures shall be provided in areas designed for pedestrian activity (walkways, plazas, outdoor seating areas).
2.
Lighting fixtures shall coordinate and complement the general architectural style of development.
3.
All lighting fixtures shall be cut-off or shoebox style that only disperses ½ candle determined by a photometric lighting plan.
(C-UDO-50, § 1, 4-26-10; C-UDO-73, § 1, 1-11-16)
2-1.4 INDUSTRIAL ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following industrial districts are established:
Table B.2.3
Industrial Zoning Districts
These industrial districts are established to accommodate enterprises engaged in the manufacturing, processing, or assembling of goods, merchandise, or equipment. The standards established for these districts are designed to promote industrial development and to protect nearby residential areas from undesirable aspects of industrial development. Whenever possible, these districts should be separated from residential districts by natural or structural boundaries, such as streams, topographic features, vegetation, major streets, or similar features. When an industrial rezoning proposal is considered, the Growth Management Plan and the industrial land use goals and recommendations in Legacy and the Clemmons Community Compass shall be used as guides, in conjunction with other factors, in determining the appropriateness of the proposed district.
(A)
LI Limited Industrial District
(1)
Purpose. .....The LI District is primarily intended to accommodate limited manufacturing, wholesaling, warehousing, research and development, and related commercial and service activities which, in their normal operations, have little or no adverse effect upon adjoining properties. The district is established to provide locations for industrial development in GMAs 1, 2, 3 and 4 and Metro Activity Centers.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - LI.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall be not less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard.
3.
There is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of the structure above seventy (70) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback above the minimum required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Retail uses, including but not limited to show rooms and employee services, shall be permitted as accessory uses. Said accessory uses shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the floor area of the principal industrial building, except restaurant uses permitted under Section B.2-6.2, in which case the provisions of that section shall apply. All such retail use shall be conducted within the principal industrial building.
(B)
CPI Corporate Park Industrial District
(1)
Purpose. .....The CPI District is intended to accommodate a wide range of assembling, fabricating, and light manufacturing activities, and such ancillary industrial activities as warehousing and distribution. Commercial uses are also permitted accessory to industrial development. The district is established to provide locations for industrial development which have little or no impact on adjoining properties. The district is intended for application in GMAs 2, 3, 4, Metro Activity Centers, and other large sites with direct access to thoroughfares, which are included in the inventory of prime industrial sites referenced in Legacy.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - CPI.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
For outparcels with internal access to the property provided, the minimum lot size is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; the required minimum lot width is reduced to one hundred (100) feet; and the interior rear and side yard requirements are deleted, except that any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall not be less than twelve (12) feet. Negative access along external roads must be provided and on record.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Limited Commercial Uses Allowed. .....Commercial uses permitted in the LO and LB Districts are permitted in the CPI District and limited to fifteen percent (15%) of the total building square footage of the zoning lot.
(b)
Bufferyard. .....A minimum forty (40) foot wide type IV bufferyard shall be required wherever the CPI District abuts RM or RS Districts, as required in Section B.3-5.
(c)
Size. .....CPI Districts shall equal thirty (30) acres or more of contiguous area with a minimum of two hundred (200) feet of frontage along a major or minor thoroughfare.
(d)
Driveway Access. .....Driveway access to public streets shall be a minimum of two hundred (200) feet apart.
(e)
Vehicular Access. .....Vehicular access onto a major or minor thoroughfare or onto a road improved to necessary standards as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.
(C)
GI General Industrial District
(1)
Purpose. .....The GI District is primarily intended to accommodate a wide range of assembling, fabricating, and manufacturing activities. The district is established for the purpose of designating appropriate locations and establishing development regulations for uses which may have significant environmental impacts or which require special measures to ensure compatibility with adjoining properties. The district is established to provide locations for major developments in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - GI.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
Side yards are not required, however any side yard provided adjacent to an interior lot line shall be not less than twelve (12) feet in width. A space less than six (6) inches in width between an interior lot line and a building wall shall not be regarded as a side yard.
3.
There is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of the structure above seventy (70) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond the minimum required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements. .....Retail uses, including but not limited to show rooms and employee services, shall be permitted as accessory uses. Said accessory uses shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the floor area of the principal industrial building. All such retail use shall be conducted within the principal industrial building.
(D)
CI Central Industrial District
(1)
Purpose. .....The CI District is intended to accommodate assembly, fabrication, and manufacturing activities within GMAs 1 and 2. The central areas of the City of Winston-Salem and Town of Kernersville contain a variety of industrial land uses. These uses provide a substantial non-office employment base, as well as meeting certain needs in the community for industrial type goods. The CI District is intended to encourage and permit the continuation of a significant non-office employment base in the central area of these two (2) communities and to enable the development of new industrial uses compatible with the goals of Legacy and Clemmons Community Compass for these areas.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements. .....Except as specified in this section, there are no general dimensional requirements for the CI District.
(3)
Setbacks from Residential Districts. .....Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(4)
Streetyard. .....Please refer to Section B.3-4.3(B)(5) for streetyard requirements applicable in the CI District.
( C-UDO-83 , §§ 10, 11, 6-28-21)
2-1.5 INSTITUTIONAL AND MIXED USE ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following institutional and mixed use districts are established:
Table B.2.4
Institutional and Mixed Use Zoning Districts
The purpose of establishing these districts is to accommodate institutional and major mixed- use developments in compliance with the Growth Management Plan of Legacy and the Clemmons Community Compass. The intent is to provide a pedestrian friendly environment, aesthetically pleasing structures, and appropriate urban tree canopy through general design standards.
(A)
IP Institutional and Public District
(1)
Purpose. .....The IP District is intended to accommodate public and institutional uses which have a limited land use impact or traffic generation potential upon surrounding uses. The district is intended to accommodate smaller, less intensive public and institutional uses which have concentrated service areas and are located in or near residential areas, or larger, less intensive recreational or institutional facilities in rural areas.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - IP.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
(B)
C Campus District
(1)
Purpose. .....The C District is intended to accommodate medium to large-sized public, semi-public, and institutional uses which have a major land use impact or traffic generation potential upon surrounding uses. The district is intended to accommodate larger, more intensive public and institutional uses which have extensive service areas and are centrally located.
(2)
General Dimensional Requirements - C.
1.
Whenever a lot in a nonresidential district other than the NB or NO Districts shares a common boundary line with a lot in a residential district (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H District with no intervening street or highway, the lot in the nonresidential district shall have a required setback along the shared boundary line of not less than forty (40) feet or shall have the required setback for the nonresidential district, whichever is greater.
2.
In GMAs 1 and 2, there is no height limit unless adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG, or H. Height of structure above sixty (60) feet may be increased by one foot for each foot of additional setback beyond the minimum forty (40) foot required, if adjacent to property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), or H. If structure is set back at least one hundred twenty (120) feet from property zoned RS, RM (except RM-U), YR, AG or H, there is no height limit.
3.
In GMAs 3, 4 and 5, the maximum height is forty (40) feet. However, the maximum permitted height of any structure may be increased by one foot for every additional five (5) feet of setback beyond the minimum setbacks required, up to a maximum building height of seventy-five (75) feet.
4.
There is no impervious surface coverage limit in GMAs 1 and 2.
(3)
Supplementary District Requirements.
(a)
Site Plan. .....A site plan must be submitted for any development within the district in conformance with the site plan requirements of Section B.7.
(b)
Access. .....Vehicular access onto a major or minor thoroughfare or onto a road improved to necessary standards as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.
(c)
Automatic Teller Machine. .....Automatic teller machines shall be permitted as an accessory use.
(C)
MX, Mixed Use District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The Mixed Use District (MX) is established, consistent with the policies of the comprehensive plan, to provide innovative opportunities for integrating diverse but compatible uses into a single development that is unified by distinguishable design features. The Mixed Use District is intended to provide an alternative to the predominant development pattern in Clemmons characterized by unconnected, uncoordinated commercial development along thoroughfares and limited access residential developments isolated from places to work and shop. MX may also be used to replicate the historic urban development pattern in redevelopment areas. In addition to a mixture of compatible uses, developments in this district shall provide amenities and walkways to increase pedestrian activity, decrease reliance on individual vehicles, foster transit usage, enhance the environmental quality and attractiveness of the Village of Clemmons, improve the overall quality of life, and provide for the welfare of the citizens. In the event of conflict between regulations for mixed use developments and those in other sections of the Unified Development Ordinance, the mixed use regulations shall supersede unless specifically stated otherwise.
(2)
Mixture of Uses.
(a)
Uses may be mixed within a building or within the development.
(b)
Mixed use developments on sites greater than fifteen (15) acres shall contain a minimum twenty (20) percent residential use.
(c)
No more than seventy-five (75) percent of the required residential component may be located in a single-family detached residential development.
(d)
Residential mixed use developments shall be allowed to contain three (3) or more uses as described in (e)(i) below.
(e)
The mixed use development must always contain at least three (3) of the following use categories:
(i)
Residential (any of the uses below shall account for one use category).
[A]
Single family
[B]
Single Family Quadraplex
[C]
Residential Multi-family RM-5
[D]
RM-8-RM-U
(ii)
Office.
(iii)
Commercial.
(iv)
Institutional and Public.
(f)
For mixed use developments containing three (3) use categories, each use shall occupy a minimum of twenty (20) percent of the floor area or gross acreage of the project. The developer may choose the use mix measurement but each project shall only use one of the use mix measurements (floor area or gross acreage).
For projects with four (4) or more use categories, the twenty (20) percent minimum is waived for all categories [except] residential, however, no use may occupy more than sixty (60) percent and no two (2) uses combined shall occupy more than eighty (80) percent of the floor area or gross acreage.
For phased projects, during construction of any phase prior to project completion or six (6) years from the initial foundation inspection, whichever is first, no single use shall exceed sixty (60) percent and no two (2) uses shall exceed ninety (90) percent.
Residential uses may occupy as much as seventy-five (75) percent floor area or gross acreage, if that which is over sixty (60) percent is located in a mixed-use building and located over first floor commercial use.
(g)
For MX projects developed in phases, each phase shall be able to function as a stand-alone development and the project shall contain the required common space at all times during the phases of construction. All MX projects shall meet the minimum mix of uses requirements according to the following schedule:
If the mixture of uses is not provided in this time, no certificates of occupancy will be issued for any part of the project other than single-family detached residential developments and townhouse residential developments, not exceeding four (4) units per building until the mixture is provided.
All structures with a certificate of occupancy or at least foundations and footings may be considered part of the mix. Single-family detached residential developments and townhouse residential developments not exceeding four (4) units per building in MX projects of one hundred (100) acres or more may have up to six (6) years from the first foundation inspection approval before certificates of occupancy will be withheld for failure to provide the required mix of uses.
The Village Council may grant a one-year extension for a total of five (5) years if the property owner can provide evidence that a mix will be provided by the end of the additional year. The evidence may include but is not limited to tenant contracts, leases or other legal construction agreements with specific deadlines.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions regarding the initial 60-30-10 mix, in the event that the developer has provided either the Village or the North Carolina Department of Transportation, whichever is applicable, with financial guarantees in a form suitable to the relevant entity to cover all offsite improvements related to uses other than residential and twenty percent (20%) of the project's common space has been fully constructed and is accessible, then the developer's failure to provide the nonresidential component of the initial 60-30-10 mix, within the applicable time periods set forth in the schedules above shall not preclude the issuance of certificates of occupancy for the residential portions of the project, provided all other conditions for obtaining the certificates of occupancy have been met.
(3)
General Regulations.
(a)
Minimum site size: .....The minimum gross tract size for initial zoning shall be five (5) contiguous acres. Contiguous additions may be made in increments of any size. Additions, when combined with any existing MX area, shall meet all ordinance requirements as a unified development.
(b)
Building height: .....No buildings shall exceed sixty (60) feet in height, including mezzanine levels. Floors for parking facilities shall not be included in the maximum height calculation.
Buildings with height greater than four (4) floors should be located in the center of the site but may be permitted on site perimeters if the adjacent property has a building four (4) floors or greater and is not zoned single family residential.
(c)
Thoroughfare requirements: .....All mixed use developments on sites larger than fifteen (15) acres shall have at least one direct access to and from an existing major or minor thoroughfare as indicated in the Village Transportation Plan. Interconnection to other road classifications may be required.
The Village Council may approve mixed use developments without direct access to a thoroughfare if a traffic impact analysis performed and approved according to the Village Code, demonstrates:
(i)
The impact of the project will not cause surrounding roadways to operate above capacity. The Village Council shall consider the impact of undeveloped land in the area when approving mixed use developments without access to thoroughfares; or
(ii)
The impact of the project will be less than or equal to the impact of a typical project developed under existing zoning. The typical project shall be determined by reviewing at least three (3) recent comparable projects developed within five (5) years of the project in the same zoning designation and shall not be a best case or worst case scenario. The list of comparable projects must be approved by Village staff.
(d)
Fringe use areas: .....To insure compatibility with adjoining land uses a fringe use area two hundred (200) feet in width, shall be established along the exterior property lines of the MX District where the exterior property lines of the MX District are adjacent to single family residential uses or platted single family residential lots.
(i)
If the exterior property line of the MX District is not adjacent to residential uses or platted residential lots, then no fringe use area will be required.
(ii)
If a fringe use area is required, only residential uses or open space shall be permitted within that fringe area.
(iii)
The maximum building height within the fringe use area shall be three (3) stories.
(iv)
There shall be no accessory structures or parking located within the part of the setback adjacent to residential districts.
(v)
In all instances, lighting shall be directed away from the adjacent residential use and a photometric plan shall be submitted to provide that no more than one-half (½) foot candle of light be dispersed on the adjacent property.
(e)
Building setbacks and separations: .....Buildings located on the periphery of the MX District shall be set back a minimum of twenty (20) feet from the MX District boundary. All buildings shall be set back at least fifty (50) feet from US and NC numbered highways and major thoroughfares.
No building shall encroach upon the right-of-way of a proposed road improvement as noted in the Village of Clemmons Transportation Plan. There shall be no minimum interior setbacks and separation requirements.
All internal non-residential buildings are encouraged to be located within ten (10) feet of street rights-of-way to enhance the pedestrian orientation of the development. Buildings set back large distances from roads and pedestrian trails are strongly discouraged. However, all structures shall meet state building code requirements and all other requirements to protect the health, safety and welfare of occupants.
(f)
Unified control/ownership of the site: .....Mixed used developments shall be under single ownership or unified control or under the management and supervision of a central authority or otherwise subject to such supervisory lease or ownership control as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this ordinance. The entire MX site, including all phases and subdivided lots, shall be fully integrated through common design themes and pedestrian and vehicular connections. A unified mixed use development is required regardless of whether the development is phased or subdivided.
(g)
Community property owner's association and/or a Homeowners Association: .....A community property owner's association shall be established.
(h)
Underground utilities: .....All electric, cable television and telephone facilities, fire alarm conduits, street lighting wiring, and other wiring conduits and similar facilities shall be placed underground by the developer or the appropriate utility company.
(i)
Minimum landscaping: .....Any individual, large retail buildings with a footprint of twenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet or more shall be subject to the landscaping requirements for large-scale retail development.
Street trees are required along all streets and shall be a minimum three (3) inch caliper and shall be located at a minimum fifty (50) feet on center. The technical review committee (TRC) may permit alternatives to strict conformance with the required landscaping under the following conditions. In all cases, however; mixed-use developments shall provide at least the minimum square feet of landscaped area and number of trees required by B.3-4. Only the location of required landscaping may vary.
a.
Minimum landscape standards.
b.
Additional landscaping in key areas.
c.
Provision of low impact developments. Landscaping necessary to accommodate the provision of low impact developments as described in the density bonus section may be substituted for strict conformance with minimum requirements.
(j)
Street and parking design:
(i)
A general grid street system with multiple external road connections is encouraged. Multiple internal road connections are required.
(ii)
Road connections to adjacent roads and developments:
[A]
Multiple connections are encouraged to limit the impact on any one street.
[B]
Each MX project shall have sufficient external connections so that no one site entrance that will carry more than fifty percent (50%) of the average daily trips to or from the site. This requirement may be waived if a site has insufficient frontage to be granted multiple driveway permits from the North Carolina Department of Transportation or the Village and adjacent site conditions prevent connections on other perimeters.
[C]
A traffic impact analysis and street design plan shall be required to make the determination of adequate connectivity. The traffic impact analysis is required at the time of site plan submittal. The interconnectivity requirements of this section shall be met for each phase of a mixed use development.
[D]
Connections to existing local roads shall not be direct through street access from collectors or arterials. Connections to local roads shall include landscaped islands, roundabouts or other features designed to calm traffic as it enters the existing neighborhood.
[E]
Public amenities are encouraged to be located next to adjacent neighborhood connection points.
(iii)
Pedestrian scale, tree lined streets with on street parking are encouraged for both public and private streets. Local public streets shall be required to provide sidewalks, street trees and bike accommodations.
(iv)
Parking lots shall be located behind or to the side of buildings. Clearly defined rear building entrances are encouraged where parking is located behind buildings. The majority of parking is encouraged to be on street parking to reduce large parking lots.
(v)
Parking garages are discouraged on primary activity or collector streets. If a parking garage is located on a primary activity or collector street, the majority of the facade shall have a non-parking use.
(vi)
Alleys are encouraged.
(vii)
Mixed use developments may be required to provide street or driveway stubs and reciprocal access easements to promote efficient circulation between uses and properties, and promote connectivity and dispersal of traffic.
[A]
The technical review committee may permit alternatives to the Village's technical standards for street and parking design under any one of the following conditions:
[1]
Safe and adequate access to and within the site is provided. All interior drives shall be designed so as to provide adequate access for emergency service vehicles, mass transit and solid waste pick up.
[2]
Low impact development elements such as bioretention in parking lots, minimization of curb and gutter in appropriate locations and impervious asphalts
[3]
Greater than fifty percent (50%) of the total parking is on-street parking.
[4]
Angled parking may be permitted on streets with speed limits of twenty (20) miles per hour or less.
(k)
General site design: .....The following characteristics are essential for a quality mixed use development. Each of these components shall be included in mixed use developments. Each component in this section includes both required and optional site design elements and is intended to allow for flexibility. The site plan shall include a narrative describing how the project will incorporate these characteristics. All mixed use developments shall contain a minimum fifty percent (50%) of the encouraged optional elements of this section.
(i)
Pedestrian accessibility .....concentration of development (critical mass) in a compact, walkable area.
[A]
Uses are encouraged to be sufficiently concentrated to promote convenient pedestrian access. Larger projects are encouraged to concentrate uses in multiple nodes. Concentration within a fifteen hundred (1,500) foot perimeter is preferred.
[B]
Pedestrian circulation shall be clearly defined and shall connect all uses.
[C]
Bicycle and pedestrian access to adjacent developments is strongly encouraged in areas where vehicular access is not provided.
[D]
Sidewalks are required on each side of rights-of-way or private streets throughout the development and are encouraged to be located in front of businesses and houses and not concentrated in parking areas.
[E]
With the exception of exclusively single family areas, separated, single use pods are prohibited. Strip commercial development characterized by single story uncoordinated, unconnected buildings with large street frontage parking lots is specifically prohibited. Strip malls with uncoordinated, unconnected out parcels are prohibited. All structures shall be fully integrated into the mixed use project through common design themes (including but not limited to lighting, benches, landscaping, and other decorative features but not necessarily building design), integration with a variety of uses, non-linear arrangement, common spaces, pedestrian walkways, vehicular access connections and other features.
(ii)
Clearly defined common spaces for gathering .....interaction and fostering a sense of community. Plazas, courtyards and other areas are necessary to provide for public gathering and interaction. Amenities, such as benches, planters, lighting, fountains, art and landscaping that further the design theme of the project and encourage interaction are required. Specific requirements are described in the common space and open space section of this article.
(iii)
Integrated design of the project. Common architectural theme: Mixed use projects require special attention to building design because of the intermixing of land uses in close proximity. Functional integration of residential and commercial uses shall be considered during design of mixed use projects. The following standards are intended to guide development of mixed use projects:
[A]
Physical integration of uses: All mixed use developments shall be designed and developed to provide an appropriate interrelationship between the various uses and structures within the development.
[B]
Residential and commercial uses may be located within the same or adjoining structures providing appropriate health and safety regulations are followed.
[C]
Design: Structures should provide architectural relief and interest, with emphasis at building entrances and along sidewalks, to promote and enhance a comfortable pedestrian scale and orientation. Structures shall have consistent scale and massing to create a unified project. Compatibility with the immediate context is required. However, gradual transitions in scale and massing are permitted.
[1]
Blank walls shall be avoided by including ground floor windows, recesses, extensions and breaks in roof elevation.
[2]
Design should provide differentiation between ground-level spaces and upper stories. For example, bays or balconies for upper levels, and awnings, canopies or other similar treatments for lower levels can provide differentiation. Variation in building materials, trim, paint, ornamentation, windows, or other features such as public art, may also be used.
[3]
Design shall ensure privacy in residential developments through effective window placement, sound-proofing, landscape screening or orientation of outdoor living areas (e.g. balconies, porches, patios and etc.). Opposite facing windows at close distances should be offset vertically or horizontally, or employ appropriate materials (e.g. glazed, tinted and etc.) to protect privacy.
(iv)
Housing diversity (size, type and cost).
[A]
Mixed use projects should include attached and detached residential components with a range of prices and sizes.
[B]
Single-family lot sizes shall be varied to provide a mixture of lot sizes.
(v)
Preservation of natural features and open space. Permitted flexibility in lot sizes, setbacks, street widths and landscaping shall be utilized to preserve natural features and provide open space consistent with the policies of the comprehensive plan. Specific requirements are described in the common space and open space section of the mixed use ordinance.
(vi)
Connection to the surrounding community. Mixed use developments shall not be gated and shall be interconnected to surrounding developments. Mixed use projects shall be designed as an integral part of the surrounding community and not as an isolated development.
(4)
Density.
(a)
Mixed Use Density.
(i)
The base density permitted for areas designated mixed use within the mixed use commercial, highway commercial, employment areas and large-scale retail land use categories shall be 0.20 floor area ratio.
(ii)
The base density permitted for areas designated mixed use within the mixed-use office, village-scale retail .....office, institutional and mixed use commercial land use categories shall be 0.15 floor area ratio.
(iii)
The base density permitted for areas designated mixed use in the watershed categories shall be 0.10 floor area ratio.
(iv)
Maximum density for areas designated mixed use shall be determined by adding the base density to any density bonuses. Density bonuses shall be determined by application of performance measures described in the density bonus section below.
Floor area ratio (FAR) equals the gross floor area of all buildings in areas designated mixed use divided by the mixed use area (FAR = gross floor area\mixed use area).
(b)
Residential Density.
(i)
The base density permitted for areas designated residential areas in this district shall be seven (7) dwelling units per acre for single family and twelve (12) units per acre for multi-family projects.
(ii)
Maximum density for areas designated residential shall be determined by adding base density to density bonuses. Density bonuses shall be determined by application of performance measures described in this ordinance.
(c)
Density calculations. .....Density shall be calculated using land use categories (mixed use or exclusively residential).
(i)
Mixed use density shall be calculated using only the gross area identified as mixed use (including streets, parking, common space .....open space and other features in the mixed use area).
(ii)
Residential density shall be calculated using only the gross area identified as residential (including streets, parking, common space .....open space and other features in the residential area).
(iii)
Maximum density shall be calculated for each land classification area within the project. Development in that area shall not exceed the density permitted in the underlying land classification category except for bonuses permitted in this ordinance. Density shall not be aggregated over the entire site except through the procedures defined in section (d) below.
(iv)
If the applicant designates areas classified resource protection or conservation as not to be developed, the density calculation for the more intense land classification category may be applied to the entire mixed use or residential area.
(v)
Land preserved for the purpose described in section (iv) above shall only be eligible for full credit towards the minimum open space requirement if it is an integral part of the development. If the entire preserved area is located on the periphery of the development, the area shall only be credited for a maximum fifty percent (50%) of the required open space. The purpose of this limit is to ensure open space is not isolated but is an integral part of the development.
(d)
Density bonuses: .....In reviewing a final plan/site plan for a mixed use development, the technical review committee (TRC) shall make a recommendation to the planning board and council if the applicant meets the requirements for receiving bonuses.
The increases in density shall be subject to the following procedures:
The density bonus for providing any individual shall be one-half (½) floor area ratio or two and one-half (2.5) dwelling units per acre for single family residential and unlimited for multi-family development. The bonus shall not be split between floor area ratio and dwelling units per acre. The following performance measures shall be adhered to the following requirements:
(i)
The developer shall choose one density bonus option from [A] and three (3) options from options [B] through [D] below.
[A]
Environmental. Bonus items:
[1]
The inclusion of fifty percent (50%) of the total parking of the proposed development to be of impervious nature.
[2]
The use of landscape island as stormwater management BMP's.
[3]
Bonus item: Increasing the amount of open space provided by a minimum of five (5) percent over the minimum required amount. The additional five (5) percent shall be integral to the development and located in a central area. Sites shall be a minimum twenty-five (25) acres to qualify for the bonus.
[4]
Bonus item: Preserve at least one-half (½) acre of wetlands or unique habitats as defined by the North Carolina Heritage Program that are not required to be protected by any provisions of the Village or other regulatory agencies
[B]
Community design standards
[1]
The inclusion of eighty percent (80%) adherence of the Village Point Design Guidelines based on the proposed developed
[2]
Adherence to the Village of Clemmons Large Retail Establishments for any building over twenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet in size as described in Article 3-12.
[C]
Mixed Use Buildings
[1]
Bonus item: Inclusion of at least one building that is designated for commercial use on at least the first floor and with at least one floor of residential units above. Residential square feet shall be greater than the commercial square feet in the building.
[2]
Bonus item: Inclusion of at least two (2) buildings that are designated for retail use on at least the first floor and with at least one floor of offices above.
[D]
Pedestrian facilities. Bonus item: Provision of an internal network of sidewalks in addition to those located along streets and buildings. These facilities shall be in addition to minimum requirements and shall be at least one thousand five hundred (1,500) linear feet. These additional facilities shall be walking trails in residential areas, trails connecting residential areas to open space and mixed use areas or non-invasive trails through environmental preserve areas.
(5)
Common space and open space.
(a)
Purpose: .....It is intended that MX developments be identifiable by functional common spaces and open space, including but not limited to: natural wetlands, forested areas, atriums, parks, internal courtyards, plazas, or other undisturbed or improved spaces. Common spaces shall shape the design and character of the project through a connecting system of pedestrian areas that create a relationship among the various components of the built environment. The pedestrian spaces may include artwork, sculpture and water features to improve their appeal. These spaces shall be designed to create interaction among workers, residents and shoppers.
The spaces shall also attempt to provide a pleasant gathering place for transit usage.
Open spaces can be natural or recreational. Natural open spaces are intended to protect the natural environment, protect water quality and provide habitat for wildlife. Recreation open spaces are intended to provide outdoor active recreation facilities and other activity areas for within residential areas and linkages to all uses associated within the development.
Overlap between spaces considered common space and open space is possible. The definitions are not mutually exclusive.
Each MX project shall contain a ten percent (10%) common space and a minimum five percent (5%) open space. The developer can propose the allocation of land to these categories. However, common space shall be primarily area for social interaction and have more impervious surface. Open space shall be essentially unimproved pervious area with limited modifications.
(i)
Common space: .....At least ten percent (10%) of the acreage of the site shall be devoted to common spaces.
[A]
Common space includes areas where the public is directly or indirectly invited to gather, browse, sit, interact or congregate. Common spaces do not have to be publicly owned. Common areas may include walking paths, bicycle paths, courtyards, plazas and other similar areas. Unimproved natural areas shall not be counted as common space.
[B]
Common spaces shall be arranged as community spaces with open areas, landscaping, seating facilities and lighting fixtures which provide for safety and visual effects.
[C]
Common spaces are intended to be places for social interaction and may include impervious surfaces.
[1]
Common space amenities shall include at least three (3) of the following:
[a]
Sidewalks with substantial ornamental treatments (e.g. brick pavers; change in materials, color or texture; use of pervious materials when with Americans with Disabilities Act).
[b]
Sidewalk planters. Planters may be constructed to provide seating around the perimeter.
[c]
Public art (e.g. sculpture, fountain, clock, mural, etc.).
[d]
Street trees of a caliper fifty percent (50%) wider than required by this chapter (may include preservation of healthy mature trees adjacent to sidewalks).
[2]
Amenities should be visible and accessible to the general public from an improved street. Access to pocket parks, plazas and sidewalks shall be provided via a right-of-way or a public access easement.
[3]
The size or capacity of pedestrian amenities should be proportional to their expected use, including use by employees, customers, residents, and other visitors.
[4]
Amenities should be consistent with the character and scale of surrounding developments. For example, similarity in awning height, bench style, planter materials, street trees and pavers is recommended to foster continuity in the design of pedestrian areas. Materials should be suitable for outdoor use, easily maintained and have a reasonably long life cycle (e.g. ten (10) years before replacement).
(ii)
Open space: .....A minimum five percent (5%) open space shall be provided.
[A]
Open space is any area of land or water essentially unimproved and set aside, dedicated, designated, or reserved for public or private use or enjoyment. Open space may include active recreational facilities such as swimming pools, tot lots, ball fields and picnic tables (recreation open space). However, improved recreational facilities, including golf courses, shall not exceed four (4) percent of the minimum required open space.
[B]
No more than fifty percent (50%) of the open space shall be covered by water unless approved by the technical review committee as part of an active recreation area or regional stormwater facility. Standard stormwater retention facilities that meet only minimum Village requirements shall not be counted as open space.
[C]
The Village Council may remove the open space requirements to an additional five percent (5%) of common space when equivalent land area or property value for community facilities is provided to the Village. Community facilities dedicated to the Village including but not limited to parks, recreation buildings or restoration of historic sites shall be eligible for open space credit.
[D]
Construction of greenways shall be mandatory and shall count for the total amount of open space required if trail connections are equitable dispersed throughout the entire development whenever the project includes or is adjacent to trails identified on a previously adopted greenway plan.
[E]
Access to open space: All residential lots or units created within the development shall have direct access to all open space and recreational facilities, as provided, by means of public streets or dedicated walkways or by the fact of physical contiguity to other public land or lands in common ownership of all residents. The developer shall not place age, race, creed, sex or economic restrictions (other than maintenance assessments) upon lot or unit owners for the use of said open space. Land which is restricted in any way so as to be for the use, benefit or enjoyment of a select group within the development shall not qualify as open space.
[F]
Open space provisions: The developer shall file a declaration of covenants and restrictions running with the land that will govern the open space. This declaration shall be submitted prior to final plat approval. When a property owners association or other such non-profit ownership is established, the declaration shall include but not be limited to the following:
[1]
The homeowners association or the non-profit organization shall be established before any lots are sold;
[2]
Membership shall be mandatory for each lot buyer and successive buyer;
[3]
The association shall provide for liability insurance, any taxes and the maintenance of all grounds and facilities;
[4]
Any sums levied by the association that remain unpaid shall become a lien upon the lot owner's property.
(C-UDO-50, § 1, 4-26-10; C-UDO-68, §§ 1, 3, 4-22-13; C-UDO-73, § 1, 1-11-16; C-UDO83 , § 12, 6-28-21)
2-1.5.1 General Design Requirements for Institutional and Mixed Use Zoning Districts
General Design Requirements. All general design requirements shall be reviewed and approved by the Village of Clemmons Planning Staff prior to City/County inspections approval of zoning permits. The Village of Clemmons Planning Staff shall provide written notification of approval or denial to the inspections division of approval within five (5) days of plan receipt.
A.
Façade and Building Elevations. .....All new and redeveloped sites/structures as defined in by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide windows and doors arranged so that forty percent (40%) of the length of the first floor building elevation facing the street meets this requirement. Multi-story structures shall provide windows arranged so that twenty percent (20%) of the length of the secondary stories has the said treatment. Windows shall not be constructed of a reflective material. Blank walls shall not be greater than twenty (20) feet on any elevation.
1.
Architectural Features. .....Building design shall incorporate material to convey permanence, substance, timelessness with low maintenance. Each building shall be constructed of one or more of the following materials consisting of at least fifty percent (50%) of the exterior materials. Any exterior building wall visible from the corridor shall be constructed of one or more of the following (minimum fifty percent (50%)):
i.
Clay or masonry brick
ii.
Customized concrete masonry with striated, scored or broken faced brick type units (sealed) with color consistent with design theme
iii.
Poured in place, tilt-up, or precast concrete. .....Poured in place and tilt-up walls shall have a finish of stone, a texture or coating
iv.
Architectural flat metal panels or glass curtain walls
v.
Stucco or EIFS
vi.
Natural and synthetic stone
vii.
Vinyl siding provided that buildings are enhanced by the application or brick, decorative masonry or decorative stucco surface in combinations with decorative fascia, overhangs and trim
viii.
Additional materials may be approved by the Village of Clemmons Planning Staff provided that the substituted or additional material meets the purpose and intent of this chapter and is similar in nature to those specified above
2.
Non-decorative exposed concrete block buildings are prohibited.
3.
Building entrances, excluding emergency exits, shall be designed as focal points and shall be enhanced through the use of elements such as canopies, peaked roofs, paving materials, planters, landscaping features and outdoor seating areas.
4.
To assist with interpretation the Village of Clemmons Planning Department will catalog all approved building designs and materials as well as provide sketches as a reference.
5.
Roofs. .....All roofs shall be pitched or provide a parapet wall to hide all equipment from the ground level of the building.
B.
Sidewalk. .....All new and redeveloped site/structures as defined by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide a minimum of a five (5) foot sidewalk along the entirety of the property frontage.
C.
Planting Strip. .....In place of the required streetyard tree planting requirements set forth in Chapter B, 3-4.3 (B) all new and redeveloped sites/structures as defined by Chapter B, Article 1-5.5 shall provide a minimum of an eight (8) foot planting strip from the back of curb to the sidewalk frontage. All other applicable streetyard requirements apply.
(1)
Number and Spacing of Trees. .....The planting strip shall contain 4 large variety deciduous or evergreen trees per fifty (50) linear feet, excluding points of motor vehicle ingress or egress. In no case shall any planting strip contain less than one tree. Required trees must be a minimum of eight (8) feet in height at the installation and shall be at least two (2) inches in diameter measured six (6) inches above ground level.
D.
Multi-building or Mixed Use projects.
1.
Prior to the issuance of a building permit on a multi-building development, the applicant shall submit plans that demonstrate the use of consistent design elements throughout the project. Subsequent building permits shall conform to the design elements presented.
2.
Multi-building developments shall include prominent focal points, which shall include, but not be limited to architectural structures, art, historical and/or landscape features. These features shall be located at or visible from, vehicular and pedestrian entrances to the site.
E.
Lighting.
1.
Pedestrian scaled lighting fixtures shall be provided in areas designed for pedestrian activity (walkways, plazas, outdoor seating areas).
2.
Lighting fixtures shall coordinate and complement the general architectural style of development.
3.
All lighting fixtures shall be cut-off or shoebox style that only disperses ½ candle determined by a photometric lighting plan.
(C-UDO-50, § 1, 4-26-10; C-UDO-73, § 1, 1-11-16)
2-1.6 OVERLAY AND SPECIAL PURPOSE ZONING DISTRICTS - PURPOSE STATEMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The following overlay and special purpose zoning districts are established:
Table B.2.5
Special Purpose Zoning Districts
The purpose of establishing these districts is to assist the community in meeting the recommendations of Legacy and to meet requirements of State and federal law. When a rezoning proposal for one of these districts is considered, historic preservation, watershed protection, and other applicable goals and recommendations contained in Legacy and the Clemmons Community Compass shall be used as guides, in conjunction with other factors, in determining the appropriateness of the proposed district.
(A)
NCO Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District
(1)
Purpose. .....The NCO District is intended:
(a)
To preserve and enhance the appearance and special character of certain older neighborhoods by encouraging reuse of existing buildings and new infill development which respects the context of the existing built and natural characteristics;
(b)
To recognize these characteristics as a major part of the community's identity and positive image, and thereby enhance the visual quality of the community;
(c)
To stabilize and improve property values; and,
(d)
To reduce conflicts between new construction and existing development.
(2)
NCO District Requirements.
(a)
Applicability.
(i)
New Development. .....The regulations of the NCO District shall apply to all new development within the boundaries of the NCO District except as specifically exempted by the provision of this section.
(ii)
Existing Development. .....A structure existing at the time an NCO District is approved shall not be deemed a nonconformity because of the NCO District regulations.
(iii)
Work by Local Governments and Utility Companies. .....The regulations of the NCO District shall apply to changes in appearance made by local governments or utility companies to street paving, sidewalks, trees, utility installations, walls, lighting, fences, structures and buildings on public property, easements, or streets.
(b)
Exemptions. .....The following types of activities are exempt from the provisions of this section:
(i)
Replacement of existing structures with a like structure.
(ii)
Interior alterations.
(iii)
Remodeling or other alterations which do not create additional building floor area, and/or to which the conservation standards are not applicable.
(iv)
Routine maintenance or repair of any structure or site feature.
(v)
Routine maintenance or repair of streets, sidewalks, pavement markings, utility service lines, street signs, traffic signals, and/or replacement of street light fixtures.
(vi)
The construction, reconstruction, alteration, restoration, moving, or demolition of any structure or site feature which the Zoning Officer determines is required to protect the public safety because of an unsafe or dangerous condition.
(c)
Development Review Process.
(i)
Site Plan Requirement. .....Except for projects as specifically exempted herein, no building, grading, or demolition permit shall be issued within the NCO District prior to the submittal and approval of plans by the Director of Planning. The plans shall meet the requirements of Section B.7.
(ii)
Compliance Required. .....No site plan or subdivision plat shall be approved which does not demonstrate compliance with the provisions of this section and the conservation standards of the applicable design study.
(iii)
Appeals. .....Any aggrieved party may take an appeal from the actions of the Director of Planning to the Board of Adjustment, whether the site plan was approved or disapproved.
(d)
Standards for Development Within the NCO District.
(i)
Conservation Standards. .....All development within the NCO District shall be subject to the conservation standards contained in the applicable Neighborhood Design Study. These conservation standards may be more stringent or less stringent than the regulations of the underlying zone; in the event of any conflict, the neighborhood conservation standard shall apply. However, the conservation standards shall be objective standards and may regulate only the following: Dimensional requirements, natural and constructed landscape and bufferyard features, parking requirements, signage, lighting, vehicular access, location of exterior entrances and stairways, roof shape, building orientation and scale, outdoor storage, location and screening of utilities.
(ii)
Demolition. .....A demolition permit may not be denied within an NCO District; however, the effective date of such certificate may be delayed not more than ninety (90) calendar days from the date of approval. During the period of delay, the Zoning Officer, in consultation with the Director of Planning, may conduct efforts to preserve the building. If the Zoning Officer, in consultation with the Director of Planning, finds that the building has no particular significant value toward maintaining the character of the district, he/she may waive all or part of such period and authorize earlier demolition or removal.
(3)
Zoning Applications. .....Except for applications filed by the City or County, the Planning Board shall not accept applications for zoning property to an NCO District unless the application meets all of the following criteria:
(a)
The area to be zoned shall contain at least fifteen (15) contiguous acres or shall be an expansion of an existing NCO District.
(b)
The area to be zoned is an area whose development began at least twenty-five (25) years prior to the application for zoning to the NCO District.
(c)
A Neighborhood Design Study which outlines the conservation standards for the area has been adopted by the Elected Body.
(4)
Neighborhood Design Study.
(a)
The Neighborhood Design Study shall include at least the following elements:
(i)
A determination that the area meets the size and age of development criteria.
(ii)
An inventory and description of the distinctive natural and built features of the area.
(iii)
A listing of the conservation standards to be met within the area if NCO District zoning is adopted.
(iv)
A listing of voluntary conservation guidelines for the area.
(b)
The Neighborhood Design Study shall be submitted to the Planning Board for review and recommendation prior to submission to the Elected Body for adoption.
(c)
When an NCO District is approved, the conservation standards contained in the applicable Neighborhood Design Study are adopted by reference and become a part of the Zoning Ordinance.
(B)
TO Thoroughfare Overlay District.
(1)
Purpose. .....The TO District is intended to:
(a)
Encourage development and redevelopment which preserves the visual quality and functional operation of major roadways;
(b)
Enhance the visual image of the community;
(c)
Promote traffic safety;
(d)
Preserve property values; and,
(e)
Implement the goals, policies, and objectives of Legacy and Clemmons Community Compass.
(2)
Overlay District Requirements.
(a)
Applicability. .....Within a TO District, every use of a building or land hereafter established, including demolition and reconstruction of new uses, shall meet the requirements of this section unless otherwise exempted below.
(b)
Exemptions.
(i)
New Residential Development. .....New single family, duplex, or twin home development shall be exempt from all of the provisions of this section.
(ii)
Reuse or Redevelopment. .....Reuse, remodeling, repairs, or other redevelopment which do not create additional building floor area or parking spaces shall be exempt from the provisions of this section.
(iii)
Expansions. .....Building additions, parking lot expansions or other redevelopment that creates additional building floor area or parking spaces not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the floor area or parking spaces existing on the site on the effective date of this Ordinance shall be exempt from the provisions of this section, except no expansion may occur within a required setback area. There shall be only one such expansion.
(iv)
Shallow Lots. .....Vacant lots of record existing as of the effective date of this Ordinance in GMAs 1, 2 or 3 with less than one hundred fifty (150) feet of depth, or in GMAs 4 or 5 with less than two hundred (200) feet of depth shall be exempt from the provisions of this section, except that these lots are required to meet the ten (10) foot setback for parking off right-of-way and streetyard planting.
(v)
Streetyard. .....If existing structures or parking areas are located within a landscaped streetyard area required pursuant to this section on the effective date of this Ordinance, reduction in streetyard width is permitted as provided in Section B.3-4.3(A)(3)(b).
(c)
Applicable Roads and Boundaries. .....The TO District shall consist of the public right-of-way and those lands within one hundred (100) feet of either side of the right-of-way, including access ramps of all freeways and expressways and roads in the Interstate System. Additional roads may be included in a TO District pursuant to Section B.2-1.6(B)(3). The TO District does not include land lying underneath bridges or elevated portions of roadways.
(d)
Development Review. .....No building or zoning permit or subdivision plat shall be approved which does not demonstrate compliance with the provisions of this section.
(e)
Standards for Development Within the TO District. .....All development within the TO District shall be subject to the site development standards of the underlying district, in addition to the following:
(i)
Enclosed Facilities. .....All manufacturing, storage, offices, wholesale, retail sales, or similar uses, other than display areas for motor vehicle sales and plant nurseries, shall be conducted within an enclosed building, except as otherwise provided below.
(ii)
Outside Storage. .....Outside storage shall be permitted only if screened from view from the thoroughfare. The outside storage shall not occupy an area larger than one-half of the area covered by the principal building.
(iii)
Loading and Garage Bays. .....All loading areas and entrances to motor vehicle repair bays shall be screened from view from the thoroughfare.
(iv)
Shielding On-Site Utilities. .....All public utilities and related facilities, heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) units, including on-ground and rooftop mechanical systems, and dumpsters, shall be so located and/or shielded so as to not be visible from the public right-of-way.
(v)
Utilities. .....All utilities providing direct service to individual buildings shall be placed underground. All distribution lines running parallel to the roadway within the TO District and installed or relocated in conjunction with construction of a new thoroughfare or widening of an existing thoroughfare which involves the relocation of power lines and poles shall be located underground, unless required to be placed above ground by the applicable utility provider.
(vi)
Setback. .....Any new structure or vehicular use area, including parking lots, loading areas, and driveways, and any addition to an existing structure or vehicular use area shall be set back a minimum distance from the right-of-way line as indicated below:
(vii)
Landscaped Streetyard. .....Within the setback area, the landscaped streetyard requirements of Section B.3-4 shall be met. Use of existing vegetation to meet the requirements is encouraged.
(3)
Establishment of Other Designated TO Districts.
(a)
Along segments of existing and proposed major and minor thoroughfares designated on the adopted Transportation Plan, a TO District may be established following the preparation of a corridor study and plan to protect and enhance the appearance and/or functioning of the roadway, consistent with the purpose of the TO District.
(b)
The corridor study and plan shall describe the conditions and boundaries of the segment of thoroughfare being studied, and may make recommendations in regard to setbacks, landscaping, right-of-way plantings, shielding utilities, access, enclosing facilities, outdoor storage, loading and garage bay provisions, underground utilities, or other areas as deemed appropriate.
(c)
The study and plan shall be submitted to the Planning Board for review and recommendation prior to submission to the Elected Body for adoption.
(d)
The boundaries and recommendations of each corridor plan shall be adopted as a separate and distinct TO District. The development standards contained in the applicable TO District are adopted by reference and become a part of the Zoning Ordinance.
(4)
Variance. .....Applications for variances from the setback and landscaping requirements of the TO District may be approved by the Board of Adjustment in accordance with the procedures in Article VI of this Ordinance. Approval of a variance shall include the determination that there are practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships in the way of carrying out the strict letter of the Ordinance because of one or more of the following conditions:
(a)
Narrow. .....Unusually narrow sections of land available for planting within the back and/or side yards because of existing permanent structures, existing paving, or natural features such as rock outcroppings.
(b)
Elevation Change. .....Elevation change of more than twelve (12) feet within the area where screening would be located.
(c)
Public Safety. .....Specialized land uses such as public utilities, airports, etc. where strict adherence to the screening standard would significantly interfere with the function of that use and would create a public safety problem.
(d)
Public Agency. .....Actions of a public agency.
(e)
Platting or Deeding. .....Difficulties arising from the recorded platting or deeding of land prior to the adoption of this Ordinance.
(C)
H Historic District .....Please refer to Section B.4.
(D)
HO Historic Overlay District .....Please refer to Section B.4.
(E)
Lewisville Clemmons Road (South Overlay District)
(1)
Vision .....The Lewisville-Clemmons Road Corridor Overlay District is to facilitate implementation of the general intent of the Lewisville-Clemmons Road Strategic Area (south) to promote the redevelopment of the area into a mixed use commercial/office/residential. It is intended to foster development that improves traffic/safety, intensifies land use and economic value, to promote a mix of uses, to enhance the livability of the area, to enhance pedestrian connections, parking conditions, and to foster high-quality buildings and public spaces that help create and sustain long-term economic vitality.
(2)
Intent. .....Lewisville-Clemmons Road is expected to continue carrying significant traffic volumes making development along the corridor highly visible to the traveling public. Therefore, the main objectives of this proposed district is to:
(a)
Develop visible interconnected alternate traveling routes to provide the motoring public choices in trip destination.
(b)
Strategically close some driveways along the corridor for safety measures and develop cross access opportunities where appropriate.
(c)
Establish high standards for buildings and landscaping improvements with a cohesive street tree plan and consistent standards for building design.
(d)
Establish a safe pedestrian network for residents and visitors to access numerous sites by foot.
(e)
Promote businesses along the corridor by the development of a wayfinding signage program and other applications.
Geographic Boundary
The proposed geographic boundary begins at the interchange (I-40/Lewisville-Clemmons Road) and continues south to the intersection of Lewisville-Clemmons Road and Middlebrook. The map shown below provides the specific geographic boundaries by parcel lines.
(3)
Application and Exemptions.
(a)
These standards apply to sites (including principal and accessory buildings) that are within the Lewisville-Clemmons Road Corridor Overlay district unless otherwise specified herein, and apply to all permitted uses allowed within the district.
(b)
Farm uses are exempt from these requirements provided they meet the base zoning district requirements.
(c)
Existing single family units are exempt from these requirements provided they meet the base zoning district requirements.
(d)
Expansions to buildings that exist on the date the Ordinance from which this section is derived is adopted are exempt from the requirements of this section.
(e)
New development, building expansions and demolition .....rebuilds that are twenty-five percent (25%) or greater or cumulative additions twenty-five percent (25%) or greater of the original building footprint shall conform to all requirements of this section. All other requirements noted in this section shall apply to the twenty-five (25%) or great building expansion requirements unless specified below.
(f)
The streetyard requirements as identified in Section B.3-4.3(B):
(i)
Additions to existing sites that are equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the sites' existing building square footage or the addition of one-thousand (1,000) square feet or more of building; or,
(ii)
When ten (10) or more parking spaces are added to a site with no building; or,
(iii)
Façade changes to ten (10) percent or more of any building wall facing a vehicular way intended for public travel regardless of ownership (e.g. adding or eliminating doors, windows, closings, openings or increased wall area).
(g)
Right-of-way shall be required to be recorded as shown in "Exhibit A" with a zoning change of use permit as shown in Exhibit A.
(h)
Any new roadway connectors as shown in "Exhibit A" shall be required with new development and/or by the Village of Clemmons, NC.
(i)
Driveway Closures. .....Reserved.
(j)
Newly created sidewalks as shown in "Exhibit A" shall be required under the same requirements of Section E above.
(4)
Permitted Uses .....The overlay district provisions apply to any base zoning district set forth in this chapter that exists within the defined overlay area. The following permitted uses are allowed for this proposed geographic area by use category:
(a)
Residential Uses. .....Single Family, Townhomes, Multi-Family, Congregate Care Facility, Family Group Care Facilities, A, B, and C, Life Care Community
(b)
Retail and Wholesale Trade. .....ABC Store, Arts and Crafts Studio, Building Materials Supply, Convenience Store, Food/Drug Store, Furniture Store, General Merchandise Store, Hardware Store, Implement Sales and Service, Motorcycle Dealer, Nursery/Lawn/Garden Retail Store, Restaurants (with and without drive-through service), Retail Developments larger than ninety thousand (90,000) square feet (use big box standards for this use), Retail Misc., Whole Trade A
(c)
Business and Personal Services. .....Banking and Financial Services, Bed and Breakfast, Building Contractors General, Car Wash, Funeral Home, Health Services Misc., Hotel/Motel, Kennel, Medical Lab, Medical Offices, Motor Vehicle, Leasing/Rental, Repair/Maintenance, Body/Paint Shop, Office Misc., Professional Office, Service Personal, Services, Business A/B, Veterinary Services
(d)
Recreational Services. .....Recreation Services, Indoor and Outdoor, Public Recreation Services, Swimming Pool, Private, Theater, Indoor
(e)
Institutional and Public Uses. .....Academic Medical Center, Adult Day Care, Adult Day Care Center, Child Care Facilities, Religious Institutions, Club or Lodge, College/University, Government Offices, Group Care Facilities, Hospital or Health Center, Library, Museum/Art Gallery, Neighborhood Care Institution, Police/Fire Station, Post Office, School
(5)
Standards.
(a)
Pedestrian Accommodations.
(i)
All new development shall provide pedestrian walkways between the building and entrance .....exits and parking areas, and within parking areas to designated walking areas especially where there is a need to connect dispersed buildings with parking areas.
(ii)
All pedestrian amenities in "Exhibit A" shall meet Section B.2-1.6(E)(5)(a) requirements for construction.
c.
All new development shall provide canopy shade trees, landscape features and seating or other pedestrian amenities near colonnades, storefronts, and pedestrian routes.
(b)
Cross Access and Right-of-Ways.
(i)
Cross access easements between properties are encouraged, however the Village of Clemmons will proactively rank cross access priorities and negotiate with properties outlined in "Exhibit A" to make cross access requirements.
(ii)
Public rights-of-way are required to be dedicated as noted in "Applications and Exemptions" (G). The Village of Clemmons shall make necessary improvements to the public right-of-way from a priority list as property owners voluntarily dedicate outside of the development review process. The priority list shall be kept in the Village of Clemmons Planning Office.
(c)
Landscaping .....As noted in "Exhibit A" landscaping as defined in Section B.3-4(B) is required to form cohesion to the existing corridor and to delineate connectivity routes.
(d)
Driveway modifications. .....Reserved.
(e)
Zoning Setbacks. .....Reserved.
(6)
Reserved.
(C-UDO-72, § 1, 10-26-15; C-UDO-76 , § 9, 9-11-17; C-UDO83 , § 13—15, 6-28-21)
2-2.1 OFFICIAL ZONING MAPS
(A)
Designation and Description of Official Zoning Maps .....There shall be maps known and designated as the Official Zoning Maps which shall show the boundaries of all zoning districts within the planning jurisdiction of the adopting jurisdiction. The Official Zoning Maps as dated upon adoption are made part of this Ordinance as fully as if set forth herein in detail.
(B)
Location of Official Zoning Maps .....The Official Zoning Maps shall be located in the office of the Village Clerk. True copies of the Official Zoning Maps are on file in the office of the Zoning Officer.
(C)
Revision and Replacement of Official Zoning Maps
(1)
Planning Staff Authorization. .....The Planning staff shall control access to the zoning information contained in the Forsyth County Land Records Information System and is authorized to revise the Official Zoning Maps when amended by the Elected Body. No unauthorized person may alter or modify the Official Zoning Maps.
(2)
Amended Map. .....When an Official Zoning Map is amended by the Elected Body, the Planning staff shall revise the appropriate data in the Forsyth County Land Records System and create a new Official Zoning Map reflecting the change.
(3)
Replacement Map. .....In the event that an Official Zoning Map becomes damaged, destroyed, lost, or difficult to interpret because of the nature or number of changes or additions, the Planning staff may create a new Official Zoning Map. The new Official Zoning Map may be revised to correct drafting or other errors or omissions in the prior Official Zoning Map, but no such corrections shall have the effect of amending the designation or boundaries of any zoning districts on the original Official Zoning Maps or any subsequent amendment thereof.
(D)
Amendments to Official Zoning Maps
(1)
Procedures. .....The Official Zoning Maps may be amended under the procedures set forth in Article VI of this Ordinance.
(2)
Updates. .....The Planning staff shall update amended Official Zoning Maps in a timely manner after amendments adopted by the Elected Body. Upon entering any such amendment on a map, the Planning staff shall change the date of the map to indicate the map's latest revision.
(3)
Records. .....The Planning Board shall keep copies of superseded prints of the zoning map for historical reference.
( C-UDO-83 , § 16, 6-28-21)
2-2.2 ZONING DISTRICT BOUNDARIES
(A)
Location of District Boundaries .....Zoning district boundaries shall follow property lines identified in the City/County Geographic Information System unless otherwise defined by a field survey or computed description based on 1983 North American Datum which defines a closed polygon, or located along centerlines of streets, alleys, railroad rights of way, or extensions thereof. Any street, alley, or railroad right-of-way shall be deemed to be in the same district as the abutting property; provided that where the centerline of a street, alley, or railroad right-of-way serves as a district boundary, each half of the right-of-way shall be deemed to be in the same district as the property abutting upon that side of the street, alley, or railroad right-of-way.
(B)
Uncertainty Concerning District Boundaries .....Where uncertainty exists concerning boundaries of districts as shown on the Official Zoning Maps, the following guidelines shall be used:
(1)
Boundary Line is Within a Street. .....In cases where a boundary line is within a street, alley, or easement, the boundary line shall be deemed to be the centerline of such right-of-way;
(2)
Actual Location Varies from Map Illustration. .....If the actual location of a street, alley, or easement varies from the location as shown on the Official Zoning Maps, then the actual location shall control.
(3)
Boundary Line Defined by Proximity to Right-of-Way. .....In cases where a boundary line is shown as being located a specific distance from a street right-of-way line or other physical feature, such distance shall control.
(4)
Water Areas. .....All water areas and the land beneath them are controlled by the applicable zoning district regulations within which they are located.
(C)
Lot Divided by District Boundary Line .....Where a district boundary line divides a lot created by recorded deed, map, plat, or court proceeding, and existing as of the date establishing nonconformity in Section B.5-2.1(A), such boundary shall be presumed to lie on the nearest property line to which it is parallel or most nearly parallel, provided that the district boundary line shown on the Official Zoning Maps is found by the Zoning Officer to be not more than fifty (50) feet, at any point, from said property line. Where a district boundary line is shown on the Official Zoning Maps to be not within fifty (50) feet, at all points, of such property line, then such district boundary line shall be as shown on the Official Zoning Maps, and the exact location thereof shall be as determined by the Zoning Officer through reference to the scale or to notation on the Official Zoning Maps.
(D)
Split Jurisdiction .....If a parcel of land lies within the planning and development regulation jurisdiction of more than one local government, for the purposes of this Chapter, the local governments may, by mutual agreement pursuant to Article 20 of Chapter 160A of the General Statutes and with the written consent of the landowner, assign exclusive planning and development regulation jurisdiction under this Chapter for the entire parcel to any one of those local governments. Such a mutual agreement shall only be applicable to development regulations and shall not affect taxation or other nonregulatory matters. The mutual agreement shall be evidenced by a resolution formally adopted by each Elected Body and recorded with the register of deeds in the county where the property is located within fourteen (14) days of the adoption of the last required resolution.
( C-UDO-83 , § 16, 6-28-21)
2-3.1 MINIMUM STANDARDS
The regulations established by this Ordinance within each district shall be the minimum standards and shall apply uniformly to each class or kind of structure or land, except as hereinafter provided.
Land may be used and buildings may be erected, altered, enlarged or used only for one or more of the uses permitted in the applicable zone as indicated in Table B.2.6 subject to the dimensional and other requirements of this Ordinance.
No part of a yard, lot area, off-street parking area, or loading area required in connection with any building or use for the purpose of complying with this Ordinance, shall be included as part of a yard, lot area, off-street parking area, or loading area similarly required for any other building or use, except as otherwise provided in this Ordinance.
No yard or lot existing at the time of passage of this Ordinance shall be reduced in dimension or area below the minimum requirements set forth in Section B.3-1, except as otherwise provided in this Ordinance.
2-4.1 TABLE B.2.6
Table B.2.6 displays the principal uses allowed in each zoning district and references use conditions. Table B.2.6 should be read in conjunction with the definitions of principal uses and other terms in Section A.2. Land, buildings, and structures shall only be used in accordance with the districts shown on the Official Zoning Maps, and subject to all requirements and conditions specified in this Ordinance.
2-4.2 ESTABLISHED NONCONFORMING USES
Nonconforming uses as regulated in Section B.5-2 shall be permitted.
2-4.3 NEW OR UNLISTED USES OF SIMILAR NATURE
When a use is not listed in Table B.2.6, the Zoning Officer shall classify the use with that use in the schedule most similar and enforce the requirements of the similar listed use.
2-4.4 APPLICATION OF TABLE B.2.6
(A)
Zoning Permit from Zoning Officer .....Uses identified in a particular district column with a Z require only issuance of a zoning permit by the Zoning Officer and shall be allowed in such district with such conditions as referenced in the Conditions column, subject to all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance.
(B)
Site Plan Approval by Planning Board .....Uses identified in a particular district column with a P shall be permitted in such district upon approval by the Planning Board of a site plan meeting such conditions as referenced in the Conditions column, subject to all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance as identified in Section B.2-4.5.
(C)
Special Use Permit Approval by Board of Adjustment .....Uses identified in a particular district column with an A shall be permitted in such district upon approval of a special use permit by the Board of Adjustment with such conditions as referenced in the Conditions column, subject to all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance as identified in Section B.2-4.5.
(D)
Special Use Permit Approval by Elected Body .....Uses identified in a particular district column with an E shall be permitted in such district upon approval of a special use permit by the Elected Body with such conditions as referenced in the Conditions column, subject to all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance as identified in Section B.2-4.5.
(E)
ConditionsColumn .....The number in the Conditions column references the subsection of Section B.2-5 (i.e., condition 23 refers to Section B.2-5.23).
2-4.5 OTHER DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE ZONING ORDINANCE
(A)
Additional Development Requirements .....In addition to the regulation of uses pursuant to Section B.2-4 and the use conditions of Section B.2-5, the following additional development requirements of this Ordinance may apply to specific properties and situations.
(B)
Site Plan Review Conditions .....For uses which require review by the Planning Board, the Board of Adjustment, and/or the Elected Body, or for special use district rezoning requests, additional conditions may be recommended or placed on the use pursuant to Sections B.6-1.3, B.6-1.4, B.6-1.5, and B.6-2.2.
(C-UDO-65, § 2, 9-10-12; C-UDO-68, § 2, 4-22-13; C-UDO-74, § 1, 6-13-16; C-UDO-75 , 9-26-16; C-UDO-81 , § 2, 5-13-18; C-UDO83 , § 17, 6-28-21; C-UDO-87 , § 2, 7-25-22; C-UDO-89 , 5-8-23)
2-5.1 ACCESS EASEMENT, PRIVATE OFF-SITE
(A)
Applicability .....No access easement or private street shall be established except within a zoning district permitting the use to be served, or as part of and within the general boundaries of an approved subdivision, planned residential development or multifamily development; without a special use permit issued in accordance with Section B.6.
(B)
Special Use District Zoning .....Notwithstanding the requirements of Section B.2-5.1(A), a private access easement established pursuant to Section B.6 may serve more than one zoning lot or special use district zones.
(C)
Standards .....Private access easements requiring the issuance of a special use permit in Section B.2-5.1(A) must be designed in conformity with the accepted criteria established for public streets of equivalent width, grade, curvature, intersection locations, and other safety features.
(A)
As an Accessory Use .....This use is permitted as an accessory use operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and also within buildings used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Space Requirements .....At least fifty (50) square feet of heated space per person enrolled, or sufficient space to meet State requirements, whichever is greater, shall be provided.
(C)
Hours of Outdoor Activities .....Outdoor activities shall be limited to between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading and unloading space separate from the parking area shall be provided for every twenty (20) persons enrolled, plus adequate turnaround.
(E)
Certification .....Certification by the State is required.
(A)
Location .....This use is permitted only in a private residence occupied by the operator or as an accessory use operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Space Requirements .....At least fifty (50) square feet of heated space per person enrolled or space sufficient to meet State standards, whichever is greater, shall be provided.
(C)
Hours of Outdoor Activities .....Outdoor activities shall be limited to between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Operating Hours .....Operating hours shall be limited to between 6:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(E)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading and unloading space separate from the parking area, plus adequate turnaround area, shall be provided.
(F)
Certification .....Certification by the State is required.
(A)
Location .....No activities permitted under State law shall be conducted in adult establishments in the following locations:
(1)
Residential Districts. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of one thousand (1,000) feet from any RM or RS District;
(2)
School. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of one thousand (1,000) feet from any public or private school;
(3)
Child Day Care Center. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of one thousand (1,000) feet from any child day care center;
(4)
Other Adult Establishment. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of one thousand (1,000) feet from any other adult establishment.
(5)
Church or Religious Institution. .....Adult establishments may not be located within a distance of five hundred (500) feet from any Church or Religious Institution, Neighborhood or Church or Religious Institution, Community.
(6)
Park. .....Adult establishment may not be located within a distance of five hundred (500) feet from any Recreation Services, Outdoor; and Recreation Facility, Public.
(B)
Measurements .....All measurements shall be made by drawing straight lines from the nearest point of the lot line where the proposed adult establishment is to be located to the nearest point of the lot line or boundary of the closest RM or RS District; elementary, secondary or private school; or adult establishment.
(C)
Signs .....Except for business signs permitted by Section B.3-2, signs, pictures or promotional materials shall not be visible to the public from sidewalks, walkways, parking areas or streets (private or public).
(A)
As an Accessory Use .....In the AG, YR, RS-40 and RS-30 Districts, a private airport is permitted as an accessory use. All dimensional and other requirements of this section must be observed.
(B)
Standards and Permits .....All federal and State standards must be met, and the respective approvals obtained.
(C)
Landing Strip Setbacks .....The landing strip must be set back at least two hundred (200) feet from any adjacent property zoned AG, YR, RS or RM.
(D)
Dimensional Requirements .....Hangars and other structures must observe the dimensional requirements for principal buildings in the zoning district.
(E)
Repair and Maintenance Facilities .....Repair and maintenance facilities are limited to those necessary for the aircraft using the private airport. All such facilities, except fuel storage and pumps, must be located within the hangar.
2-5.6 ANIMAL FEEDING OPERATION
(A)
Size .....The minimum site size for an animal feeding operation is three (3) acres.
(B)
Setbacks .....All structures, buildings or enclosed areas used for housing of poultry, hogs, cattle, or other livestock, shall be a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from all property lines.
The following shall apply to all bed and breakfasts in the RS zones:
(A)
Parking to the Rear .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the rear or to the side of the principal structure. The side parking area may be no closer to the street than the principal structure.
(B)
Buffer Around Parking Area
(1)
Rear Parking Areas. .....All rear parking areas shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, from adjacent residentially zoned property.
(2)
Side Parking Areas. .....Type I plantings will be provided in the required streetyard. A type II bufferyard, as defined in Section B.3-5, shall be provided if side parking abuts residentially zoned property.
2-5.8 BOARDING OR ROOMING HOUSE
In RM Districts, the minimum lot area shall be determined based on the minimum lot area required for a two-unit dwelling in the district, as shown in Table B.3.3.
(A)
Prohibited in RS zones in GMA 1, 2, 3 .....Except as permitted below in subdivisions, borrow sites shall not be permitted in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2, and 3.
(B)
Subdivisions .....Borrow sites operated by a developer or builder in conjunction with active development of section(s) of a subdivision within five (5) years of final plat approval, including land grading, removal, or filling within the subdivision where the fill material is placed on sites within said section(s) of a subdivision, are exempt from the use conditions of this section and the Special Use Permit requirements specified in Table B.2.6.
(C)
Easements .....No excavation shall take place within easements for underground transmission lines for oil, natural gas, or other potentially hazardous material.
(D)
Fencing .....Any excavation to a depth greater than five (5) feet shall be fenced. However, no fencing shall be required on any property where such fencing would be impracticable, as determined by the Zoning Officer.
(E)
Hours of Operation .....Except in cases of emergency involving safety on the site, borrow sites shall not be operated on Sunday and may not be operated earlier than 7:00 a.m. nor later than 6:00 p.m. on any other day.
(F)
Access .....The borrow site shall have direct access onto a major or minor thoroughfare unless the site is located in GMAs 4 or 5.
(G)
Grading Permit .....A grading permit must be issued for any borrow site ten thousand (10,000) square feet or more.
(H)
Operational Statement .....The petitioner will file an operational statement with the Inspections Division which shall include the following:
(1)
The approximately date to begin operation and its expected duration.
(2)
Estimated type and volume of extraction.
(3)
Description of method of operation, including the disposition of topsoil, overburden, and by-products.
(4)
Description of equipment to be used in the extraction process.
(5)
Any phasing of the operation and the relationship of the various phases.
(I)
Temporary or Permanent Discontinuance of Operations .....Notice of intent to discontinue temporarily a borrow site shall be filed with the Zoning Officer in advance of such temporary discontinuance. Notice of intent to discontinue permanently a borrow site shall be filed with the Zoning Officer.
(J)
Maintenance .....During any period that a borrow site is discontinued temporarily, the site, along with all structures, machinery, and fencing, shall be properly maintained in a safe and orderly condition.
(K)
Reuse or Rehabilitation of Site .....Notice of permanent discontinuance of a borrow site shall include a plan for reuse or rehabilitation of the site. Except where redevelopment for another permitted use is in progress on the site of a discontinued borrow site, the last operator shall perform the following within one year, except that ground vegetation and revegetation of slopes shall comply with the deadlines contained in Section C.4-7.3(A).
(1)
Buildings and Equipment. .....All buildings and equipment shall be removed;
(2)
Materials. .....All nonregulated waste piles, overburden, and other materials shall be graded so that the material assumes it nature angle of repose. These materials shall be planted with vegetation so as to prevent erosion;
(3)
Water Collection and Drainage. .....Any excavation shall be so graded as to provide for natural drainage; if the collection of water in an excavation is unavoidable, the area shall be fenced.
(L)
Other Requirements .....The operator of any borrow site shall file with the Zoning Officer, in addition to any exhibits required elsewhere in this Ordinance, evidence of ownership or control of property, plans for rehabilitation, and notices of intent, as required herein. The Zoning Officer shall inspect the premises annually to determine that all specific conditions are being met. Violation of the requirements herein shall make the operator liable to the penalties set forth in this Ordinance."
The following conditions shall apply to all car wash facilities:
(A)
Vacuum Facilities .....Vacuum facilities shall meet setbacks of the applicable zoning district.
(B)
Vehicle Stacking .....The facility shall provide for off-street stacking space for five (5) times the number of vehicles which can be accommodated at one time in the facility.
(C)
Traffic Flow .....The facility shall be designed to allow adequate traffic flow for cars to enter and exit the facility safely. No portion of an exit or an entrance shall be less than fifty (50) feet from the right-of-way of an intersection.
(D)
Dry Down Area
(1)
Single Bay or Self-Service Facilities. Single bay facilities with automated brushes and multiple bay self-service facilities shall provide space for the parking of one car per bay to be used as a dry down area.
(2)
Conveyors or Chain Drag Systems. Facilities utilizing a conveyor or chain drag system for moving motor vehicles through the washing area shall provide adequate space at the building exit to allow for a dry down area of three (3) times the number of vehicles which can be accommodated at one time within the structure.
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Licensed cemeteries shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Requirements .....Licensed cemeteries shall meet all licensing requirements of State law.
(C)
Building Setbacks .....Any building, except a gate house, shall be set back not less than one hundred (100) feet from any exterior property line.
(D)
Grave or Burial Plot Setbacks .....Any grave or burial plot shall be set back not less than fifty (50) feet from any exterior property line, except that any grave or burial plot shall be set back not less than three (3) feet from any property line of an adjacent licensed or unlicensed cemetery.
(E)
Required Yards .....All required yards shall be landscaped with a type I bufferyard and adequately maintained.
(F)
Access .....Licensed cemeteries shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(G)
Subdivision .....Licensed cemeteries shall meet the platting and other requirements of the Subdivision Ordinance.
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Except as otherwise permitted herein, unlicensed cemeteries shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Building Setbacks .....Any building, except a gate house, shall be set back not less than one hundred (100) feet from any exterior property line.
(C)
Grave or Burial Plot Setbacks .....Any grave or burial plot shall be set back not less than fifty (50) feet from any exterior property line, except that any grave or burial plot shall be set back not less than three (3) feet from any property line of an adjacent licensed or unlicensed cemetery.
(D)
Required Yards .....All required yards shall be landscaped with a type I bufferyard and adequately maintained.
(E)
Access .....Municipal and animal cemeteries containing more than five (5) acres shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(F)
Subdivision .....Unlicensed cemeteries shall meet the platting and other requirements of the Subdivision Ordinance. Unlicensed cemeteries existing at the time of adoption of this Ordinance which have not been platted shall be recorded prior to the issuance of any permit for the property, except cemeteries accessory to and located on the main campus of churches.
(G)
Entrance and Internal Roads .....The entrance to and access within the unlicensed cemetery shall be maintained by the property owner.
(H)
Religious Institutions .....Unlicensed cemeteries are permitted as an accessory use to religious institutions in all districts where religious institutions are permitted.
(I)
Prohibitions .....Unlicensed cemeteries are not permitted as accessory uses to residential uses, or on lots less than one acre in size.
(A)
As a Principal or Accessory Use .....The use is permitted as a principal use in the zoning districts indicated in Table B.2.6, and as an accessory use operated by a religious institution or school on the same zoning lot and within the same buildings also used for religious or educational activities.
(B)
Indoor Space .....At least twenty-five (25) square feet of space of inside space shall be provided for each child (based on permitted capacity) if outdoor space is provided as indicated in Section B.2-5.13(C). If less or no outdoor space is provided, at least thirty-five (35) square feet of inside space shall be provided for each child (based on permitted capacity).
(C)
Outdoor Space .....If outdoor play area is provided, it shall be enclosed by a minimum four (4) foot tall security fence. A minimum of one hundred (100) square feet for each child (based on permitted capacity) must be provided to reduce the indoor space requirements in Section B.2-5.13(B).
(D)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
(A)
Site Size .....The following minimum site sizes shall apply:
(1)
Five (5) acres for twenty-five (25) to seventy-five (75) children;
(2)
Ten (10) acres for seventy-six (76) to one hundred twenty-five (125) children;
(3)
Fifteen (15) acres for one hundred twenty-six (126) to one hundred seventy-five (175) children; and,
(4)
Twenty (20) acres for one hundred seventy-six (176) or more children.
(B)
Setback .....No building, dumpster, or recreation area shall be less than one hundred (100) feet from any property line adjacent to property zoned residential.
(C)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
(D)
Regulations .....Facilities must conform to all State and local building, fire, and health codes which apply to such facilities.
2-5.15 CHILD CARE (SICK CHILDREN)
(A)
As Principal or Accessory Use .....The use is permitted as a principal use in the zoning districts indicated in Table B.2.6, and as an accessory use for internal service (care provided by an employer to its employees).
(B)
Indoor Space .....At least forty-five (45) square feet if inside space shall be provided for each child (based on permitted capacity).
(C)
Medical Care .....Sufficient medical and nursing coverage with due regard to communicable disease control shall be provided and approved by the State.
(D)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
(A)
As an Accessory Use .....A Child Day Care Center is permitted as an accessory use with a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment as follows:
(1)
Church or Religious Institutions. .....In all zoning districts permitting churches or religious institutions when operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities.
(2)
Public or Private Schools. .....In all zoning districts permitting public or private schools when operated by the school on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for school activities.
(3)
In CI and GI Districts. .....In the CI and GI Districts when operated solely for the benefit of the employees of the principal use on the same zoning lot.
(B)
Conditions .....Child Day Care Centers must meet the following conditions in all districts when operated as a principal or an accessory use:
(1)
Indoor Space. .....At least twenty-five (25) square feet of inside space shall be provided for each child enrolled.
(2)
Outdoor Space. .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each child enrolled, with four thousand (4,000) square feet minimum, shall be provided, except that in the CB, CB-S, PB, and PB-S Districts the outdoor play area requirements shall be the same as that required by the North Carolina Day Care Licensing Bureau; such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum four (4) foot tall security fence. Outdoor activities are limited to the fenced area between 8:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(3)
Passenger Loading Space. .....At least one off-street passenger loading/unloading space separate from parking shall be provided for each twenty (20) children enrolled, plus adequate turnaround area. The loading/unloading spaces and turnaround areas are required in all districts, including the CB and CI Districts.
(4)
Safety. .....The review and approval of site plans by the staff and approving authorities should give special consideration to internal traffic circulation and safety of the children on the site.
(5)
Licensing. .....Licensing by the State is required.
2-5.17 CHILD DAY CARE (LARGE HOME)
(A)
As a Principal or Accessory Use .....This use is permitted only in a private residence occupied by the licensed operator in RS and RM Districts, or as an accessory use operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Indoor Space .....At least twenty-five (25) square feet of heated inside space shall be provided for each child enrolled.
(C)
Outdoor Space .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each child enrolled, with a two thousand (2,000) square foot minimum, shall be provided. Such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum four (4) foot tall security fence. Outdoor activities shall be limited to the fenced area between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading or unloading space separate from parking shall be provided, plus adequate turnaround area. The loading/unloading spaces and turnaround area are required in all districts, including the CB District.
(E)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
2-5.18 CHILD DAY CARE (SMALL HOME)
(A)
Location .....This use is permitted only in a private residence occupied by the licensed operator or as an accessory use operated by a religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Indoor Space .....At least twenty-five (25) square feet of inside space shall be provided for each child enrolled.
(C)
Outdoor Space .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each child enrolled, with an eight hundred (800) square feet minimum, shall be provided; such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum four (4) foot tall security fence. Outdoor activities shall be limited to the fenced area between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Registration .....Registration with the State is required.
2-5.19 CHURCH OR RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION, COMMUNITY SCALE
(A)
Access .....The site shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare or a collector street.
(B)
Impervious Surface Cover .....In RS Districts, impervious surface cover for all church or religious institution property within the block of the principal building shall not exceed sixty percent (60%), however impervious surface cover in the RS and IP Districts may be increased to seventy-five percent (75%) with staff approval of a landscaping plan which demonstrates greater tree canopy coverage of parking area by doubling the planting ratio of Section B.3-4.3(C)(4) and reducing by at least one-half the spacing requirements of Section B.3-4.3(C)(5). In other districts, churches are subject to the impervious surface cover requirements of the underlying zone.
(C)
Bufferyard .....All buildings and parking areas on site shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as described in Section B.3-5, from adjacent residentially zoned property.
(D)
Parking .....Off-site parking may be used to meet up to fifty percent (50%) of on-site parking requirements upon recommendation of the City Department of Transportation regarding the safety of potential on-street parking. A special use permit from the Board of Adjustment is required.
2-5.20 CHURCH OR RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION, NEIGHBORHOOD SCALE
(A)
Impervious Surface Cover .....In RS Districts, impervious surface cover for all church or religious institution property within the block of the principal building shall not exceed sixty percent (60%), however impervious surface cover in the RS and IP Districts may be increased to seventy-five percent (75%) with staff approval of a landscaping plan which demonstrates greater tree canopy coverage of parking areas by doubling the planting ratio of Section B.3-4.3(C)(4) and reducing by at least one-half the spacing requirements of Section B.3-4.3(C)(5). In other districts, churches are subject to the impervious surface cover requirements of the underlying zone.
(B)
Buffering of Parking Areas .....All parking areas on site shall be buffered by a type I bufferyard, as described in Section B.3-5, from adjacent residentially zoned property.
(C)
Parking .....Off-site parking may be used to meet up to fifty percent (50%) of on-site parking requirements, upon recommendation of the City Department of Transportation regarding the safety of potential on-street parking. A special use permit from the Board of Adjustment is required.
The following conditions apply in the IP District:
(A)
Minimum size .....The minimum site size shall be one acre.
(B)
Access .....The site shall have direct access to a collector street, or major or minor thoroughfare.
(C)
Setbacks .....No structure or outdoor recreation area shall be located less than forty (40) feet from any property line adjacent to residentially zoned property.
(D)
Public Address Systems .....Public address systems shall not be permitted except within a building.
(A)
Dwelling Unit Location .....No dwelling unit(s) shall be located at ground level fronting the street.
(B)
NO and NB Districts .....In the NO and NB Districts a maximum of two (2) residential dwelling units per building are permitted.
(C)
CI District .....Combined Uses proposed in the CI District shall meet the following review requirements:
(1)
Historic Properties Commission. .....The Historic Properties Commission shall review and comment on the plans for all combined uses proposed for structures 50 years of age or older. A petitioner shall contact the Historic Properties Commission to schedule a review appointment which shall be held at a regular monthly Commission meeting;
(2)
Community Appearance Commission. .....The Community Appearance Commission shall review and comment on all combined uses proposed on properties which have been divested by a public entity within the previous three (3) years.
A Petitioner shall contact the Community Appearance Commission to schedule through the standard Technical Advisory and Project Review process a review appointment which shall be held at a regular monthly Commission meeting.
2-5.23 CONGREGATE CARE FACILITY
(A)
Conditions .....The use conditions for Residential Building, Multifamily, Section 2-5.62, shall apply to Congregate Care Facilities.
(B)
Density .....Density shall conform to the limitations of the applicable zoning district.
2-5.24 CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION
In CB and CI Districts, additional setbacks may be required to preserve important view corridors and/or create open space, at the discretion of the Director of Planning.
(A)
Prohibited in RS zones in GMA 1, 2, 3 .....Dirt storage shall not be permitted in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2, and 3.
(B)
Subdivisions .....Dirt storage areas operated by a developer or builder in conjunction with active development of section(s) of a subdivision within five (5) years of final plat approval, including land grading, removal, filling, or storage within the subdivision where the fill material is placed on sites within said section(s) of a subdivision, are exempt from the use conditions of this section and the Special Use Permit requirements specified in Table B.2.6.
(C)
Access .....Access to the dirt storage area shall be controlled with security fencing or other barrier to vehicular access.
(D)
Fencing .....Dirt storage sites which are residentially zoned and lie within one hundred (100) feet of an adjacent property shall be completely enclosed with security fencing of a minimum six (6) feet in height. Any existing natural or constructed barrier approved by the Zoning Officer may be used in place of part of the fencing.
(E)
Bufferyard and Landscaping .....No bufferyard landscaping according to Section B.3-5 is required if a permit for dirt storage is granted for less than six (6) months, and the site remains at least one hundred (100) feet off the property line and the intervening area is left undisturbed. Where a bufferyard is required, a dirt storage site is considered a high intensity use. Streetyard landscaping meeting the standards of Section B.3-4 shall be installed on the outside of the security fencing along any adjacent public street right-of-way.
(F)
Permit Duration and Renewals .....The Board of Adjustment shall issue permit approvals for dirt storage sites which shall be valid for a maximum of three (3) years, after which time renewals may be granted for up to three (3) years at a time.
(G)
Rehabilitation/Reuse Plan .....A rehabilitation/reuse plan shall accompany the permit or site plan application, and shall be implemented by the owner of the site within the deadlines for establishing ground cover and slope revegetation contained in Section C.4-7.3(A).
(H)
Temporary Discontinuance .....Notice of intent to discontinue temporarily a dirt storage site shall be filed with the Zoning Officer in advance of such temporary discontinuance. Notice of intent to discontinue permanently a dirt storage operation shall be filed with the Zoning Officer.
(I)
Maintenance .....During any period that a dirt storage operation is temporarily discontinued, the site, along with all structures, machinery, and fencing, shall be properly maintained in a safe and orderly condition.
2-5.25.2 ELECTRONIC SWEEPSTAKES OPERATION
(A)
Electronic Sweepstakes Operations shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in any zoning district within the Village of Clemmons.
( C-UDO-81 , § 3, 5-13-19)
2-5.26 FAMILY GROUP HOME A, FAMILY GROUP HOME B
(A)
Management .....If not State licensed, the Family Group Home A or B shall have written operating procedures or manuals, established goals and objectives for persons receiving therapy or treatment, a structured system of management with a Board of Directors, and on-premises management
(B)
Minimum Lot Area .....In RM Districts, the minimum lot area of a Family Group Home B shall be determined based on the minimum lot area required for a two (2) unit dwelling in the district, as shown in Table B.3.3.
(A)
Management .....If not State licensed, the Family Group Home C shall have written operating procedures or manuals, established goals and objectives for persons receiving treatment or therapy, a structured system of management with a Board of Directors, and on-premises management
(B)
Minimum Lot Area .....In RM-12, RM-18, and RM-U Districts, the minimum lot area shall be based on Table B.3.3 with four (4) residents equal to one dwelling unit. In the IP District, the minimum lot area shall be calculated in the same manner based on the requirements of the RM-8 District.
(C)
Heated Building Area .....One hundred (100) square feet of heated building shall be provided per resident.
(D)
Spacing Requirement .....A Family Group Home C may not be located within a distance of two thousand five hundred (2,500) feet from any other Family Group Home C. All measurements shall be made by drawing straight lines from the nearest point of the lot line where the proposed Family Group Home is to be located to the nearest point of the lot line of another Family Group Home.
In the AG, RS-40, RS-30, RS-20, RS-15, and YR Districts, the following conditions shall apply:
(A)
Setbacks .....No building or fishing area shall be located less than one hundred (100) feet from any property line.
(B)
Parking Areas .....Parking areas shall be located not less than one hundred (100) feet from the right-of-way of any public street or other property line.
The following conditions apply in the RM Districts:
(A)
Minimum Site Size .....The minimum site size shall be one-half acre.
(B)
Setbacks .....No structure, or outdoor gathering or recreation area shall be located less than forty (40) feet from any property line adjacent to property zoned for residential use.
(C)
Public Address Systems .....Public address systems shall not be permitted, except within buildings.
(A)
Setbacks .....No building shall be nearer to any property line than one hundred (100) feet.
(B)
Hours of Operation .....In RS and RM Districts, hours of operation shall be limited to between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(C)
Lighting .....In RS and RM Districts, no lighting is permitted for nighttime outdoor operations, including accessory golf driving ranges.
(D)
YR District .....In the YR District, best management practices for the protection of water quality shall be utilized in golf course design and operation.
(A)
Dimensions .....The depth of a driving range along the driving axis shall be not less than three hundred fifty (350) yards measured from the location of the tees and the breadth not less than two hundred (200) yards at a distance of three hundred fifty (350) yards from the tees. The depth of the driving range may be reduced to three hundred (300) yards if a fence designed to stop rolling balls is installed at the far end of the driving axis.

Golf Driving Range Dimensions
(B)
Lighting .....Any lighting shall be oriented away from adjacent residential properties.
2-5.32 GROUP CARE FACILITY A, GROUP CARE FACILITY B
(A)
Management .....If not State licensed, the Group Care Facility A or B shall have written operating procedures or manuals, established goals and objectives for persons receiving therapy or treatment, a structured system of management with a Board of Directors, on-premises management/supervisory personnel, and admission standards that allow only residents that have a commitment and desire to adjust to society and are not dangerous to others as defined in State law.
(B)
Minimum Lot Area .....In RM-12, RM-18, and RM-U Districts, the minimum lot area shall be based on Table B.3.3 with four (4) residents equal to one dwelling unit.
(C)
Heated Building Area .....One hundred (100) square feet of heated building shall be provided per resident.
(D)
Limits on Accessory Production Activities .....Accessory production of goods shall occur only within the principal structure. The area used for production activities shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross floor area of the principal structure.
(E)
Spacing Requirement .....A Group Care Facility may not be located within a distance of two thousand five hundred (2,500) feet from any other Group Care Facility. All measurements shall be made by drawing straight lines from the nearest point of the lot line where the proposed Group Care Facility is to be located to the nearest point of the lot line of another Group Care Facility.
(F)
Display of Goods .....No outside or inside display of any goods or products is allowed on the property.
(G)
Prohibition on Retail Sales .....No retail sales shall take place in the facility.
(H)
Signage .....Only one sign with a maximum of one square foot of copy area may be erected on the property.
2-5.33 HABILITATION FACILITY A
(A)
As an Accessory Use .....This use is permitted as an accessory use operated by a church or religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Inside Space .....At least one hundred (100) square feet of heated space shall be provided for each person enrolled.
(C)
Outdoor Play Area .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each person enrolled, with a four thousand (4,000) square foot minimum shall be provided. Such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum five (5) foot high security fence if the facility provides services for children under the age of eighteen (18) years old. Fencing of said play area is optional if the facility does not provide services for children under the age of eighteen (18) years old. Outdoor activities shall be limited to the fenced area between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
(D)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading or unloading space separate from the parking area shall be provided, plus adequate turn around.
(E)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
2-5.34 HABILITATION FACILITY B OR C
(A)
Permitted as an Accessory Use .....This use is permitted as an accessory use operated by a church or religious institution on the same zoning lot and within buildings also used for religious activities in all zoning districts.
(B)
Inside Space .....At least one hundred (100) square feet of heated space shall be provided for each person enrolled.
(C)
Outdoor Play Area .....Outdoor play area of one hundred (100) square feet for each person enrolled with a four thousand (4,000) square foot minimum shall be provided. Such outdoor play area shall be enclosed by a minimum five (5) foot high security fence if the facility provides services for children under the age of eighteen (18) years old. Fencing of said play area is optional if the facility does not provide services for children under the age of eighteen (18) years old.
(D)
Passenger Loading Space .....At least one off-street passenger loading or unloading space separate from parking shall be provided for each twenty (20) persons enrolled, plus adequate turn around. The loading/ unloading spaces and turnarounds are required in all districts, including the CB District.
(E)
Licensing .....Licensing by the State is required.
2-5.35 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY
Approval of a special use permit by the Elected Body shall be subject to the following:
(A)
Use Conditions
(1)
Compliance with Applicable Laws. .....The establishment and operation of any hazardous waste management facility must comply with all applicable federal and State laws.
(2)
Size. .....The minimum site size shall be ten (10) acres.
(3)
Setbacks. .....All facilities, including internal roads, shall be located at least two hundred (200) feet from any exterior property line and at least one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet from any residential or institutional district.
(4)
Floodplains or Wetlands. .....All storage and handling of hazardous waste shall occur at least five hundred (500) feet from a designated floodplain or wetland area.
(5)
Storage of Hazardous Waste. .....Storage of hazardous waste shall be above ground and in a manner consistent with applicable State or federal regulations covering each specific stored waste.
(6)
Surface Water and Groundwater. .....All surface water and groundwater on the property will be protected so as to minimize to the greatest possible extent, using the best technology available, the probability of contamination by hazardous waste.
(7)
Water Supply Watersheds. .....No hazardous waste management facility shall be located within a public surface water supply watershed as designated by the North Carolina Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources and the Public Health Department.
(8)
Public Sewer and Stormwater Systems. .....All public sewer and stormwater management systems on the property will be protected so as to minimize to the greatest possible extent using the best available technology, the probability of contamination by hazardous waste.
(9)
Fences. .....A chain link security fence, minimum six (6) feet in height, shall enclose all facilities for the storage and handling of hazardous waste.
(10)
Landscaping. .....Streetyard landscaping meeting the standards of Section B.3-4 shall be installed outside the required fencing along any adjacent public street right-of-way.
(11)
Access. .....Vehicular access to the facility will be provided on a major or minor thoroughfare or on a road improved to necessary industrial capacity as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation for Forsyth County.
(12)
Governmental Certification. .....A certification from the appropriate local, State, and/or federal agencies that the use for the proposed site is in compliance with the appropriate local, State, and/or federal regulations governing air quality, water quality, and wastewater discharge shall be required.
(A)
Standards and Requirements .....All heliports and helistops will meet the standards and requirements imposed by the Federal Aviation Administration and all other federal, State, or local agencies having jurisdiction.
(B)
Site Size .....The minimum site size of helicopter terminal facilities shall be:
(1)
Helistops. .....One hundred (100) feet in width by one hundred (100) feet in length for a rectangular area, or one hundred twenty (120) feet in diameter for a circular area.
(2)
Heliports. .....Two hundred (200) feet in width by four hundred (400) feet in length for a rectangular area, or three hundred twenty-five (325) feet in diameter for a circular area.
(C)
Hours of Operation .....Nonemergency use of heliports and helistops between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Is prohibited. Emergencies excepted are for public safety or medical purposes.
(D)
Setbacks .....Landing pads for on-grade helistops and heliports shall be set back a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from any property line and four hundred (400) feet from any building used for residential purposes, public or private schools, hospitals, or public parks.
(E)
Location .....Heliports shall be located a minimum one thousand (1,000) feet from other heliports or on-ground helistops and fifty (50) feet from the easements for high voltage transmission lines.
(F)
Access .....An on-ground helistop or heliport shall be surrounded by a fence or other barrier which prohibits access except at a controlled access point. Adequate access for fire and other emergency vehicles shall be provided to on-ground sites.
(G)
Design Standards .....Federal Aviation Administration standards for design of helicopter landing pads, taxiways, parking positions, and pavement grades shall be met. The helistop or heliport landing area shall be constructed of a material free of dust and loose particles which may be blown about by the down blast of the helicopter rotor. Adequate drainage shall be provided for the site and approved by the local jurisdiction.
(H)
Lighting .....Lighting for helistops or heliports is to be provided according to Federal Aviation Administration requirements and is to be oriented as much as possible away from adjacent uses.
(I)
Approach Surfaces .....Approach surfaces and transitional surfaces for landings and take-offs must be sufficiently clear of obstructions to meet Federal Aviation Administration slope standards. If necessary, a curved approach may be used. The landing area shall be aligned to give maximum into-the-wind operation.
(J)
Location on Structures .....Heliports may not be located on structures. Helistops located on structures require certification of the structure's integrity by an engineer.
(K)
Setback Adjustments .....All setback and distance requirements for elevated helistops may be reduced one foot for each one foot of the elevation above ground level.
(L)
Operation at an Airport .....A heliport or helistop may be operated at an airport facility with the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration and airport administration.
(A)
Location and Setbacks .....Indoor kennel services may be permitted in attached buildings or in freestanding buildings; however any portion of the building or any freestanding building containing such use must be set back at least twenty (20) feet from any side lot line and forty (40) feet from any rear lot line. Any portion of a building containing such a use abutting a residential district shall be set back not less than one-hundred (100) feet from any residential boundary. These setbacks may be reduced through an approved special use rezoning process as noted in Article VI of this Ordinance with the petitioner providing the equivalent of an additional Type III fifteen (15) foot bufferyard.
(B)
Lot Size .....Indoor Kennels not defined under use condition 2-5.72, Veterinary Services shall be required to own a minimum of five (5) contiguous acres around the facility.
(C)
Outdoor Enclosures .....The Elected Body may approve the use of outdoor enclosures for the purpose of exercise through the special use rezoning process upon the following conditions:
(1)
Size. .....Shall be a minimum of four (4) feet by ten (10) feet.
(2)
Hours of Use. .....Any outdoor enclosures shall be limited to hours between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. and all other outdoor activity for animals or pets shall require a leash. Any use of the outdoor enclosures for animals or pets during this time must be supervised by a person or persons, with animal waste being managed daily as per applicable sanitation codes.
(3)
Fencing. .....The perimeter of areas where outdoor enclosure(s) exist on the site shall be enclosed with an opaque fence at least five (5) feet high.
(4)
Setbacks. .....Outdoor Enclosure(s) shall be setback from any property line no less than the required setback for the building containing the accompanying Kennel, Indoor use. The Elected Body may require increased setbacks of a kennel outdoor enclosure beyond minimum UDO standards. These setbacks shall be applied on a case-by-case basis where such setbacks will facilitate better integration of the proposed use and existing development.
(D)
Air Exchange. .....The kennel shall be conditioned as defined by the North Carolina State Building Code.
(E)
The facility shall maintain a total of twenty-five (25) square feet of kennel area per animal.
(F)
Construction. .....The building shall be of masonry construction or any other material which will permit the washing of animal waste from the interior. Building materials which are porous or permeable which could not absorb or permit the escape of animal urine or other wastes are not permitted. To provide sound insulation from animals inside, the building shall be constructed with at least six (6) inch masonry block wall plastered on either sides or any other construction with comparable sound insulating characteristics.
( C-UDO-83 , § 18, 6-28-21)
2-5.38 LANDFILL, CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Construction and demolition landfills shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Compliance with State and Federal Laws .....The establishment and operation of any landfill must comply with all applicable federal and State laws.
(C)
Watersheds, Floodplains, and Wetlands .....No landfill disposal areas shall be located in a designated water supply watershed, floodplain, or wetland area, or block a natural drainage way so that water is impounded.
(D)
Bufferyard .....A minimum one hundred (100) foot bufferyard area is required along all property lines and public rights-of-way. No landfill activities, including parking, access roads, buildings, or disposal shall occur in the bufferyard area. Roads for access to the site may cross the one hundred (100) foot area and monitoring wells may be located within the one hundred (100) foot area. All existing trees within the bufferyard area shall be preserved, except to allow for construction of necessary road crossings and monitoring wells.
(E)
Landscape Plantings .....Landscape plantings meeting the standards of the type IV bufferyard, defined in Section B.3-5, are required in the bufferyard area along all property lines and public rights-of-way regardless of the adjacent zoning. Existing plant material may be included in the computation of the required plantings with approval of the Zoning Officer.
(F)
Fencing .....A chain link security fence, minimum six (6) feet in height, shall enclose the entire site. The fence may be placed inside the one hundred (100) foot bufferyard area with approval of the Zoning Officer.
(G)
Access .....Vehicular access to the landfill site shall be provided on a major or minor thoroughfare or on a road improved to necessary industrial capacity as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation for Forsyth County.
(H)
Reclamation Plan .....Developer shall file in the office of the Register of Deeds, prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, a reclamation plan for the reuse of the site. Such plan shall indicate that the developer, or other entity approved by the Elected Body, shall remain the owner and be liable for the site forever or until the Elected Body approval is given to release this requirement.
2-5.39 LANDFILL, LAND CLEARING AND INERT DEBRIS
(A)
State Law .....Land clearing and inert debris landfills (LCID) shall comply with State law.
(B)
Exemption
(1)
Beneficial Fill. .....Land clearing and inert debris landfills which affect areas ten thousand (10,000) square feet or less and in which the fill material consists only of inert debris strictly limited to concrete, brick, concrete block, uncontaminated soil, rock, gravel, and asphalt, shall be exempt from the use conditions of this section and either the Planning Board Review or Board of Adjustment Special Use Permit requirements specified in Table B.2.6.
(2)
Within Subdivisions. .....Land clearing and inert debris landfills operated by a developer or builder in conjunction with active development of section(s) of a subdivision within five (5) years of final plat approval, including land grading, removal or filling within the subdivision where the fill material is placed on sites within said section(s) of a subdivision, are exempt from the use conditions of this section and the Special Use Permit requirements specified in Table B.2.6.
(C)
Access .....Access to the land clearing and inert debris landfill area shall be controlled with security fencing or other barrier to vehicular access.
(D)
Fencing .....Land clearing and inert debris landfills which are residentially zoned and lie within a block in which at least fifty percent (50%) of the lots are developed, or where either of the adjacent lots are developed, shall be completely enclosed with security fencing of a minimum six (6) feet in height. Any existing natural or constructed barrier approved by the Zoning Officer may be used in place of part of the fencing.
(E)
Bufferyard and Landscaping .....No bufferyard landscaping according to Section B.3-5 is required if a permit for the land clearing and inert debris landfill is granted for less than six (6) months, or the land clearing and inert debris landfill site remains at least one hundred (100) feet off the property line, and the intervening area is left undisturbed. Where a bufferyard is required, a land clearing and inert debris landfill is considered a high intensity use. Streetyard landscaping meeting the standards of Section B.3-4 shall be installed on the outside of the security fencing along any adjacent public street right-of-way.
(F)
Permit Duration and Renewals .....Any land clearing and inert debris landfills which received approval from the State of North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) and were established prior to December 31, 1994, and for which a valid State permit has been continuously maintained shall not be required to obtain a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment. All other land clearing and inert debris landfills must obtain a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment. Said permit shall be valid for a maximum of three (3) years, after which time renewals may be granted for up to three (3) years at a time.
(G)
State Permit Approval .....No permits or site plans for land clearing and inert debris landfills shall be approved until all plans, including plans for rehabilitation of sites, have been reviewed and approved by the North Carolina Department of Environment, Health, and Natural Resources.
(H)
Rehabilitation/Reuse Plan .....and a rehabilitation/reuse plan for the site, prior to the issuance of a zoning or grading permit. Said plan shall be implemented by the owner of the site within six (6) months of discontinuance of the land clearing and inert debris landfill operation or expiration of the permit.
(I)
Temporary Discontinuance .....Notice of intent to discontinue temporarily a land clearing and inert debris landfill shall be filed with the Zoning Officer in advance of such temporary discontinuance. Notice of intent to discontinue permanently a land clearing and inert debris landfill operation shall be filed with the Zoning Officer not less than three (3) months in advance.
(J)
Maintenance .....During any period that a land clearing and inert debris landfill operation is temporarily discontinued, the site, along with all structures, machinery, and fencing shall be properly maintained in a safe and orderly condition.
(K)
Schedule for Improvements .....All land clearing and inert debris landfills existing as of the effective date of this Ordinance shall comply with all requirements of this section within two (2) years of the effective date of this Ordinance.
(L)
Siting Criteria .....The siting criteria for land clearing and inert debris landfills, found in Solid Waste Management Rules, 15 A NCAC 138, Section .0564, shall be followed.
(M)
Accessory Uses .....The Zoning Board of Adjustment may issue a permit for the separation, processing, storage, or wholesale sale of materials received through lawful operation of the land clearing and inert debris (LCID) landfill on the site as an accessory use on the site of an LCID, provided such activities occur within the original boundaries of the State-approved LCID landfill and are conducted at least one hundred feet from any adjacent zoning lot zoned RS or RM.
(N)
Hours of Operation .....In RS and RM Districts, the hours of operation shall be limited to between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.
Approval of a special use permit by the Elected Body shall be subject to the following conditions:
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Landfills, sanitary, shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Compliance with State and Federal Laws .....The establishment and operation of any landfill must comply with all applicable federal and State laws.
(C)
Watersheds, Floodplains, and Wetlands .....No landfill disposal areas shall be located in a floodplain or wetland area, nor block a natural drainage way so that water is impounded. No new landfills shall be located in a designated water supply watershed. Expansion of legally existing landfills in water supply watersheds shall be permitted. The expansion is limited to contiguous land area and must be in accordance with North Carolina Solid Waste Rules and other provisions of this Ordinance.
(D)
Bufferyard .....A minimum one hundred (100) foot bufferyard area is required along all property lines and public rights-of-way. No landfill activities, including parking, access roads, buildings, or disposal shall occur in the bufferyard area. Roads for access to the site may cross the one hundred (100) foot area and monitoring wells may be located within the one hundred (100) foot area. All existing trees within the bufferyard area shall be preserved, except to allow for construction of necessary road crossings and monitoring wells.
(E)
Landscape Plantings .....Landscape plantings meeting the standards of the type IV bufferyard, defined in Section B.3-5, are required in the bufferyard area along all property lines and public rights-of-way regardless of the adjacent zoning. Existing plant material may be included in the computation of the required plantings with approval of the Zoning Officer.
(F)
Fencing .....A chain link security fence, minimum six (6) feet in height, shall enclose the entire site. The fence may be placed inside the one hundred (100) foot bufferyard area with approval of the Zoning Officer.
(G)
Access .....Vehicular access to the landfill site shall be provided on a major or minor thoroughfare or on a road improved to necessary industrial capacity as determined by the Director of Public Utilities for the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation for Forsyth County.
(H)
Reclamation Plan .....Developer shall file in the office of the Register of Deeds, prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, a reclamation plan for the reuse of the site. Such plan shall indicate that the developer, or other entity approved by the Elected Body, shall remain the owner and be liable for the site forever or until the Elected Body approval is given to release this requirement.
The following conditions apply in the RS and RM Districts:
(A)
Access .....The site shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(B)
Building Size .....The building square footage shall not exceed ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
(C)
Site Size .....The maximum site size shall be five (5) acres.
Use conditions and approval requirements for a planned residential development shall apply to a Life Care Community except in Institutional and Public Zoning.
(A)
Purpose .....The purpose of Life Care Communities within Institutional and Public Zoning districts is to provide the opportunity for transitional residency and care of persons aged fifty-five (55) years or older and/or handicapped as opportunities arise to add to existing senior living facilities under current or separate ownership.
(B)
Size .....The property shall be contiguous and contain a minimum of fifteen (15) acres of either Life Care Community, nursing care institution or congregate care facilities by use under the IP Zoning District.
(C)
Maximum Density .....Senior Independent living facilities within a Life Care Community shall have a maximum density of eighteen (18) units per acre and shall only be allowed as part of a special use rezoning application.
(D)
Development Standards
1.
All senior living facilities shall not be greater than three-stories except when adjacent to single family residential zoning where units shall not be greater than two (2) stories. Building elevations shall be residentially scaled.
2.
Future facilities shall provide direct pedestrian access to all existing facilities and if possible from topography perspective provide vehicular access connections. If a site cannot provide vehicular access the developer shall provide a certified letter from a licensed engineer on why the connection cannot be completed.
3.
The development shall provide twenty-five percent (25%) of the total parcel as common open space.
4.
Development adjacent to single family residential shall provide forty (40) feet undisturbed buffer along any property line that abuts without an intervening public right-of-way.
5.
Development shall be required plantings that meet Type II bufferyard requirements in addition to any undisturbed requirements to single family residential development not included as part of the Life Care Community.
6.
Any development proposed shall be limited seventy percent (70%) impervious coverage.
7.
The developer shall submit a traffic impact analysis as part of the special use rezoning district request.
8.
All other unified development standards shall apply.
(C-UDO-74, § 1, 6-13-16)
(A)
Consistent with Neighborhood .....The use shall be conducted within an existing building or a building with a scale and massing consistent with the structures in the neighborhood in which the building is located.
(B)
Dimensional Requirements .....Any structure shall comply with all dimensional requirements of the applicable district. If applicable, the older neighborhood provisions of Section B.3-8 may apply.
(C)
Student Housing .....In buildings used for student housing, a minimum of two hundred fifty (250) square feet of gross floor area shall be provided for each student resident.
(D)
Impervious Surface Cover .....Impervious surface cover of the lot shall not exceed sixty percent (60%).
(E)
Proximity to Campus District .....The use must be conducted within a structure which is entirely within five hundred (500) feet of the C District.
(F)
Access .....The limited campus use must be located on a major or minor thoroughfare unless the lot is adjacent to land zoned C (Campus District).
(G)
Bufferyards .....A type I bufferyard shall be installed adjacent to residential zoning at the discretion of the Planning Board.
(H)
Off-Street Parking .....All off-street parking shall be to the rear of the structure.
2-5.44 MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS A
Each Class A manufactured home shall meet the following criteria in all districts in which it is permitted, except the MH District:
(A)
Orientation .....The longest axis shall be oriented parallel or within a ten (10) degree deflection of being parallel to the lot frontage, unless other orientation is permitted by the Board of Adjustment following a public hearing.
(B)
Foundation .....The manufactured home shall be set up in accordance with the standards established by the North Carolina Department of Insurance. In addition, a continuous, permanent, masonry foundation or masonry curtain wall constructed in accordance with the standards of the State Residential Building Code, unpierced except for required ventilation and access, shall be installed under the perimeter. Per G.S. 160D-910(g), in situations where the manufactured home is located on land leased to the homeowner, masonry foundation or masonry curtain wall is not required and the following shall apply:
(1)
Material. .....Skirting shall be of noncombustible material or material that will not support combustion. Skirting material shall be durable and suitable for exterior exposures.
(2)
Wood Framing. .....Any wood framing used to support the skirting shall be of approved moisture resistant treated wood.
(3)
Venting. .....The skirting shall be vented in accordance with State requirements.
(4)
Installation. .....Skirting manufactured specifically for this purpose shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
(5)
Within Sixty (60) Days. .....Skirting shall be installed no later than sixty (60) days after the setup of the home.
(6)
Maintenance. .....Skirting shall be properly maintained.
(C)
Entrances .....Stairs, porches, entrance platforms, ramps, and other means of entrance and exit shall be installed or constructed in accordance with the standards set by the State Building Code, attached firmly to the primary structure. Wood stairs shall only be used in conjunction with a porch or entrance platform with a minimum of twenty-four (24) square feet.
( C-UDO-86 , § 2, 3-28-22)
2-5.45 MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS B OR CLASS C
(A)
Set Up .....Each Class B or Class C manufactured home shall be set up in accordance with the standards established by the North Carolina Department of Insurance.
(B)
Skirting .....Each Class B or Class C manufactured home shall have skirting installed in accordance with the following requirements:
(1)
Material. .....Skirting shall be of noncombustible material or material that will not support combustion. Skirting material shall be durable and suitable for exterior exposures.
(2)
Wood Framing. .....Any wood framing used to support the skirting shall be of approved moisture resistant treated wood.
(3)
Venting. .....The skirting shall be vented in accordance with State requirements.
(4)
Installation. .....Skirting manufactured specifically for this purpose shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
(5)
Within Sixty (60) Days. .....Skirting shall be installed no later than sixty (60) days after the set up of the home.
(6)
Maintenance. .....Skirting shall be properly maintained.
(C)
Previously Approved Class B or C Manufactured Home .....Any Class B or C manufactured home permitted through the Board of Adjustment prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, but which is no longer permitted under Table B.2.6 may request a renewal of the permit from the Board of Adjustment according Article VI of this Ordinance.
( C-UDO-83 , § 19, 6-28-21)
2-5.46 MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS D
(A)
Temporary Use .....A Class D manufactured home is allowed as a temporary use in conformance with Section B.2-7.2(H).
(B)
Existing Manufactured Home .....Class D manufactured homes lawfully existing at the time of adoption of this Ordinance may remain, but if removed, may only be replaced with a Class A, B or C manufactured home or other use permitted in that zoning district.
2-5.47 MANUFACTURED HOUSING DEVELOPMENT
(A)
Site Size and Dimensional Requirements
(1)
Minimum Size. .....The minimum size of a zoning lot to be used as a manufactured housing development shall be four (4) acres for initial development.
(2)
Minimum Width. .....The minimum width of a zoning lot to be used as a new manufactured housing development shall be two hundred fifty (250) feet. The site width shall be measured at the manufactured home space closest to the front lot line of the development.
(3)
Lot Size. .....Each manufactured home space shall have a minimum area of four thousand (4,000) square feet with a minimum width of forty (40) feet for singlewide homes and a minimum area of five thousand (5,000) square feet with a minimum width of fifty (50) feet for multisectional units.
(4)
Setbacks. .....Each manufactured home space shall meet the following setback requirements:
(a)
Front Yard. .....The minimum front yard shall be twenty (20) feet.
(b)
Rear Yard. .....The minimum rear yard shall be ten (10) feet.
(c)
Side Yard. .....The minimum side yard shall be five (5) feet, with a combined width of both side yards of fifteen (15) feet.
(B)
Minimum Number of Spaces .....A manufactured home development shall contain no fewer than ten (10) manufactured home spaces for initial development.
(C)
Density .....The maximum density of a manufactured housing development shall not exceed five (5) spaces per gross acre; with the exception that the maximum density may be increased to five and one-half (5.5) manufactured home spaces per gross acre when at least twelve percent (12%) of the gross site area is in common recreation area.
(D)
Utilities
(1)
Location. .....All utilities within a manufactured home development shall be located underground.
(2)
Water. .....Connection to a public water system and installation of fire hydrants meeting the standards of the appropriate jurisdiction are required.
(3)
Sewer. .....Connection to a public sewer system or installation of an approved package treatment plant is required.
(E)
Bufferyards .....A type II bufferyard of a minimum width of thirty (30) feet shall be established along each exterior property line, except where adjacent to a private street or public right-of-way not internal to the development. Along external private streets or public rights-of-way, a type II bufferyard of a minimum of fifty (50) feet shall be established.
(F)
Access
(1)
External Access. .....No manufactured home space shall have direct vehicular access to a public or private street outside the development.
(2)
Internal Access. .....Each manufactured home space shall have direct vehicular access to an internal private access easement and street.
(G)
Common Recreation Area .....A minimum of four thousand (4,000) square feet or one hundred (100) square feet per manufactured home, whichever is greater, of common recreation area shall be provided in accordance with the standards of Section B.3-6.
(H)
Manufactured Home Spaces
(1)
Construction. .....Each manufactured home space shall be constructed in compliance with the North Carolina Manufactured Home Code.
(2)
Patio or Deck Area. .....A patio or deck area, constructed of concrete, brick, flagstone, wood, or other hard surface material and being a minimum of one hundred forty-four (144) square feet in area, shall be constructed within each space.
(3)
Walkway. .....A hard surface walkway, being a minimum of two (2) feet wide, leading from the major entrance of the manufactured home to its parking spaces or to the street shall be constructed.
(4)
Solid Waste. .....Each space shall have a minimum of one solid waste container with a tight fitting cover and a capacity of not less than thirty-two (32) gallons, or dumpsters of adequate capacity may be substituted. If dumpsters are provided, each such container shall be located on a concrete slab and screened on three (3) sides by an opaque fence at least eight (8) feet in height.
(I)
Manufactured Homes
(1)
Class D. .....Class D manufactured homes shall not be permitted in new manufactured housing developments or expansions of existing manufactured housing developments. Existing Class D manufactured homes located in a manufactured housing development in operation at the time of adoption of this Ordinance are allowed to remain, but if removed, shall be replaced with a Class A, B, or C manufactured home.
(2)
Setup. .....Each manufactured home shall meet the setup requirements of the North Carolina Manufactured Home Code.
(3)
Skirting. .....Each manufactured home shall have skirting installed in accordance with the following requirements:
(a)
Skirting shall be of noncombustible material or material that will not support combustion. Skirting material shall be durable and suitable for exterior exposures;
(b)
Any wood framing used to support the skirting shall be of approved moisture resistant treated wood;
(c)
The skirting shall be vented in accordance with State requirements;
(d)
Skirting manufactured specifically for this purpose shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications;
(e)
Skirting shall be installed no later than sixty (60) days after the set up of the home; and,
(f)
Skirting shall be properly maintained.
(4)
Additions. .....Prefabricated structures built by a manufacturer of manufactured home extensions meeting United States Department of Housing and Urban Development standards and any other additions meeting the State Residential Building Code may be added to any manufactured home provided that setbacks within the space can be met and a building permit is obtained.
(5)
Vacant Manufactured Homes. .....No storage of unoccupied and/or damaged manufactured homes is permitted.
(J)
Accessory Structures and Uses .....Accessory structures and uses permitted in manufactured housing developments shall meet standards in Sections B.2-6 and B.3-1.2(F) and (G).
(K)
Site Plans
(1)
Site Plan Review by Planning Board. .....Prior to approval of a zoning permit by the Zoning Officer for the construction of a new or expansion of an existing manufactured housing development, a site plan shall be reviewed by the Planning Board. Said site plan shall meet the site plan requirements found in Section B.7.
(2)
Conditions. .....In approving the site plans for manufactured housing developments, the Planning Board shall determine that adequate provision is made for the following:
(a)
Vehicular traffic to and from the development, and traffic internal to the development, including adequate access for emergency vehicle and personnel, postal service, delivery service, and other public and private services and individuals who would require access to the premises.
(b)
Pedestrian traffic to and from the proposed manufactured home sites, common facilities, and parking areas on the premises.
(c)
Adequate types of common recreation areas, including any needed screening or landscaping.
(3)
Final Development Plan. .....Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, a final development plan indicating each manufactured home space and prepared in conformance with the Subdivision Ordinance shall be approved by the Planning staff and recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds. In addition, the corners of all manufactured home spaces shall be clearly marked on the ground with iron stakes.
(L)
Existing Manufactured Housing Developments
(1)
Schedule for Improvements. .....Manufactured housing developments lawfully existing as of December 31, 1994, shall be required to meet the following standards of this section by July 1, 2001:
(a)
Bufferyards. .....Section B.2-5.47(E) with the following exceptions:
(i)
No bufferyards shall be required where existing structures or manufactured homes interfere with installation of the bufferyard to the extent that there is less than a ten (10) foot area to plant a type II bufferyard; or,
(ii)
No bufferyards shall be required where all existing structures or manufactured homes are more than one hundred (100) feet from any public right-of-way or any adjoining property line; or,
(iii)
No bufferyards shall be required where existing utilities or septic fields interfere with installation of the bufferyard.
(b)
Solid Waste. .....Section B.2-5.47(H)(4), with the following exceptions regarding the screening of dumpsters:
(i)
No screening shall be required if the dumpster is located at least two hundred (200) feet off any public right-of-way or is screened from view of any public right-of-way by existing structures or manufactured homes or natural topographic feature; and,
(ii)
No screening shall be required if the dumpster is located at least fifty (50) feet from any adjoining property line or is screened from view of any adjoining property line by existing structures or manufactured homes or natural topographic feature.
(c)
Skirting. .....Section B.2-5.47(I)(3).
(d)
Utilities. .....Section B.2-5.47(D), with the following exceptions:
(i)
No undergrounding of utilities shall be required;
(ii)
No connection to public water and/or sewer shall be required if public water and/or sewer lines are located more than two hundred (200) feet from the manufactured housing development, or if there is no public health or safety problems with the existing water or sewer systems on the property as determined by the Forsyth County Department of Public Health.
(e)
Streets. .....Streets shall have a minimum of four (4) inches of gravel and be well maintained.
(2)
Expansion of Nonconforming Manufactured Housing Developments. .....No expansion of a nonconforming manufactured housing development shall be permitted unless all units in the development, both pre-existing and additional, have vertical skirting or a similar structural enclosure around the entire base of the unit between the outer walls and the ground or paved surface, and are anchored to the ground in accordance with the regulations set forth by the State of North Carolina for manufactured and modular housing units.
(A)
Setbacks .....No portion of a building or other enclosure to be used for retention of animals or processing of animal products shall be located less than three hundred (300) feet from property zoned RS, RM, IP or C.
(B)
Building Design and Construction .....Building design and construction must comply with requirements of the North Carolina Board of Health and the Public Health Department. Any rendering of animal products is expressly prohibited except to produce lard.
(C)
Septic Tank/Sewerage System .....All animal solid and liquid byproducts and waste shall be disposed of daily in an adequate septic tank or public sewerage system approved under the requirements of Section B.3-10.
2-5.49 MEDICAL OR SURGICAL OFFICES
(A)
C District .....Medical or Surgical Offices are only permitted in the Campus District if adjacent to a "Hospital or Health Center" in a Campus District.
2-5.50 MINING, QUARRY, OR EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRY
(A)
Operations Affected by Regulations .....Mining operations which affect more than one acre of land, including borrow pits which disturb more than one acre of land at any one time, shall meet the following regulations.
(B)
Dimensional Requirements .....Dimensional requirements for mining operations are specified below. Buildings shall meet the setback and other dimensional requirements of the underlying zoning district.
Table B.2.7
Dimensional Requirements for Mining Operations
Required Minimum Distance from any Public Right-of-Way
or from Property that is Adjacent to:
(C)
Easements .....No excavation shall take place within easements for underground transmission lines for oil, natural gas, or other potentially hazardous material.
(D)
Fencing .....Any excavation to a depth greater than five (5) feet shall be fenced. However, no fencing shall be required on any property where such fencing would be impracticable, as determined by the Zoning Officer, by reason of the location of such property in a floodplain.
(E)
Hours of Operation .....Quarries and other mining sites, except in cases of emergency involving safety on the site, shall not be operated on Sunday and may not be operated earlier than 7:00 a.m. nor later than 6:00 p.m. on any other day.
(F)
Access .....The site of the mining operation shall have direct access onto a major or minor thoroughfare unless the site is located in GMAs 4 or 5. Any road which the mining operation accesses may be required to be improved to necessary industrial capacity as a condition of approval.
(G)
Spillage and Effluent .....The loading of trucks shall be accomplished in such a way as to prevent spillage on roads. The effluent of extraction or processing going into streams must comply with requirements of State law.
(H)
Flooding .....Whenever a mining operation would in the course of its operation create a flooding hazard, the operator, before commencing any such excavation, and at such other times during the excavation as may be necessary, shall erect such dikes, barriers, or other structures as will afford the same protection as if no excavation were made. No mining operation shall impede the flow of any watercourse.
(I)
Operational Statement .....The petitioner will file an operational statement with the Inspections Division which shall include the following:
(1)
The approximate date to begin operation and its expected duration.
(2)
Estimated type and volume of extraction.
(3)
Description of method of operation, including the disposition of topsoil, overburden, and by-products.
(4)
Description of equipment to be used in the extraction process.
(5)
Any phasing of the operation and the relationship of the various phases.
(J)
Temporary or Permanent Discontinuance of Operations .....Notice of intent to discontinue temporarily a mining operation shall be filed with the Zoning Officer in advance of such temporary discontinuance. Notice of intent to discontinue permanently a mining operation shall be filed with the Zoning Officer not less than three (3) months in advance.
(K)
Maintenance .....During any period that a mining operation is discontinued temporarily, the site, along with all structures, machinery, and fencing, shall be properly maintained in a safe and orderly condition.
(L)
Reuse or Rehabilitation of Site .....Notice of permanent discontinuance of mining operation shall include a plan for reuse or rehabilitation of the site. Except where redevelopment for another permitted use is in progress on the site of a discontinued mining operation, the last operator shall perform the following within one year:
(1)
Buildings and Equipment. .....All buildings and equipment shall be removed;
(2)
Materials. .....All nonregulated waste piles, overburden, and other materials shall be graded so that the material assumes its natural angle of repose. These materials shall be planted with vegetation so as to prevent erosion;
(3)
Walls. .....Any quarry walls shall be cleared of loose materials;
(4)
Water Collection and Drainage. .....Any excavation shall be so graded as to provide for natural drainage; if the collection of water in an excavation is unavoidable, the area shall be fenced.
(M)
Other Requirements .....The operator of any mining operation shall file with the Zoning Officer, in addition to any exhibits required elsewhere in this Ordinance, evidence of ownership or control of property, plans for rehabilitation, and notices of intent, as required herein. The Zoning Officer shall inspect the premises annually to determine that all specific conditions are being met. Violation of the requirements herein shall make the operator liable to the penalties set forth in this Ordinance.
(N)
Sand Dredging Operations .....In addition to complying with the applicable provisions of this section, sand dredging operations shall be conducted in a manner which does not result in the erosion of the banks of a stream. The use of drag lines or other devices which remove vegetation and sediment from the banks of a stream are specifically prohibited.
2-5.51 MOTOR VEHICLE DISMANTLING AND WRECKING YARD
(A)
Within the GI District .....All motor vehicle dismantling operations located in the GI District shall comply with the following:
(1)
Fencing.
(a)
Location. .....An opaque fence or wall shall be erected along any property line which is adjacent to any street, road, or highway; and all business activity, including storage of vehicles or other materials, shall be conducted within the fence. Fencing requirements shall be one of the following:
(i)
Within Fifty (50) Feet of Right-of-Way. .....An eight (8) foot high opaque fence is required if located within fifty (50) feet of the right-of-way boundary; or,
(ii)
More than Fifty (50) Feet from Right-of-Way. .....A six (6) foot high opaque fence is required if located more than one hundred (100) feet from the right-of-way boundary.
(b)
Conditions. .....Such fencing shall meet the following conditions:
(i)
Construction. .....The fence and screening shall be constructed of materials manufactured, sold and used exclusively as fencing materials with consistent height, materials, and color;
(ii)
Maintenance. .....All fences shall be maintained in sound condition at all times;
(iii)
Advertising. .....Fences shall not contain advertising or other lettering other than lettering or a sign which identifies the operation carried on within the enclosure.
(c)
Parking. .....Customers of the business may park their personal vehicles outside the fence, but not within the right-of-way of the street, provided the vehicles of customers are not parked in such a manner as to impair the view of motorists using the street.
(d)
Bufferyards. .....In addition to the bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5, a type I bufferyard shall be provided along side and rear lot lines adjacent to property zoned for commercial or industrial use.
(e)
Effective Date. .....Automobile dismantling operations lawfully existing on the effective date of this Ordinance shall install fencing and buffering, as herein specified, within a period of three (3) years after the effective date of this Ordinance.
(2)
Open Burning. .....Open burning is prohibited.
(3)
Abandoned Vehicles. .....In the event that wrecked automobiles or other materials are abandoned or appear to be abandoned upon any property, the real property owner and/or occupant shall, upon notification, remove or cause the removal of such automobiles or other materials, or conduct the operation in full compliance with the requirements of this Ordinance, provided that such use is permitted.
(4)
Hours of Operation. .....No dismantling, disassembling, salvaging, wrecking, or processing operation on the premises shall be carried on between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
(5)
Hazardous Materials. .....Any gasoline, oil, or other materials spilled or collected on the site shall be contained and disposed of in accordance with State and federal laws.
(B)
Outside the GI District
(1)
Fencing.
(a)
Location. .....An opaque fence or wall shall be erected along any property line which is adjacent to any street, road, or highway; and all business activity, including storage of vehicles or other materials, shall be conducted within the fence. Fencing requirements shall be one of the following:
(i)
Within Fifty (50) Feet of Right-of-Way. .....An eight (8) foot high opaque fence is required if located within fifty (50) feet of the right-of-way boundary; or,
(ii)
Within Fifty (50) to One Hundred (100) Feet from Right-of-Way. .....A six (6) foot high opaque fence is required if located fifty (50) feet or more from the right-of-way boundary.
(iii)
More than One Hundred (100) Feet from Right-of-Way. .....A five (5) foot high opaque fence is required if located more than one hundred (100) feet from the right-of-way boundary.
(b)
Conditions. .....Such fencing shall meet the following conditions:
(i)
Construction. .....The fence shall be constructed of materials sold and used as fencing materials with consistent height, materials, and color;
(ii)
Maintenance. .....All fences shall be maintained in sound condition at all times; and,
(iii)
Advertising. .....Fences shall not contain advertising or other lettering other than lettering or a sign which identifies the operation carried on within the enclosure.
(c)
Parking. .....Customers of the business may park their personal vehicles outside the fence but not within the right-of-way of the street; provided the vehicles of customers are not parked in such a manner as to impair the view of motorists using the street.
(d)
Screening Requirements. .....Screening requirements along side and rear property lines shall be one or both of the following:
(i)
Material Stored up to Property Line. .....A six (6) foot high opaque fence may be installed along the side and rear property lines. Storage of motor vehicles or materials is permitted up to the fence line. Said fence shall have the same requirements as Section B.2-5.51(A)(1); and/or
(ii)
Material Stored Ten (10) Feet off Property Line. .....A type I bufferyard shall be installed along the side or rear property lines. Storage of motor vehicles or materials is permitted up to the bufferyard line which is ten (10) feet off the property line.
(e)
Nonconforming Use Status. .....All operators of this use must certify to the Zoning Officer's satisfaction that the use is legally nonconforming as specified in Section B.5 before an application may be accepted by the Planning Board for a site plan review.
(f)
Effective Date. .....Any motor vehicle dismantling operation existing as a legal nonconforming use on the effective date of this Ordinance shall install fencing and buffering, as herein specified, within a period of one year after the effective date of this Ordinance.
(2)
Open Burning. .....Open burning is prohibited.
(3)
Abandoned Vehicles. .....In the event that wrecked motor vehicles or other materials are abandoned or appear to be abandoned upon any property, the real property owner and/or occupant shall, upon notification, remove or cause the removal of such motor vehicles or other materials, or conduct the operation in full compliance with the requirements of this Ordinance, provided that such use is permitted.
(4)
Hours of Operation. .....No dismantling, disassembling, salvaging, wrecking, or processing operation on the premises shall be carried on between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
(5)
Hazardous Materials. .....Any gasoline, oil, or other materials spilled or collected on the site shall be contained and disposed of in accordance with State and federal laws.
2-5.52 MOTOR VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE, AND MOTOR VEHICLE BODY OR PAINT SHOP
(A)
LB District .....Motor Vehicle Repair and Maintenance is permitted in the LB District only in GMAs 4 and 5 and limited to a maximum zoning lot size of one acre, Section B.2-1.3(G)(3)(b).
(B)
Compliance with Motor Vehicle Storage Yard Requirements .....A legally established motor vehicle repair and maintenance facility or motor vehicle body or paint shop which has inoperative motor vehicles on site shall store such vehicles in an enclosed building or in a motor vehicle storage yard which meets the requirements of Section B.2-5.53; except that the requirements of Section B.2-5.53 shall not be required for two (2) inoperative vehicles per service bay, up to ten (10) inoperative motor vehicles maximum at motor vehicle repair and maintenance facilities. Excluded from consideration as an inoperative motor vehicle for purposes of this section shall be any vehicle whose sole reason for otherwise being considered inoperative is a North Carolina Vehicle Inspection Certificate less than four (4) months out of compliance at motor vehicle repair and maintenance facilities authorized to do NC Inspection Certificates.
2-5.53 MOTOR VEHICLE STORAGE YARD
(A)
Maximum Size .....A motor vehicle storage yard created or expanded after the adoption date of this Ordinance shall have an enclosed storage area which shall not exceed the following area requirements for the zoning district in which the yard is located:
Accessory motor vehicle storage yards in the LB and PB Districts shall have a maximum size of three thousand (3,000) square feet.
(B)
Repair Work or Sale of Vehicles .....No repair work shall be done on motor vehicles while stored in the storage yard. No parts or other articles may be removed from the vehicles except for security purposes, nor shall any parts or articles be sold. The sale of whole vehicles shall be permitted only to satisfy a mechanics lien or by order of a law enforcement agency.
(C)
Right-of-Way Screening and Access - New or Expanded Storage Yards .....A Motor Vehicle Storage Yard or expansion of an existing storage yard created after the effective date of this Ordinance shall meet the following:
(1)
Outdoor Storage Area Standards. .....A motor vehicle storage yard not screened by an intervening building from any public or private street, whether or not such streets provide access to the site, shall meet the outdoor storage area screening standards of Section B.3-4.5.
(a)
If the fencing option of Section B.3-4.5(B)(1) is selected, streetyard plantings as specified in Sections B.3-4.3(B)(3) and (4) are required on the outside of the fence;
(b)
If the planting option of Section B.3-4.5(B)(2) is selected and chain link fencing is installed in conjunction with the plantings, said fencing shall be a minimum six (6) feet in height and black or dark green in color. The plantings may be installed within a minimum five (5) foot strip either on the exterior of the fence or on the property owner's side of the fencing, in which case wheel stops shall be placed a minimum seven (7) feet from the fence.
(2)
Visibility. .....Fencing and plantings must not obstruct traffic visibility at driveways.
(3)
Maintenance. .....Fencing and vegetation shall be maintained in good condition throughout the life of the use.
(4)
Topographic Irregularities. .....Where topographic irregularities require a different location to meet the intent of this section, the location of the landscaping or fencing may be varied with approval of the Director of Inspections.
(5)
Fencing Setback. .....Fencing shall be set back a minimum five (5) feet from the public right-of-way or private street easement.
(6)
Access. .....The maximum number of access points to a motor vehicle storage yard shall be two (2).
(D)
Right-of-Way Screening and Access - Existing Storage Yards .....Motor vehicle storage yards existing prior to the adoption date of this Ordinance shall meet the following:
(1)
Outdoor Storage Area Standards.
(a)
The requirements of Section B.2-5.53(C)(1) shall be met; or,
(b)
Chain link fencing with wood, metal, or vinyl slats of a single color shall be installed. No other plastic or fiberglass cloth or other sheeting materials is permitted unless said material is constructed of materials manufactured, sold and used exclusively as fencing materials with consistent height, materials, and color; or
(c)
Streetyard landscaping area in accordance with Section B.3-4.3(B).
(2)
Other Requirements. .....The additional provisions of Sections B.2-2.53(C)(2)—(6) shall be met.
(E)
Bufferyard Requirements - New or Expanded Storage Yards
(1)
Bufferyard Standards. .....A motor vehicle storage yard or expansion of an existing storage yard created after the effective date of this Ordinance shall meet the requirements of Section B.3-5. In addition, a type I bufferyard shall be provided adjacent to property designated as High Intensity Commercial (HIC) or Industrial (IND).
(2)
Intervening Building. .....No bufferyard is required where the motor vehicle storage yard is screened from view of an adjacent zoning lot by an intervening building.
(3)
Buffering Internal to the Zoning Lot. .....No bufferyard is required along an edge of the motor vehicle storage yard internal to the same zoning lot, unless such edge is clearly visible from a street or an adjacent zoning lot.
(F)
Bufferyard Requirements - Existing Storage Yards
(1)
Bufferyard Standards and Alternatives. .....Motor vehicle storage yards existing prior to the adoption date of this Ordinance shall select one of the following alternative buffer requirements:
(a)
The bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5, in addition providing a type I bufferyard shall be provided adjacent to property designated as High Intensity Commercial (HIC) or Industrial (IND).
(b)
An opaque fence at least six (6) feet in height.
(c)
A chain link fence at least six (6) feet in height with wood, metal, or vinyl slats of a single color. No other plastic or fiberglass cloth or other sheeting material is permitted.
(2)
Intervening Building. .....No bufferyard is required where the motor vehicle storage yard is screened from view of an adjacent zoning lot by an intervening building.
(3)
Buffering Internal to the Zoning Lot. .....No bufferyard is required along an edge of the motor vehicle storage yard internal to the same zoning lot, unless such edge is clearly visible from a street or an adjacent zoning lot.
(G)
Vertical Stacking .....Vertical stacking of motor vehicles is prohibited.
(H)
Hazardous Substance
(1)
Containment. .....Any gasoline, oil, or other materials spilled or collected on site shall be contained and disposed of in accordance with State and federal laws.
(2)
Storage of Vehicles Carrying Hazardous Substances. .....Tractor trailers, tankers and/or any vehicle carrying a hazardous material shall be stored only in motor vehicle storage yards located in the HB, LI, or GI Districts. A motor vehicle storage yard which stores a tanker which has contained a hazardous substance shall be enclosed by a minimum six (6) foot high fence which shall be locked during nonoperating hours. In addition, a spill containment structure certified by a registered professional engineer as being adequate for spill containment is required. No tanker shall be stored closer than two hundred (200) feet from any residential zoning district.
(I)
Schedule for Improvements .....Such uses shall meet all requirements of this section by January 1, 2001.
2-5.54 NURSING CARE INSTITUTION
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Nursing Care Institutions shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
Minimum Site Size .....Minimum site size shall be: two (2) acres in the AG and RS-40 Districts; one acre in RS-20 and RS-30 Districts. In RM-8, RM-12, RM-18, and RM-U, the minimum site size shall be based on Table B.3.3 with three (3) beds equal to one dwelling unit. In the IP District, the minimum site size shall be calculated in the same manner based on the requirements of the RM-8 District.
(C)
Access .....In the AG, RS, and IP Districts, the site shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare.
(D)
Permitted Density in RS Districts .....In the RS Districts, the maximum density shall be eighteen (18) beds per acre.
(E)
Calculation of Density in RM Districts .....In the RM Districts, density shall be calculated with three (3) beds equaling one dwelling unit.
(A)
LB District .....In the LB District, outdoor display retail is only permitted in GMAs 4 and 5 and limited to a maximum zoning lot size of one acre, Section B.2-1.3(G)(3)(b).
(B)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yards .....Any outdoor area meeting the definition of a motor vehicle storage yard shall comply with the requirements of Section B.2-5.53.
(C)
Noise .....No outdoor speaker used as part of a public address system may be located closer than three hundred (300) feet from an adjacent zoning lot zoned RS or RM. Any outdoor speaker shall be oriented away from adjacent residential properties.
(A)
In Residential Districts .....Where any newly constructed park and shuttle lot abuts residentially zoned land or a residential use, said parking shall be set back a minimum of fifteen (15) feet. All parking shall comply with the design standards and requirements in Section B.3-3.3.
(B)
In Business, Office and Industrial Districts .....Park and shuttle lots in business and industrial zoning districts shall comply with the design standards and requirements in Section B.3-3.5(C).
2-5.57 PARKING, OFF-SITE, FOR MULTIFAMILY OR INSTITUTIONAL USES IN RS AND RM DISTRICTS
Off-site parking in RS or RM District for multifamily or institutional uses not permitted in the applicable zoning district must meet the requirements of Section B.3-3.4(A).
2-5.58 PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
(A)
Purpose .....The purpose of the Planned Residential Development (PRD) is to encourage the development of environments which provide certain development privileges in exchange for preplanning and design considerations. PRDs provide an alternative to conventional subdivision design by promoting the conservation and creation of viable, connected open space and more flexible lot design options while minimizing development costs. The Planned Residential Development provides flexibility in utilizing new development concepts. Three (3) distinct types of open space shall be required in PRDs: (1) Active Open Space, (2) Passive Open Space, and (3) Thoroughfare Open Space. In return for development flexibility, additional site plan information may be required of the developer to assist in evaluating the suitability of proposed PRDs. PRDs are suitable for Growth Management Areas 2, 3, 4, and 5. The character of a PRD should be appropriate to the GMA in which the PRD is located along the urban to rural continuum. While maximum open space preservation is the primary goal of rural PRDs, open space within urban and suburban PRDs must balance the need for open space preservation with an increased need for integration with surrounding developments through street connectivity and compatibility with adjacent and internal land uses.
(B)
Minimum Size .....A planned residential development shall be located on a site containing at least three (3) contiguous acres in GMA 3 and 4, and at least five (5) contiguous acres in GMA 5. No minimum size requirement exists for PRDs in GMA 2.
(C)
Process .....Planned Residential Development shall be processed and approved pursuant to section B.6-2.6 Zoning Map Amendment—Special Use District.
(D)
Permitted Principal Uses
(1)
Uses in Underlying Zoning Districts. .....PRDs may include all uses permitted within the underlying zoning district.
(E)
Relationship to Other Applicable Regulations .....A PRD shall be subject to all applicable standards, procedures, and regulations of these Ordinances and the zoning district in which it is located unless otherwise set forth in this section.
(F)
Maximum Density .....Maximum residential density shall be in accordance with the zoning district in which the planned residential development lies, unless the incentives for density bonuses as set forth in Section B.2-5.60(G) apply.
(G)
Incentives for Density Bonus
(1)
Density Bonus. .....The permitted density of a PRD may be increased beyond standard allowances if a PRD preserves more than the minimum required amount of open space for the applicable zoning district. To calculate the allowed density bonus, refer to Table B.2.7a.
(2)
Use of Floodplain in Calculating Density Bonus. .....F.E.M.A. 100-year Floodplain land shall not be used in the calculation of open space for the purposes of the Density Bonus provision. However, floodplain land may be used in calculating minimum open space requirements.
(H)
Development Standards .....A PRD shall meet the following standards:
(1)
Outside Perimeter Lot Setback Requirements. .....Any lot which adjoins the outside boundary of the PRD shall be considered an outside perimeter lot. Internal street refers to a street that is within the boundary of the PRD. Adjoining street is a street which is not located within the PRD but is adjacent to the outside boundary of the planned residential development. The following setbacks shall be required for outside perimeter lots:
(a)
Lots with access on an internal street. .....Rear yard setback requirement of the zoning district in which the PRD is located shall be required.
(b)
Lots with access on an adjoining street. .....Front yard setback requirements of the zoning district in which the PRD is located shall be required.
(c)
Corner lots with access either on an internal or adjoining street. .....Front yard set back requirements of the zoning district in which the PRD is located shall be required on the adjoining street and the front yard set back requirements allowed in the PRD shall be required on the internal street.
(d)
Access Drives. .....No loading space, parking space, or access drive to a parking space shall be permitted within any required bufferyard.
(2)
Required Parking.
(a)
Off-Street Parking. .....Off-street parking shall be provided in compliance with Section B.3-3, except that the parking requirements may be met through group parking located on commonly owned land. Additionally, any required parking spaces located between the fronts of residential buildings and public rights-of-way or private access easements shall be at least twenty (20) feet in depth and shown on the PRD site plan. In no instances shall off-street parking spaces extend into public rights-of-way or private access easements.
(b)
On-Street Parking. .....Some on-street parking may be permitted to satisfy off-street parking requirements in accordance with Section B.3-3.5(M).
(c)
Special Accommodations. .....Special accommodations for recreational vehicles, including boats, may be provided in group parking areas. Such special parking areas shall be designated and screened from adjacent residential uses.
(3)
Private Streets. .....Private streets are permitted in PRDs at the discretion of the Planning Board. Where permitted, private streets shall be built in accordance with the requirements of the Street Standards Governing Vehicle and Pedestrian Circulation (Section B.3-13). However, public streets may be required to ensure adequate street connectivity.
(4)
Pedestrian Access. .....Pedestrian and other modes of nonvehicular movement shall be provided in accordance with section B.3-13.
(5)
Impervious Surface Cover. .....Buildings and improvements on single family lots in a PRD which have at least five thousand (5,000) square feet shall not be calculated as impervious surface cover in RM Districts.
(6)
Reserved.
(7)
Lot Dimensional Requirements and Spacing of Structures. .....The lot and setback dimensional requirements of the zoning district for individual lots within the PRD are waived except for a minimum ten-foot building setback from public rights-of-way and private access easements. Minimum distances between townhouse and multi-family structures shall be those set forth in Section 3-1.2(K). Minimum distances between single family, duplex, and twin home structures shall be as follows:
(a)
Front or rear facing front. .....The minimum distance between the front wall of one structure and the rear wall of another structure, or the front walls of structures oriented so as to face each other, shall be not less than thirty (30) feet from one another.
(b)
Rear facing rear. .....Dwellings oriented back to back shall be subject to the following provisions:
(i)
The minimum distance between rear walls of the dwellings shall be no less than thirty (30) feet.
(ii)
Accessory structures shall only be permitted in the intervening space between principal dwellings oriented back to back or to the rear yard of the principal dwelling provided the accessory structures meet the provisions of Section B.3-1.2(F) and (G)(1). Any accessory structure meeting the requirements of Section B.3-1.2(H) shall be located a minimum of seven (7) feet off the side property line and twenty (20) feet off the rear property line.
(c)
Front facing side. .....The minimum distance between the front wall of the structure and the side wall of another structure shall not be less than fourteen (14) feet.
(d)
Side or rear facing side. .....The minimum distance between the rear of a structure and side of another structure, or the minimum distance between the side walls of structures, shall not be less than ten (10) feet provided that no bay window encroachments be allowed for buildings closer than fourteen (14) feet.
(e)
Reserved.
(f)
Any PRD with structures separated by less than fourteen (14) feet as allowed above must be provided with a public water system and fire hydrants with a minimum available water flow of one thousand five hundred (1,500) gallons per minute. Fire hydrants shall have a spacing of one per five hundred (500) feet, and hydrant locations must be approved by the County Fire Marshal.
(g)
Front Loaded Garages. .....All front loaded garages shall be set back no less than twenty (20) feet from public rights-of-way or private access easements.
(h)
Minimum Perimeter Lot Size. .....Perimeter lots within PRDs which are adjacent to existing single family zoning shall meet the minimum lot area and dimensional requirements of the underlying zoning district. Where perimeter lots in PRDs do not meet the minimum lot area and dimensional requirements of the underlying zoning district, a minimum 30-foot type II Bufferyard is required between these lots and the adjacent single family zoning. Fifty (50) percent of the bufferyard plantings required in Table B.3.15 shall consist of evergreen plants, with the remaining fifty (50) percent consisting of deciduous trees. Additionally, the bufferyard plant spacing requirements of Section B.3-5.3(B)(2) shall not apply here. This bufferyard must be located on commonly owned land and shall be considered Passive Open Space as described in section B.2-5.60(H)(9)(b)(ii). Where any individual lot in the PRD does not meet the dimensional and area requirements of the underlying zoning district and abuts existing single family zoning, the aforementioned bufferyard shall be required along the entire length of the PRD that abuts the existing development. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to perimeter lots within PRDs which are adjacent to existing PRDs.
(8)
Reserved.
(9)
Common Open Space:
(a)
Area. .....Common open space shall not be less than the following percentages of the total land area of the PRD.
Table B.2.7a
** Planned Residential Developments in Growth Management Area (GMA) 3 may receive a twenty-five percent (25%) reduction in the amount of minimum required open space where forty percent (40%) of this open space is active open space as defined in Section B.2-5.60(H)(9)(b)(i).
* Planned Residential Developments in Growth Management Area 2 may receive a thirty-three percent (33%) reduction in the common open space requirements.
(b)
Character. .....Common Open Space (as defined in Chapter A, Article II of the UDO) shall include both Passive and Active Open Space. Additionally, if developments are contiguous to minor and major thoroughfares as defined by NCDOT or The Village of Clemmons Thoroughfare Open Space shall be required adjacent to such transportation corridors.
(i)
Active Open Space. .....Active Open Space shall consist of natural and (primarily) man-made features each of which is easily accessible to pedestrians and is so configured, planned, located, constructed, and maintained so as to be capable of being easily used for its intended purpose. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, examples of such features include community recreation areas, walking trails, golf courses, pocket parks, and neighborhood greens. Generally, pocket parks and neighborhood greens should be no larger than one quarter of one (¼) acre in size. Active Open Space shall be purposeful and shall not be simply the interstitial spaces between buildings. Pedestrian access to this space is required, either by sidewalk or all weather surface. Active Open Space shall comprise a minimum of fifteen (15) percent of the total required open space of a PRD in the RM, RSQ, RS-7, RS-9, RS-12, RS-15, and RS-20 zoning districts. Active Open Space shall comprise a minimum of five (5) percent of the total required open space in the RS-30, RS-40, AG, and YR zoning districts.
(ii)
Passive Open Space. .....Passive Open Space shall consist of natural features such as meadows, woods, agricultural land, riparian buffers and steep slopes.
(iii)
Thoroughfare Open Space. .....If PRDs are located in GMA 3, 4, or 5, and are contiguous to major or minor thoroughfares, Thoroughfare Open Space shall be required. The intent of this Thoroughfare Open Space is to preserve or enhance existing viewsheds along major transportation corridors.
[A]
GMA 3. .....A thoroughfare buffer at least fifty (50) feet deep and a Type III Bufferyard planting shall be provided in GMA 3.
[B]
GMA 4 and 5. .....A thoroughfare buffer at least one hundred (100) feet deep and a Type III Bufferyard planting shall be provided in GMA 4 and 5.
[C]
Preservation of Existing Landscapes. .....If thoroughfare buffers contain significant existing natural or historic elements, as identified at the preapplication conference (Section B.2-5.60(C)), these elements shall be preserved. Where present, these natural elements may take the place of the Type III Bufferyard planting required above.
[D]
Alternative Compliance. .....Alternative compliance measures may be proposed which vary from the strict application of the above requirements in order to accommodate the unique character of the site or to utilize innovative design. Alternative compliance may be granted by the Planning Board or Elected Body upon a finding that the proposed alternative fulfills the intent of the ordinance as well as or better than would strict compliance with the requirements of this ordinance.
(c)
Open Space Connectivity Requirements. .....Where practicable, areas of open space within a PRD shall be connected. Separate areas of active open space on site shall be connected by a sidewalk or pedestrian path consisting of an all weather surface. Open space in PRDs shall adjoin open space in neighboring parcels where practicable. If public parks or greenways are present on adjacent sites, a pedestrian connection to these resources shall be made from the PRD in accordance with the Street Standards Governing Vehicle and Pedestrian Circulation (Section B.3-13).
(d)
Adjacency. .....Where PRDs are comprised of two (2) or more tracts which are divided by an existing street or are otherwise physically separated, each tract shall meet a proportional share of the total open space requirements for the PRD.
(e)
Types of Open Space. .....The total area and percentage of each type of open space within the PRD must be shown on the site plan approved by the Planning Board. PRDs must be developed according to this approved plan, and any changes or deviations must be approved in accordance with Article VI of this Ordinance.
(I)
Ownership and Responsibility for Common Open Space and Amenities. .....Common Open Space may be either owned by the homeowners association or dedicated to a public entity or other non-profit organization. Land not to be held in private or public ownership shall be owned by a nonprofit corporation in which all owners of property within the development have automatic membership rights and assessment obligations for the maintenance of these areas. These automatic membership rights and assessment obligations shall be covered by covenants running with the land and other contractual provisions as to insure the proper maintenance of all commonly owned areas, and shall include provision for liens against the individual properties and legally enforceable personal obligations on the part of the individual property owners in the development. Such covenants shall be recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds and such contractual rights and obligations shall be established prior to the issuance of a building permit.
(J)
Platting Requirements. .....All planned residential developments shall meet the requirements of the Subdivision Regulations, Chapter D. In addition, prior to a permit being issued for the construction of any building, there shall have been recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds, a plat of the property or section thereof, showing: easement and right-of-way widths, street widths, the actual or approximate location of single family lots, commonly owned tracts, and lots and buildings to be occupied by other uses.
(Ord. No. C-UDO-69, 9-9-13; C-UDO83 , § 20, 6-28-21; C-UDO-87 , § 3, 7-25-22)
2-5.60 RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARK
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Recreational Vehicle Parks shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2 and 3.
(B)
General Use Conditions
(1)
Bufferyards. .....In addition to the bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5, a type I bufferyard is required adjacent to public rights-of-way.
(2)
Setbacks. .....All recreational vehicle spaces shall be located a minimum of one hundred (100) feet from all adjacent property lines and public rights-of-way.
(3)
Access. .....Recreational vehicle parks shall have direct access to a major or minor thoroughfare. Recreational vehicle spaces shall only have direct access to an internal private street which accesses a public street. No recreational vehicle space shall have direct vehicular access to a public street.
(4)
Floodplains. .....No recreational vehicle sites shall be located in the floodplain.
(5)
Landscaping. .....Each recreational vehicle space shall have a planting area containing at least one deciduous or evergreen tree with a minimum height of eight (8) feet and a diameter of two (2) inches measured six (6) feet above ground level at the time of installation. Each planting area shall be a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) feet with a minimum radius of seven (7) feet. The use of existing trees when possible to meet these landscaping requirements is encouraged.
(6)
Sanitary Facilities, Sewage and Garbage Disposal. .....Adequate sanitary facilities, sewage and garbage disposal shall be provided and shall conform with all applicable codes.
(7)
Length of Stay. .....No recreational vehicle shall be used as a permanent place of residence. Occupancy extending beyond three (3) months in any twelve (12) month period shall be presumed to be permanent occupancy and is prohibited in a recreational vehicle park.
(8)
Accessory Uses. .....Management offices, recreational facilities, toilets, showers, dumping stations, coin-operated laundry facilities, and other uses and structures incidental to the operation of a recreational vehicle park are permitted as accessory uses to the park. In addition, other uses may be permitted as accessory uses in the district where such uses are not allowed as principal uses, subject to the following restrictions:
(a)
Size. .....Such establishments and the parking areas related to their operations shall not occupy more than five percent (5%) of the gross area of the park.
(b)
Clientele. .....Such establishments shall be restricted in their use to the occupants of the park.
(c)
Visibility. .....Such establishments shall present no visible evidence from any street outside the park of a commercial nature which would attract customers other than occupants of the park.
(d)
Access. .....Such establishments shall not be directly accessible from any public street, but shall be accessible only from a street within the park.
(9)
Manufactured Homes. .....No manufactured home may be parked or stored in a recreational vehicle park, except that one manufactured home may be located within the park for the exclusive use as the principal dwelling unit for the park manager or operator.
(C)
Recreational Vehicle Parks in HB District
(1)
Purpose. .....To provide short term recreational vehicle and tent camping in areas serviced by major highways.
(2)
Application. .....In addition to the general use conditions for recreational vehicle parks, the following conditions shall apply to recreational vehicle parks in the HB District:
(a)
Park Size. .....The minimum contiguous area of any recreational vehicle park shall be three (3) acres.
(b)
Density. .....The maximum density of any recreational park shall be fifteen (15) recreational vehicle spaces per acre.
(c)
Site Area. .....The minimum area devoted to each recreational vehicle space shall be one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet.
(D)
Recreational Vehicle Parks in AG, RS-40, RS-30, and YR Districts
(1)
Purpose. .....To permit short term recreational vehicle and tent camping on relatively large amounts of land without the necessity or desirability of being immediately adjacent to main highways or built-up areas, while preserving an open character and promoting outdoor recreational activities.
(2)
Application. .....In additional to the general use conditions for recreational vehicle parks, the following conditions shall apply to recreational vehicle parks in AG, RS-30, RS-40 and YR Districts:
(a)
Site Plan Required. .....A site plan which meets the site plan requirements of Section B.7 shall be submitted as part of each application for a special use permit.
(b)
Park Size. .....The minimum contiguous area of any recreational vehicle park shall be ten (10) acres.
(c)
Density. .....The maximum density of any recreational park shall be ten (10) recreational vehicle spaces per acre.
(d)
Site Area. .....The minimum area devoted to each recreational vehicle space shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
2-5.61 RECREATION SERVICES, INDOOR OR RECREATION SERVICES, OUTDOOR
The following conditions shall be met in the IP District:
(A)
Operation by a Public or Not-For-Profit Organization .....The recreation services facility must be operated by a public or not-for-profit organization.
(B)
Minimum Site Size .....The minimum site size shall be two (2) acres.
(C)
Access .....The site shall have direct access to a collector street, a minor thoroughfare, or a major thoroughfare.
(D)
Setbacks .....No structure, parking area, or outdoor recreation area shall be located less than forty (40) feet from any property line adjacent to residentially zoned property.
(E)
Public Address System .....Public address systems shall not be permitted except within a building.
2-5.62 RESIDENTIAL BUILDING, MULTIFAMILY; RESIDENTIAL BUILDING, TOWNHOUSE; OR RESIDENTIAL BUILDING, TWIN HOME
(A)
Site Plan Review by the Planning Board .....The Planning Board shall review all multifamily or townhouse residential building developments with the following exceptions:
(1)
Front on Public Streets. .....Developments in which all multifamily or townhouse residential buildings front upon an existing public street;
(2)
Six (6) Units or Less. .....Developments which contain six (6) units or less.
(B)
Standards .....With the exception of multifamily or townhouse development located in the RSQ District, all multifamily or townhouse residential buildings shall comply with the following:
(1)
Traffic Requirements. .....In approving the site plan for a multifamily or townhouse development, the Planning Board shall determine that the streets, driveways, parking areas, and other public and private drives shown on the plan are so located that:
(a)
Effect on Public Street System. .....They do not block, impede, or interfere with the orderly development of the public street system.
(b)
Standards and Dedication. .....Those streets on the plan which are likely to be used by the public as through or connector streets, or which for the orderly development of the area should be made public streets, are designed to the standards of public streets and are dedicated or offered for dedication as such on a recorded plat, except that public streets in the RM-5 District may be constructed to alternative width and horizontal and vertical curvature standards, as approved by the Traffic Engineer.
(c)
Access. .....Adequate provision is made for vehicular traffic to and from the premises and for vehicular traffic and pedestrian traffic to and from the proposed buildings, structures, and parking areas on the premises, including fire fighting and police equipment and personnel, ambulance service, garbage collection service, postal service, delivery service, and other public and private services and individuals who would require access to the premises.
(2)
Common Recreation Area. .....Common recreation areas and facilities, such as areas for small children or other recreational areas, shall be provided for multifamily or townhouse developments containing forty (40) units or more, based on the standards of Section B.3-6. Multifamily or townhouse developments which are located in the CB District or which provide elderly housing are exempt from this requirement.
(3)
Other Development Standards. .....All multifamily or townhouse developments shall meet the following standards:
(a)
Air and Light. .....The project provides adequate air and light to the development and surrounding properties.
(b)
Architectural Features. .....Through the use of a variety of fenestration patterns, building facade offsets, roof line treatments, and other architectural features, the perceived bulk, scale, and length and width of the building is compatible with surrounding buildings.
(c)
Affected Area. .....The project will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area.
(d)
Adopted Plans. .....The project is in accordance with all development criteria established by the Elected Bodies' adopted plans and policies, such as Legacy, Clemmons Community Compass, and applicable development guides.
(4)
Developments on Smaller Lots. .....Developments of residential multifamily or townhouse buildings subject to the minimum lot size requirements of Table B.3.3 shall meet the following requirements:
(a)
Impervious Surface Cover. .....For new construction on vacant lots, impervious surface cover is limited to a maximum of sixty percent (60%). Impervious surface cover is otherwise limited to seventy percent (70%).
(b)
Building Height. .....No building shall exceed a height of forty (40) feet.
(c)
Bufferyard. .....Bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5 must be met for multifamily or townhouse developments containing more than four (4) units.
(d)
Off-Street Parking.
(i)
Number of Spaces. .....Off-street parking for multifamily or townhouse uses shall meet the standards for Efficiency Units, if applicable, or Urban Residential Building in Table B.3.8.
(ii)
Parking in Rear. .....All off-street parking shall be provided to the rear of the principal building(s) unless the Planning Board determines that, due to lot size, shape or topographic features, some or all parking cannot be placed to the rear.
(iii)
Reduction in Bufferyard. .....A side or rear bufferyard which may be reduced to allow a driveway to the rear of the property which accesses the off-street parking if the provisions of Section B.3-5.4(C) are met.
(iv)
Landscaped Separation from Building. .....A minimum three and one-half (3.5) foot wide landscaped area shall be provided between any parking area and building wall providing access into the unit(s).
(e)
Vehicular Use Landscaping Requirements. .....Vehicular use landscaping requirements of Section B.3-4 must be met for multifamily or townhouse developments containing more than four (4) units or nonresidential uses.
(f)
Roofs. .....Pitched roofs are required on all buildings.
(5)
Building Spacing Requirements. .....Except in the RM-5 District, all multifamily, townhouse, or twin home residential buildings shall meet the requirements of Section B.3-1.2(K) Building Spacing Requirements for Multifamily Residential Buildings.
(6)
Setback from Public Streets. .....Except in the RM-5 District, multifamily or townhouse development, including structures and parking, shall have a minimum fifty (50) foot setback from adjacent public streets.
(7)
Parking in RM-5 District. .....The following shall apply to all residential development, except single family residences. All off-street parking shall be provided to the side or rear of the principal building(s) unless the Planning staff determines that, due to lot size, shape or topographic features, some or all parking cannot be placed to the side or rear. All parking shall be setback at least five (5) feet off the property line. The intervening five (5) feet shall be landscaped to meet the Type I bufferyard standards of Section B.3-5. Vehicular use landscaping requirements of Section B.3-4.3 must be met for multifamily or townhouse developments (triplexes or quadraplexes) where parking is provided at the front of the principal building. A minimum three (3) foot wide landscaped area shall be provided between any parking area and building wall providing access into the unit(s).
(C)
LO District .....Multifamily or townhouse development is permitted in the LO District at a maximum density of twelve (12) units per acre.
(D)
RM-5 District .....Three- and four-unit buildings are the only type of multifamily or townhouse residential buildings permitted in the RM-5 Zoning District. Please refer to Section B.2-1.2(K)(2) for the dimensional requirements for RM-5.
(E)
Dimensional Requirements for Townhouse and Twin Home Units and Buildings
(1)
Townhouse and Twin Home Units. .....Townhouse and twin home units developed in the RSQ and RM-5 Districts shall adhere to the dimensional requirements of their respective Zoning Districts. Townhouse and twin home units in other permitted zoning districts may be constructed and sold with no setback, lot area, or lot width requirements.
(2)
Townhouse or Twin Home Buildings. .....Development projects with townhouse and twin home buildings shall comply with the general dimensional and building spacing requirements of the applicable zoning district for the project as one zoning lot.
( C-UDO-83 , § 21, 6-28-21)
2-5.63 RIDING STABLE, INCLUDING VETERINARIAN SERVICES FOR EQUINE SPECIES AND CATTLE
(A)
Prohibited Districts .....Riding stables shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1 and 2.
(B)
Size .....Any riding stable shall occupy a zoning lot containing not less than five (5) acres.
(C)
Setbacks .....Such riding stables, including any structures housing permitted veterinarian services for equine species or cattle, shall be set back not less than one hundred fifty (150) feet from any adjoining parcel of land; otherwise such riding stable, including structures housing permitted veterinarian services for equine species or cattle, or riding area shall be set back not less than one hundred (100) feet from any street or property line.
(A)
Minimum Site Area .....With the exception of elementary and secondary schools located within the geographic area bounded by 10th Street on the north, Salem Creek on the south, US 52 on the east, and Broad Street on the west, the minimum site area for each type of private school shall be not less than the following square footage per pupil:
(1)
Elementary School. .....Elementary School, grades kindergarten through five (5): four hundred (400) square feet;
(2)
Secondary School.
(a)
Middle School. .....Middle School, grades six (6) through eight (8): six hundred (600) square feet; or,
(b)
High School. .....High School, grades nine (9) through twelve (12): eight hundred (800) square feet.
(3)
Combination of Grades and School Types. .....When a private school provides a combination of above grades and schools, the minimum site area is calculated by prorating the number of pupils for each grade.
(B)
Mobile Units .....Any new schools approved or constructed after the date of the adoption of this Ordinance shall identify any areas on which mobile units are to be placed. Installation of mobile units shall comply with the temporary use provisions of Section B.2-7.
(C)
Other Requirements in GMA 1 and the CB District
(1)
Interior Floor Space. .....The minimum interior floor space for each school shall not be less than one hundred (100) square feet per pupil.
(2)
Play Area. .....The minimum outdoor or indoor play area shall be five thousand (5,000) square feet.
(3)
Off-Street Loading. .....There shall be a minimum of one off-street loading or unloading space per fifty (50) pupils enrolled, appropriately located to the entrance(s) to the school building.
(D)
Exemptions .....Exempted from Planning Board review are the following improvements or buildings on school campuses, provided the Zoning Officer consults with the Director of Planning prior to the issuance of any permits for these improvements or buildings:
(1)
Recreation Improvements. .....Concession stands, playground equipment, or bleachers with a seating capacity for less than one thousand (1,000) spectators;
(2)
Building Expansions or Accessory Buildings. .....Expansions of less than four thousand (4,000) square feet (building footprint) of existing principal buildings; or maintenance, storage, or accessory buildings of less than four thousand (4,000) square feet (building footprint);
(3)
Modification to Parking Lots. .....Modifications to existing parking lots and driveways (NOTE: Any changes to driveways must receive driveway permits from either the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation, whichever is applicable);
(4)
New Parking. .....New parking or pavement areas of less than twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; or,
(5)
Utilities. .....Installation of new utilities or maintenance of existing utilities (NOTE: Any utility relocations or installations must be approved by the Utilities Commission).
(E)
Landscape Plan .....A landscape tree preservation and planting plan prepared per the requirements of Section B.3-4.2.1 shall be prepared and installed for any new school or additions to schools approved or constructed after the date of adoption of this Ordinance that require a grading permit.
(F)
Charter Schools .....Charter schools are permitted in all zoning districts in which private schools are permitted, and are also permitted within a geographic area defined by Salem Creek on the south, US 52 on the east, Tenth (10th Street on the north and Broad Street on the west.
(C-UDO-58, § 2, 5-9-11)
2-5.65 SCHOOL, PUBLIC AND PRIVATE
The following conditions apply to public schools in all zoning districts where permitted:
(A)
School Stadiums
(1)
Stadiums. .....A school stadium may be located on the same zoning lot as any public secondary school.
(2)
Stadium and Playground Area Setbacks. .....School stadiums, including the parking areas, or other playground areas, shall be set back not less than fifty (50) feet from the property lines of any adjacent residentially zoned property.
(3)
Bufferyards. .....A fence option bufferyard of type II, as specified in Section B.3-5, shall be provided along the side and rear property lines between any school stadium and any property zoned for residential use.
(B)
Mobile Units .....The placement of mobile units on school campuses shall comply with the following criteria. The location of temporary classrooms on public school campuses must be verified to be consistent with the following criteria by Planning Board staff within three (3) months after installation.
(1)
Location. .....Mobile units should be placed where they are not prominently visible from the front of the school or a roadway. If they are placed in the front of the school or along a road, other landscaping not inconsistent with the landscape plan for the school shall be added to the site to minimize the visual impact. Other landscaping may consist of adding canopy trees along nearby parking lots, along the street, or along the front of the school.
(2)
Clustering Units. .....Units should be clustered around a central courtyard or green area rather than side by side so that a usable central outdoor space is created and a central walkway may be shared by the different classrooms. The designated cluster area shall be located close to a hallway entrance of an existing school building. The cluster of classrooms is linked to the main building by a landscaped walkway.
(3)
Retention of Existing Trees. .....Units should be placed so as to minimize harm to or the necessity of removing existing trees.
(4)
Shading. .....Trees should be installed for shade where mobile units are exposed to direct south or western sun. Trees should be placed not inconsistent with the landscape plan for the school so they can become permanent features, and not interfere with recreation areas or moving of the classrooms.
(5)
Reserved.
(6)
Skirting. .....Skirting compatible with mobile units shall be provided under mobile classrooms approved under Section B.6-2.2(B)(1), and which are visible from an adjacent public street and located within two hundred (200) feet of the public street.
(7)
Building Code. .....All mobile units and any additions necessary, such as stairs, landings, and porches, shall comply with the Building Code of North Carolina.
(8)
Community Appearance Commission. .....The Community Appearance Commission may develop architectural or other appearance criteria which Planning staff may utilize in its review of mobile units.
(9)
New Schools. .....Any new schools approved or constructed after the date of adoption of this Ordinance shall identify any areas on which mobile units are to be placed.
(C)
Mobile Units .....Any new schools approved or constructed after the date of the adoption of this Ordinance shall identify any areas on which mobile units are to be placed. Installation of mobile units shall comply with the temporary use provisions of Section B.2-7.
(D)
Other Requirements in GMA 1 and the CB District
(1)
Interior Floor Space. .....The minimum interior floor space for each school shall not be less than one hundred (100) square feet per pupil.
(2)
Play Area. .....The minimum outdoor or indoor play area shall be five thousand (5,000) square feet.
(3)
Off-Street Loading. .....There shall be a minimum of one off-street loading or unloading space per fifty (50) pupils enrolled, appropriately located to the entrance(s) to the school building.
(4)
State Approval. .....The facility plan must be approved by the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction, Division of School Planning and/or the North Carolina Department of Insurance.
(E)
Exemptions .....Exempted from Planning Board review are the following improvements or buildings on Winston-Salem/Forsyth County School campuses, provided the Zoning Officer consults with the Director of Planning prior to the issuance of any permits for these improvements or buildings:
(1)
Recreation Improvements. .....Concession stands, playground equipment, or bleachers with a seating capacity for less than one thousand (1,000) spectators;
(2)
Building Expansions or Accessory Buildings. .....Expansions of less than four thousand (4,000) square feet (building footprint) of existing principal buildings; or maintenance, storage, or accessory buildings of less than four thousand (4,000) square feet (building footprint);
(3)
Modification to Parking Lots. .....Modifications to existing parking lots and driveways (NOTE: Any changes to driveways must receive driveway permits from either the Village of Clemmons or the North Carolina Department of Transportation, whichever is applicable);
(4)
New Parking. .....New parking or pavement areas of less than twenty thousand (20,000) square feet;
(5)
Utilities. .....Installation of new utilities or maintenance of existing utilities (NOTE: Any utility relocations or installations must be approved by the Utilities Commission).
(F)
Landscape Plan .....A tree preservation and planting plan prepared per the requirements of Section B.3-4.2.1 shall be prepared and installed for any new school or additions to schools approved or constructed after the date of adoption of this Ordinance that require a grading permit.
(C-UDO-58, § 2, 5-9-11; C-UDO-83 , § 22, 6-28-21)
(A)
CB District .....Only the following SIC groups are permitted in the CB District: 721 Laundry, Cleaning, and Garment Services, except those listed under business Services A; 734 Services to Dwellings and other buildings.
Uses permitted in Shopping Centers shall be all those uses permitted in the applicable zoning district.
Editor's note— C-UDO-89 , adopted May 8, 2023, deleted § 2-5.67, entitled "Signs, Off-Premises."
2-5.67.1 STORAGE AND SALVAGE YARD
(A)
Fencing
(1)
Location. .....An opaque fence or wall shall be erected on any property line which is adjacent to any street, road, or highway; and all business activity, including storage of articles, shall be conducted within said fence.
(a)
Within Fifty (50) Feet of Right-of-Way. .....An eight (8) foot high opaque fence is required if located within fifty (50) feet of the right-of-way boundary; or,
(b)
Beyond Fifty (50) Feet of Right-of-Way. .....A six (6) foot high opaque fence is required if located fifty (50) feet or more from the right-of-way boundary.
(2)
Conditions. .....Such fencing shall meet the following conditions:
(a)
Construction. .....The fence and screening shall be constructed of materials manufactured, sold and used exclusively as fencing materials with consistent height, materials, and color;
(b)
Maintenance. .....All fences shall be maintained in sound condition at all times; and,
(c)
Advertising. .....Fences shall not contain advertising or other lettering or signs other than lettering which identifies the operation carried on within the enclosure.
(B)
Bufferyards
(1)
Industrial Zoning Type. .....A storage and salvage yard is considered an industrial zoning type for purposes of bufferyard requirements of Section B.3-5.
(2)
Type of Bufferyard Required. .....In addition to the requirements of Section B.3-5, a type I bufferyard shall be provided along side and rear lot lines adjacent to property zoned for commercial or industrial use.
(C)
Effective Date .....Such uses existing on the effective date of this Ordinance shall meet all requirements of this section within one year of the effective date of this Ordinance.
Private swimming pools are permitted as principal uses in all districts as indicated in Table B.2.6, or as accessory uses, provided they meet the following requirements:
(A)
Rear Yard Setbacks .....Pools located in the rear yard of the property shall be no less than five (5) feet from the rear property line.
(B)
Front and Side Yard Setbacks .....Pools located to the front and side of the principal building shall meet the front and side yard requirements of the district in which they are located.
(C)
Building Permits .....Prior to construction, all pools shall be reviewed and receive building permits by the Zoning Officer.
(D)
Fencing .....Pools shall be completely enclosed by a fence, above average grade level, at least four (4) feet in height. However, swimming pools on lots of five (5) acres or more in the AG, YR, RS-40, RS-30 and RS-20 Districts may, in lieu of the fencing requirement, be set back at least two hundred (200) feet from the front lot line and one hundred (100) feet from the rear lot line. For purposes of this section, the exterior walls of a house or building may be incorporated as a portion of such fence to create a fully enclosed area around the pool. All fence openings or points of entry into the pool shall be equipped with gates. Gates shall be equipped with self-closing and self-latching devices for keeping the gate or door securely closed at all times. The fence and gate shall be void of any holes or openings larger than five (5) inches or ten (10) centimeters in one dimension.
(E)
Business .....No private swimming pool shall be operated as a business.
(A)
Stacking Area .....Off-street stacking area for motor vehicles shall be provided, in the amount of five percent (5%) of the motor vehicle capacity of the theater.
(B)
Exit Points .....One or more exits, at locations other than the point of entry, shall be provided.
(C)
Streetyard .....A streetyard as described in Section B.3-4 shall be installed in the area between the street property line and the setback line. However, a roadway may be constructed across such area.
(D)
Bufferyard .....A type I bufferyard shall be provided adjacent to commercially zoned property.
(E)
Fencing .....A solid fence or wall not less than eight (8) feet in height shall be erected to entirely enclose the theater except at driveways. Said fence shall be installed along street frontage on the setback line required for principal structures. Said wall or fence shall be installed along other property lines to allow planting area for the required bufferyard. Said fence shall be painted, and no such fence shall contain advertising other than lettering which identifies the operation carried on within the enclosure.
(F)
Screen Orientation .....The theater screen shall be so oriented as not to attract the attention of motorists on streets.
(G)
Sound .....Any mechanically produced sound shall be delivered to each motor vehicle by an individual speaker.
(A)
Applicability .....Transmission towers which are principal or accessory uses shall meet the following requirements.
(B)
Prohibited Districts .....Transmission towers shall not be permitted as a principal or accessory use in RS Districts in GMAs 1, 2, or 3.
(C)
Fencing .....Security fencing at least six (6) feet in height shall be installed around the tower and any ground equipment or buildings.
(D)
Setback .....The tower shall be set back a minimum one hundred (100) feet from any adjacent zoning lot zoned RS, RM, YR, AG, or H; and a minimum forty (40) feet from any other adjacent zoning lot or public street. Buildings must meet the setback requirements for principal structures of the underlying district.
(E)
Signage .....No business signs, billboards, or other advertising shall be installed on the tower.
(F)
Bufferyard .....Where the transmission tower is located within two hundred (200) feet of an adjacent zoning lot or street and there is no intervening structure to block the view of the tower base and improvements, a type IV bufferyard as described in Section B.3-5 shall be installed around the outside of all improvements on the site, including the tower, any ground buildings or equipment, and security fencing, so as to provide spatial separation and create a visual block from adjacent properties and streets.
(G)
Control of Land .....All land necessary for improvements, including the transmission tower, buildings, fencing, and landscaping, shall be in ownership of or under lease by the tower operator.
(H)
Exemptions
(1)
Attached or Incorporated in a Structure. .....Transmission towers located on nonresidential structures or incorporated into other structures, which structures are devoted to a use not related to the transmission tower, are exempt from the security fencing, setback, bufferyard, and control of land requirements of this section. All ground equipment or buildings shall be placed underground or screened from view.
(2)
Utilities Rights-of-Way. .....Transmission towers located within electrical utility company right-of-way are exempt from the setback and bufferyard requirements of this section.
(I)
Co-Location
(1)
Other Structures. .....Co-location of antennae of more than one service provider on individual transmission towers is encouraged, subject to the verified structural and mechanical capabilities of the tower. If no other towers, buildings, or other structures exist within the applicant's tower site search area that are structurally capable of supporting the intended antenna or configuration of antennae or meeting the applicant's necessary height criteria or provide a location free from interference of any nature, then satisfactory evidence to that effect shall be submitted by a qualified expert at the time of application for the earliest required approval.
(2)
Other Users. .....All transmission towers installed after the effective date of this Ordinance shall be structurally and mechanically capable of accommodating the antenna or array of antennae of more than one user/transmitter, unless the tower is incapable of supporting more than one user/transmitter due to the design of the tower which is incorporated into another structure in compliance with Section B.2-5.70(H). Monopoles shall accommodate a minimum of two total users, lattice or other types of towers shall accommodate a minimum of three total users. These users shall be in addition to the local jurisdiction which may place devices per Section B.2-5.70(K). Certification as to the tower's structural and mechanical capability to accommodate colocation shall be provided by a professional engineer or other qualified professional.
(3)
Access. .....Access to available technically feasible space on any towers shall not be denied to any competitive users or service provider, unless the additional use would cause objectionable interference or present a danger to the structural safety or stability of the tower.
(4)
Non-conforming Uses. .....Requirements for co-location on transmission towers which are non-conforming are contained in Section B.5-2.3(E).
(J)
Termination of Use .....A tower that is no longer used for communication purposes must be removed within 120 days of the date it is taken out of service.
(K)
Easement for Public Facilities .....At the request of the local jurisdiction, an easement shall be granted to the jurisdiction to place cameras, monitors, two-way mobile radio equipment, or other desired telecommunications devices; however such devices may be restricted so as not to affect the functioning of the antenna or array of antennae of the tower operator or service provider.
(L)
Placement on or Within Large Structures .....Notwithstanding the requirements of Table B.2.6 transmission towers meeting the provisions of Section B.2-5.70(H) or located on large, non-habitable public or utilities structures, including but not limited to water towers and trestles of major electrical distribution lines, are permitted under the following conditions:
(1)
Zoning Permit. .....A zoning permit from the Director of Inspections is required.
(2)
Compliance with Use Conditions. .....Use conditions regarding signage must be complied with.
(M)
State Plane Coordinates .....All site plans submitted in conjunction with requests for transmission towers shall include the location of the proposed tower by State Plane Coordinates and above ground level and sea level elevations, based on 1983 North America datum. All towers operated by the applicant in Forsyth County and within one-quarter mile of its borders shall also be similarly located and submitted with the site plan.
(N)
Color, Finish, Lighting .....Unless otherwise required by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the finish of the transmission tower shall be non-shiny or glossy; any painted color shall be muted or neutral; and no lights or strobe lights shall be placed on the tower. If lights are required by the FAA, the least obtrusive lighting option available under FAA guidelines shall be installed; white strobe lights are discouraged from use.
(A)
Setbacks .....Any structure erected or use instituted shall be set back not less than forty (40) feet from property lines of any adjacent residentially zoned property.
(B)
Residential Districts .....The following conditions apply in residential districts:
(1)
Health or Safety Hazards. .....All uses which may produce health or safety hazards shall be enclosed by a fence a minimum of six (6) feet in height.
(2)
Bufferyard. .....All uses which may be potential nuisances by creating glare, dirt, noise or other adverse impacts shall be screened, except for driveways, with a type I bufferyard as specified in Section B.3-5.
(3)
Exemptions.
(a)
General. .....Exempt from the provisions of this section are lines for the transportation, transmission, and distribution of the various utilities. This category includes but is not limited to electricity, telegraph, and telephone services and their supporting structures, other than buildings; the lines related to sewerage, water, oil, steam and gas; and rail trackage.
(b)
Fencing and Screening. .....Exempt from the above fencing and screening requirements are reservoirs, water treatment plants, and wastewater treatment plants.
The following conditions apply to veterinary services in the NB, LB, GB, HB, and NSB Districts:
(A)
Location and Setbacks .....Veterinary services may be permitted in attached buildings; however, any end unit in an attached building or any freestanding building containing such a use must be set back at least twenty (20) feet from any side lot line and forty (40) feet from any rear lot line. Any end unit of an attached building or any freestanding building containing such a use abutting a residential district shall be set back not less than forty (40) feet from any residential boundary.
(B)
Enclosure of Facilities .....The veterinary services use shall be fully enclosed. There shall be no outside use of the property for the animals or pets.
(C)
Air Exchange .....For any accessory kennel which provides a mechanical heating and air conditioning or ventilation system, such system shall be designed to handle an air exchange of twelve (12) exchanges of air per hour or one exchange of air every five (5) minutes inside the boarding area. The heating and air conditioning system shall be designed by a qualified heating and air conditioning contractor.
(D)
Openings .....Windows or sunroofs will be permitted in the enclosed building, however, such openings in the building shall be of at least double pane construction standards or similar sound absorbing qualities and shall be designed so that there is no safety problem to the animals or pets, nor that any animals or pets will be allowed to escape the inside of the building. All windows or building openings shall remain closed except in the case of a power failure or other extreme emergency.
(E)
Construction .....The building shall be of masonry construction or any other materials which will permit the washing of animal wastes from the interior. Building materials which are porous or permeable which could absorb or permit the escape of animal urine or other wastes are not permitted. To provide sound insulation from animals inside, building shall be constructed with at least a six (6) inch masonry block wall plastered on both sides or any other construction with comparable sound insulating characteristics.
(F)
Sewerage .....All solid and liquid wastes shall be disposed of daily into an adequate septic tank or public sewerage system approved under the requirements of Section B.3-10.
(G)
Cleanliness .....All stalls, cages, and animal exercise areas inside the building shall be cleaned daily.
(C-UDO-65, § 2, 9-10-12)
2-6.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(A)
Accessory Uses Permitted .....A use accessory to a principal use is permitted if, in the opinion of the Zoning Officer, the accessory use is customarily incidental to the principal use.
(B)
Same Zoning Lot .....An accessory use must be located on the same zoning lot as the principal use to which it is accessory, except for off-site parking or other use provided for by this Ordinance.
(C)
Subordinate to the Principal Use .....An accessory use must be clearly subordinate in area, extent of activity, or purpose to the principal use to which it is accessory.
(D)
Compliance with Ordinance Requirements .....An accessory use must comply with all applicable dimensional and other requirements of this Ordinance.
2-6.2 USES ACCESSORY TO CERTAIN PRINCIPAL USES
Uses not otherwise permitted in the zoning district are permitted as accessory to the following principal uses as indicated. This section does not limit the Zoning Officer in permitting other accessory uses under Section B.2-6.1(A).
Table B.2.8
Uses Accessory to Certain Principal Uses
2-6.3 ACCESSORY USES SUBJECT TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS
(A)
Requirements of Other Sections .....The following uses are permitted as accessory to other principal uses, subject to other requirements of other sections, as indicated.
Table B.2.9
Accessory Uses Subject to Other Requirements
(B)
Medical or Dental Laboratory .....Medical or dental laboratories are permitted in the LO, LB and GO Districts as an accessory use only, provided the following conditions are met:
(1)
Location. .....The laboratory is located in a building which is used predominantly for the offices of physicians, surgeons, dentists, and practitioners in similar professions;
(2)
Clientele. .....The laboratory serves only the medical practitioners located in the same building;
(3)
Area. .....The area devoted to the laboratory does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross floor area of the building.
(C)
Motor Vehicle Storage Yards .....Motor vehicle storage yards are permitted in the NB and NSB Districts as an accessory use only, subject to the provisions of Section B.2-1.3(E)(3) and Section B.2-1.3(H)(3), respectively.
(D)
Banking and Financial Services
(1)
C District. .....Banking and financial services, including automatic teller machines (ATM's), are permitted in the C District as an accessory use only.
(2)
NB District. .....ATM's are permitted in the NB District as an accessory use if not constructed as a drive-through facility.
(3)
Shopping Centers. .....ATM's located in parking areas of shopping centers or on internally oriented out lots are not required to provide stacking spaces otherwise required in Section B.3-3.3(F).
(E)
Transmission Towers .....Transmission towers which are accessory uses shall meet the requirements of Section B.2-5.70.
2-6.4 USES WHICH MAY ONLY BE ACCESSORY TO PRINCIPAL USES
The following uses may only exist or be developed as accessory uses to a principal use, as provided below:
(A)
Above Ground Storage Tanks
(1)
Setbacks. .....Above ground storage tanks shall meet all building setback requirements of the zoning district except storage tanks located on existing sites of institution or utility uses where existing below ground tanks are being replaced by above ground tanks or storage tanks with a storage capacity of five hundred (500) gallons or less located in residential zoning districts.

Storage Tank Setbacks
(2)
Development Standards. .....Above ground storage tanks which are accessory to offices, businesses, industries, or on sites of institution or utility uses and which are located within one hundred (100) feet of any public right-of-way and not screened by a building from the street or not located within ten (10) feet of a principal building, shall meet the following standards:
(a)
Screening.
(i)
The tank shall be partially or totally screened from view from the public right-of-way.
(ii)
Said screening may consist of landscaping, planted earthen berms, natural topographic features, or a combination thereof. Landscaping shall consist of any shrubs identified in the streetyard and interior shrubs suggested plant materials plant list in Section B.3-4.10(D). Said shrubs shall be spaced no more than eighteen (18) inches, edge to edge. No more than thirty percent (30%) of shrubs shall be deciduous.
(iii)
Said screening shall be planted a minimum height of five (5) feet from the tank and be installed along the entire length of the tank if installed horizontally or along the base of the tank if installed vertically.
(iv)
Said screening shall be maintained as long as the tank is present.
(v)
For tanks storing flammable, combustible, hazardous or toxic materials, screening shall not interfere with Fire Department operations, and N.F.P.A. 704 I.D. placards shall be installed as required by the Fire Official.
(3)
Signage. .....No signs or advertising shall be permitted on the tank or screening, except identification signs or labels as required by State law.
(4)
Hazardous Material. .....Above ground storage tanks containing flammable, combustible, hazardous or toxic materials are not permitted in RS and RM Districts.
(5)
Tanks with Capacity Greater than One Thousand (1,000) Gallons. .....Tanks with individual storage capacity greater than one thousand (1,000) gallons are permitted only in the office, business, industrial or Campus Zoning Districts, or on sites of institution or utility uses.
(6)
Storage in Residential Districts. .....The storage of more than twenty-five (25) gallons of motor vehicles fuel, Class 1, as an accessory use on any zoning lot in a residential district shall not be permitted, except on a bona fide farm.
(B)
Dwelling, Accessory (Attached)
(1)
A zoning permit shall be issued by the Zoning Officer if all of the following requirements for the attached accessory dwelling unit are met.
(2)
Structure. .....The principal building shall not be altered in any way so as to appear from a public street to be multiple family housing.
(a)
Prohibited Alterations. .....Prohibited alterations include, but are not limited to: multiple entranceways, multiple mailboxes, or multiple nameplates.
(b)
Access. .....Wherever feasible and consistent with the State Residential Building Code, access to the accessory dwelling unit shall be by means of existing doors.
(c)
Stairways. .....No new stairways to upper floors are permitted on any side of a building which faces a public street.
(d)
Utilities. .....Electric and/or gas utilities shall be supplied to both units through a single meter.
(3)
Size of Unit. .....An attached accessory dwelling unit shall occupy no more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the heated floor area of the principal building, but in no case shall be greater than seven hundred fifty (750) square feet. The sum of all accessory uses, including home occupations, in a principal residential building shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total floor area of the building.
(4)
Parking. .....Parking for the attached accessory dwelling shall be served by the same driveway as the principal dwelling.
(5)
Number of Accessory Dwellings. .....No more than one accessory dwelling, whether attached or detached, shall be located on a lot.
(C)
Dwelling, Accessory (Detached)
(1)
A special use permit for the detached accessory dwelling must be approved by the Board of Adjustment in accordance with the requirements of Article VI of this Ordinance.
(2)
Dimensional Requirements. .....Any detached accessory dwelling shall comply with all dimensional requirements applicable to accessory structures in Sections B.3-1.2(F) and (G).
(3)
Building Requirements. .....Any detached accessory dwelling shall comply with all building, plumbing, electrical, and other applicable codes, other than a manufactured housing unit.
(4)
Manufactured Home. .....A Class A or B manufactured home may be used as a detached accessory dwelling in all districts where a conventional detached accessory dwelling is permitted, and a Class C manufactured home may be used as a detached accessory dwelling in the YR, AG, RS-40 and RS-30 Districts.
(5)
Number of Accessory Dwellings. .....No more than one accessory dwelling, whether attached or detached, shall be permitted on the same lot.
(D)
Home Occupation
(1)
Purpose. .....The intent of this section is to permit certain home occupations under reasonable safeguards, but not to encourage their development or expansion in violation of the regulations governing the residential districts. This section sets forth the special conditions home occupations must meet to insure compatibility with existing residential uses.
(2)
Permits. .....The Zoning Officer, in the issuance of a zoning permit for a home occupation, shall determine that all prescribed conditions are met. Such permit shall be revoked upon a finding that any home occupation established under this Ordinance fails at any time to meet the requirements prescribed herein.
(a)
Zoning Permits. .....Zoning permits may be issued by the Zoning Officer for the following service occupations:
(i)
The office or studio of an accountant, planner, architect, surveyor, artist, attorney, author, ceramist, clergyman, engineer, interior designer, landscape architect, musician, photographer, dentist, physician or other licensed medical practitioner, teacher of not more than three (3) pupils on the premises at any time, or practitioners in similar fields of service.
(ii)
Other services such as dressmaking, home handicrafts, tailoring, millinery, nameplate making, home cooking, baking or preserving, and telephone or mail services.
(iii)
Lodging, or boarding and lodging, of not more than three (3) resident guests.
(b)
Special Use Permits. .....Special use permits may be issued by the Board of Adjustment in rural areas (GMAs 4 and 5) for construction contracting and motor vehicle repair provided such home occupations meet the characteristics of and the prescribed use conditions for home occupations. A special use permit for such use shall be issued for a period of up to three (3) years in order to provide for automatic review by the Board of Adjustment.
(3)
Conditions. .....The following conditions apply to home occupations:
(a)
Incidental and Secondary Use. .....A home occupation shall be a clearly incidental and secondary use to the principal use as a residence by the person conducting the occupation.
(b)
Number. .....Only one home occupation shall be permitted per principal dwelling unit. The home occupation may be operated only in the principal dwelling unit or in an accessory building, as permitted herein.
(c)
Impact. .....A home occupation shall not increase significantly traffic, noise, electrical interference, glare, dust, smoke, or odors.
(d)
Exterior. .....No exterior evidence of the presence of a home occupation shall be permitted except as hereinafter provided, nor shall the exterior character of the dwelling unit be changed.
(e)
Parking. .....Off-street parking shall be provided in compliance with Section B.3-3.2. Any parking area in addition to what is provided on the site at the time of application for the home occupation which is required to meet the standards of Section B.3-3.2 shall be located to the rear or side of the principal dwelling unit.
(f)
Displays. .....There shall be no salesroom or display window.
(g)
Signs. .....No sign announcing the presence of a home occupation shall be permitted other than one non-illuminated occupancy sign not more than one hundred forty-four (144) square inches in area.
(h)
Employees. .....Only members of the family residing in the principal dwelling unit and not more than one other employee may be employed in the operation of a home occupation.
(i)
Floor Area. .....The floor area of the principal dwelling unit used for the home occupation shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross floor area of the dwelling unit, except where lodging is provided for resident guests.
(j)
Boarding and/or Lodging. .....Boarding and/or lodging of not more than three (3) resident guests shall be permitted only within the principal dwelling unit.
(k)
Outdoor Storage - Urban Areas. .....Home occupations in urban areas (GMAs 1, 2 and 3) shall be conducted entirely within the principal dwelling unit. No outside storage is permitted for home occupations in urban areas.
(l)
Outdoor Storage - Rural Areas. .....Outdoor storage for home occupations occurring within the principal dwelling unit in rural areas (GMAs 4 and 5) must be located on a zoning lot of three (3) acres or greater and is limited to one thousand (1,000) square feet. Said outdoor storage shall be located behind the principal dwelling unit and shall be screened by an opaque fence or wall and gate at least six (6) feet in height.
(m)
Additional Requirements. .....Home occupations in rural areas (GMAs 4 and 5) shall be conducted either within the principal dwelling unit or within an accessory building located on the same zoning lot as the principal dwelling unit. Where an accessory building is used for a home occupation, the home occupation shall meet the following additional requirements:
(i)
Lot Size. .....Be located on a zoning lot of three (3) acres or greater;
(ii)
Setbacks. .....Be set back from adjacent property lines, private roads, and public rights-of-way one hundred (100) feet;
(iii)
Location. .....Be located behind the principal dwelling or two hundred (200) feet from any private road, public right-of-way, or property line;
(iv)
Bufferyard. .....Have a type II bufferyard around the use;
(v)
Parking and Storage. .....Have no more than one thousand (1,000) square feet devoted to parking and outdoor storage including storage of motor vehicles awaiting repair at an motor vehicle repair home occupation. Said outdoor parking and outdoor storage of materials shall be located behind the principal dwelling unit or accessory building and shall be screened by an opaque fence or wall and gate at least six (6) feet in height.
(vi)
Building area. .....Have no more than one thousand (1,000) square feet of building area devoted to the home occupation.
(vii)
Other Requirements. .....Meet all other dimensional and height requirements for the zoning district in which the home occupation is located.
(E)
Postal Facility, Contract and Finance .....Contract and finance postal facilities are allowed as an accessory use to any principal use in multifamily residential (RM), business, office, institutional or industrial districts.
(A)
Fallout Shelter .....Structures designed to provide protection against nuclear fallout are permitted as principal or accessory uses in any district and are not subject to setback, yard or lot coverage restrictions, provided such structures extend not more than four (4) feet above grade.
(B)
Sale of Agricultural Products Grown on the Premises .....The sale of agricultural products grown on the premises is a permitted accessory use.
(C)
Farm Tenant Housing .....Housing for farmworkers on bona fide farms or on residential lots in the AG District is a permitted accessory use.
(D)
Recycling Collection Point
(E)
Social Services on Church Campuses .....Homeless shelters, soup kitchens, and other social services conducted by a church or religious institution on its primary campus as permitted accessory uses.
(F)
Dwelling in Nonresidential Districts .....In zoning districts not otherwise permitting residential buildings, a watchman or caretaker may occupy a house or other quarters on the same premises where he or she is employed.
2-7.1 PURPOSE
The intent of this section is to permit the temporary uses customarily accompanying the erection of permitted structures, or the establishment of permitted uses, or the accomplishment of permitted operations, as necessary to such work not substantially injurious to the public health, safety, or welfare. It is also the intent to permit customary uses of open land and of existing buildings and surrounding land which are temporary in nature.
2-7.2 TEMPORARY USES PERMITTED
If requirements of this Ordinance, the Public Health Department, and other applicable laws are met, customary temporary uses shall be permitted, including but not limited to the following:
(A)
Construction .....Temporary structures or manufactured homes used for construction offices and storage areas on construction sites, for which the duration of such permits is limited to the actual time required for construction, plus the thirty (30) day period following the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
(B)
Grading .....Temporary structures or sites of grading operations, for which the duration of such permits is limited to the actual time required for grading operations, plus the thirty (30) day period following the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
(C)
Proprietary or Governmental Operations .....Temporary structures, manufactured homes, or storage areas of public agencies in the conduct of proprietary or governmental operations.
(D)
Use of Open Land .....The use of open land for meetings, circuses or carnivals, or the sale of Christmas trees, baked goods or collected clothing and the like, if no structure is erected other than tents, for which the duration of such permits is limited to no longer than forty-five (45) consecutive days.
(E)
Turkey Shoot .....The use of open land for a turkey shoot in the AG, RS-40, LI, and GI Districts outside the corporate limits of Winston-Salem, Kernersville, and Clemmons, subject to the following restrictions:
(1)
Size. A turkey shoot shall be on a site of not less than three (3) acres;
(2)
Distance to Adjacent Property. The site shall be so designed that the distance to any adjacent property measured from the firing point or points in the direction of fire shall be not less than two hundred (200) yards; or an earthen backstop not less than twenty (20) feet in height shall be provided beyond the target line but within two hundred (200) feet thereof;
(3)
Targets and Firing Points. Neither targets nor firing points shall be located closer than twenty (20) feet to a side property line;
(4)
Firearms. Shotguns only shall be fired;
(5)
Hours of Operation. The use of firearms shall be prohibited between the hours of 9:30 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.; and,
(6)
Duration of Permit. The duration of the permit shall not exceed sixty (60) consecutive days.
(F)
Nonprofit Organizations .....The use of a residence or other building and surrounding land by any nonprofit charitable, religious, or educational organization for the purpose of exhibiting and purveying, indoors or outdoors, art or craft products, jewelry, clothing, foods, beverages, horticultural specimens, home furnishings and decorations, and similar or related items, and for presenting musical, film, or theatrical programs, indoors, for which the duration of such permits is limited to no longer than thirty (30) consecutive days.
(G)
Helicopter Sites .....Temporary helicopter landing and takeoff in conjunction with a special event, such as an athletic contest, a holiday celebration, parade or similar activity. All permits issued for a temporary helicopter landing facility shall be approved by the Police Department or Sheriffs Department and the Fire Official to ensure safety of operation. The duration of any zoning permit issued by the Zoning Officer for such temporary uses shall not exceed ten (10) consecutive days as specified in the permit. A temporary use permit is not required if landing or takeoff is necessary for law enforcement or other public safety purposes, or for aircraft or medical emergencies.
(H)
Manufactured Homes During Construction .....A manufactured home in the AG, YR and all RS Districts, occupied as a residence during construction of a single family home on the same zoning lot. Such temporary use permit shall be issued for a period not to exceed six (6) months, and may be extended for an additional six (6) months at the discretion of the Zoning Officer if the applicant can demonstrate substantial progress toward completion of construction.
(I)
Storage of Construction Materials .....Any off-site storage of construction materials. The storage of construction materials must otherwise be on the same site as construction.
(J)
Inert Debris Fill .....Fill of material on sites where the fill material consists only of inert debris strictly limited to concrete, brick, concrete block, uncontaminated soil, rock, gravel, and asphalt. Said permits may be issued for up to thirty (30) days, and may be renewed up to two (2) times.
(K)
Removal and Deposition of Soils .....The removal of inert debris strictly limited to concrete, brick, concrete block, uncontaminated soil, rock, gravel, and asphalt from one site and the deposition of said inert debris at one other site, provided:
(1)
Frequency. .....The sites so used for removal and deposition shall be permitted in tandem and only once.
(2)
Site Size. .....The area of disturbance of the zoning lot from which the inert debris is taken shall be no greater than five (5) acres.
(3)
Hours of Operation. .....Except in cases of emergency involving safety, the sites shall not be operated on Sunday and may not be operated earlier than 7:00 a.m. nor later than 6:00 p.m. on any other day.
(4)
Duration. .....Notwithstanding the provisions of Section B.2-7.3(A), the temporary use permit shall only run concurrently with the related grading permit issued for operation of the two sites.
(L)
Child Care (Temporary Care) .....A temporary child care arrangement established as an accessory use to and on the same zoning lot of any institutional or public use which provides either drop-in care or a seasonal or other part-time basis. Such temporary care arrangements must be approved by the State. A permit for such activity shall not exceed ninety (90) days, and may not be renewed within the same calendar year.
(M)
Portable Storage Units, Temporary .....Portable storage units, temporary are subject to the following restrictions:
(1)
Only one portable storage unit, temporary shall be allowed per residential zoning lot.
(2)
The gross square footage of an individual portable storage unit, temporary shall not exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet.
(3)
A portable storage unit, temporary shall be allowed on a property for a period not to exceed thirty (30) consecutive days, and shall not be renewed or reissued during the same calendar year.
(4)
The portable storage unit, temporary may be placed in a driveway, a designated parking area, or other location on the site. Unless located in a driveway or designated parking area, the storage unit must meet the setback requirements of Section B.3-1.2(F) of the Clemmons Unified Development Ordinance.
(5)
These standards do not apply to portable units for donating goods to a charitable organization (such as Goodwill drop off), temporary construction trailers, dumpsters, or recycling facilities.
(N)
Temporary Health Care Structures
(1)
The following definitions apply in this section:
(a)
Activities of daily living. .....Bathing, dressing, personal hygiene, ambulation or locomotion, transferring toileting, and eating.
(b)
Caregiver. .....An individual 18 years of age or older who (i) provides care for a mentally or physically impaired person and (ii) is a first- or second-degree relative of the mentally or physically impaired person for whom the individual is caring.
(c)
First- or second-degree relative. .....A spouse, lineal ascendant, lineal descendant, sibling, uncle, aunt, nephew, or niece and includes half, step, and in-law relationships.
(d)
Mentally or physically impaired person. .....A person who is a resident of this State and who requires assistance with two or more activities of daily living as certified in writing by a physician licensed to practice in this State.
(e)
Temporary family health care structure. .....A transportable residential structure providing an environment facilitating a caregiver's provision of care for a mentally or physically impaired person that (i) is primarily assembled at a location other than its site of installation, (ii) is limited to one occupant who shall be the mentally or physically impaired person, (iii) has no more than 300 gross square feet, and (iv) complies with applicable provisions of the State Building Code and G.S. 143- 139.1(b).
(2)
Temporary family health care structures occupied by a caregiver or an individual who is named legal guardian of the mentally or physically impaired person on property owned or occupied by a mentally or physically impaired person or a temporary health care structure occupied by a mentally or physical impaired person on property owned or occupied by the caregiver are permitted as a temporary use.
(3)
Only one (1) temporary family health care structure shall be allowed on a lot or parcel of land zoned for single-family detached dwellings.
(4)
Any temporary family health care structure installed pursuant to this section shall be removed within sixty (60) days in which the mentally or physically impaired person is no longer receiving or is no longer in need of the assistance provided for in this section. If the temporary family health care structure is needed for another mentally or physically impaired person, the temporary family health care structure may continue to be used or may be reinstated on the property within sixty (60) days of its removal, as applicable.
(5)
Placing the temporary family health care structure on a permanent foundation shall not be required or permitted.
(C-UDO-42, § 2, 1-28-08; C-UDO83 , § 24, 6-28-21)
(A)
Issuance .....Any temporary use shall be established only after issuance of a zoning permit by the Zoning Officer for such use. Duration of the temporary use shall be specified on such permit. Such permit may be renewed not more than twice, and such renewals may not exceed the period of time approved in the original permit. Unless otherwise specified, no single permit or single renewal shall be issued for a temporary use to exceed one year.
(B)
Renewal .....Any temporary use permit may be renewed only once per calendar year, however additional renewals may be granted in subsequent years.